http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/top.gif

Autumn 2014 Issue 47

 

Special Focus |  Policy and Legislation |  e-Government |  e-Commerce |  e-Society |  e-Security |  ICT Development

 


Contact Us: unpan-ap@sass.org.cn

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/Special-Focus.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif GLOBE: UN Adopts Resolution on Bridging Digital Divide

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AUSTRALIA: Private Business Slow to Adapt to ‘Digital Disruption’

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif CANADA: The Three V’s of Big Data – And the Security Risks That Come with IT

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif CHINA: Report Underlines Cyber Security Challenges

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif INDONESIA: Why Three Cities Formed a Joint Secretariat

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif JAPAN: Govt to Urge Stricter Firm Info Management

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SOUTH KOREA: E-Government Tops UN Survey for Third Time

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NEW ZEALAND: Continues Reforming Public Service Towards More Open Government

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SINGAPORE: Government to Build National IT System for Social Services

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif U.S.: Open and Social - New Path for Government Agencies

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/Policy_.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif African Internet Governance Forum Concludes on Policies to Enable Internet Access

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif EUROPE: Push for Worldwide ‘Right to Be Forgotten’ Laws Tests Internet Freedom

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Regulating the Web: Does the Internet Need Its Own Bill of Rights?

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Russian Internet Freedom in Doubt as Putin Signs New Laws Targeting Facebook, Twitter

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif LATIN AMERICA: Mexico's Telecoms Law to Enter into Full Effect on 13 August

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NORTH AMERICA: Canada - BC Raked over Coals for Lack of Digitization Strategy

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif U.S.: Washington D.C. Launches Open Data Policy, FOIA Portal

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif US Set to Pass Phone Unlocking Bill

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif House Passes Three Cyber Bills

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ITU, ETSI Align ICT Environmental Impact Standards

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif UN Adopts Resolution on Bridging Digital Divide

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif New Anti-Spam Legislation Is 'A Mess' Says Internet Lawyer

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif CHINA: Releasing Documentary on Online Terrorism

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif JAPAN: Govt to Urge Stricter Firm Info Management

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SOUTH KOREA: Science Ministry to Introduce Laws for Better Mobile Service Plans

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif S. Korea, Romania to Join Forces in IT Industry

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif S. Korea to Adopt New Online Payment System

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif PHILIPPINES: Government Prioritises 19 Municipalities for Geohazard Mapping

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Singapore, India Plan Smart Cities Partnership

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif THAILAND: 4G Auction, Digital TV Voucher Scheme on Hold

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif VIETNAM: Plans to Build More IT Parks

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NA Wants New Laws on Citizens' Data Management

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif BANGLADESH: Broadcast Policy to Gag Media

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif INDIA: Govt to Formulate New Education Policy

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Instructions from the Department of Personnel & Training (DoPT); Civil Services (Preliminary) Examination, 2014

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SRI LANKA: Govt’s Policy to Provide Better Public Service

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AZERBAIJAN: Key Aspects of ICT Sector Regulation Defined

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Azerbaijan, Iran Reach Several IT Agreements

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Azerbaijan Prepares Bill on Public Information Systems and Resources

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif KAZAKHSTAN: CIS States Plan to Sign Agreement to Reduce Roaming Charges

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Asia-Pacific Forum Spotlights Need for Regional Connectivity

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ICT Experts Tackle Challenges of Digital Divide in Asia-Pacific Region

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AUSTRALIA: Redefine Digital and Open Data Road-Map

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Australian Government Takes Step Back from Open Government Partnership

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NEW ZEALAND: Government Tightens Privacy Laws

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Labour Unveils Digital Strategy

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Mobile Phone Recycling Scheme Secures Government Support

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/e-Government.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AFRICA: Kenya - Applications Open for Online Course on Internet Governance

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Morocco: The Untapped Potential of Digital Citizen Engagement - A Data-driven Approach to Online Participation

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif EUROPE: Ukraine - Open Governance: Challenges and Proposals for Change

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NORTH AMERICA: Canada - Experts Worry Governments May Cripple the Internet over Time

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif U.S.: We're No. 7! US Drops Two Spots in E-government Rankings

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Open and Social - New Path for Government Agencies

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif How to Approach Declining Federal IT Spending

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif New Indiana Data Hub Tracks State, Local Government Effectiveness

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Why Federal IT Reform Is Getting Cheaper

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Most Information Commissions Fail Transparency Test

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif The New Order of Global Network Depends on Equality and Joint Governance

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Commission Seeks New Ways to Govern the Internet

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Government Requests for Twitter Information Climb

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Global Internet Governance

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Net Tightened on Asia-Pacific Corruption with Network Launch

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif CHINA: SPC Launches Video Network for Petitions

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Big Data Used by Beijing Government to Alleviate Pollution

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SOUTH KOREA: E-Government Tops UN Survey for Third Time

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif INDONESIA: Having ‘Potential for Quick Advancement’, Says UN E-Government Survey 2014

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif E-Government Requires Better Trained Citizens and Officials, Says Indonesian Mayor

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Why Three Indonesian Cities Formed a Joint Secretariat

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif MALAYSIA: Government Drops Overall, but Strong for Digital Inclusion, Online Service Delivery - UN E-Government Rankings 2014

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif PHILIPPINES: Local ICT Group Formed to Monitor BPO Growth

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif The Philippines Connecting 160 Government Offices to Improve Efficiency, Allow Shared Services

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SINGAPORE: Ministry Launches Web Marketing Push

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Singapore’s Success - The Inside Story on Its 2014 UN E-Government Rankings Rise

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif VIETNAM: E-Gov't Targets Increased Satisfaction

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif BANGLADESH: Launching ‘National Web Portal’

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif INDIA: New Health Minister to Focus on e-Government and Transparency

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif 6 Things That Indian IT, Telcos Expect from New Government

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ARMENIA: Host Seminar on Role of Single Window and IT Systems for E-Governance

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AZERBAIJAN: More State Property Committee Services Integrated into E-government

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif UZBEKISTAN: Central Bank Participates in Creation of E-Government System

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AUSTRALIA: Government Weather Web Site Goes Mobile

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Australia Geoscience Agency Reveals Open Government Datasets Prior to Govhack Event

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Australia Government Launches National Map to Visualise Open Data

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif OK to Store Data Offshore, Says Government

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Australian Government Preparing Open Data ‘Toolkit’ to Guide Agencies

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Government Backtracks on Metadata

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NEW ZEALAND: Continues Reforming Public Service Towards More Open Government

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif New Software 'To Simplifies ICT' for Govt Agencies

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif New Zealand Government Departments Report Efficiency Gains from Open Data

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/e-Commerce.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif EUROPE: New Report on State of EU Telecommunications Markets

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif LATIN AMERICA: Brazil Seeks to Attract Overseas Players to 4G Auction

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NORTH AMERICA: Canada - 4 Key Parts for Any Digital Marketing Road Map to Success

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif U.S.: Minnesota Claims $27.4 Million in IT Savings

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Information Builders Brings Self-service Data Analysis to the Enterprise

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ALLDATA Collision Goes Mobile for Fast and Accurate Information

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Information Builders and Arrow to Expand Market Reach of Self-service Business Intelligence Solutions

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif CHINA: To Tighten Check on Online Sales of Food, Drugs

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Taiwan's MediaTek, Acer Team for Internet of Things Development

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Tencent Cloud Opens Outside Mainland China While Foreign Tech Still Blocked Inside Country

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Suning Launches Crowdsourcing Services for Chinese Hardware Startups

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Midea Predicts Profit Up 50% as Alibaba Cloud Strategy Takes Hold

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Chinese Internet Shoppers Gain More Payment Options for Overseas Buys

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Chinese Internet Group Buying Hits New High as Older Websites Die

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Alibaba's Cloud Gaming Platform Hopes to Foster Family Values

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Lenovo's Internet Business Platform Unveils Smart Consumer Products

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Wanda Will Invest CNY5 Billion for E-commerce Development

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Priceline Invests in China's Top Internet Travel Company

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif JAPAN: Mobile Phone Carriers Must Stop Corralling Customers with SIM Cards

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SOUTH KOREA: Online Shops Explore Overseas Markets on Korean Wave

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Online Mall for Best Korean Products Opens to Overseas Buyers

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Science Ministry Urges Tech Firms to Expand Investment

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Gov't to Boost Fair Competition Among MVNOs

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SK Telecom Forges Ties with Nokia for 5G

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Korean Firms Top in Smartphone Patent Applications

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif S. Korean Tech Firms in Race for Extended Battery Life

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Korea Tops Connectivity, E-Trade Lists

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif S. Korean Manufacturing Wanes, IT on Forefront

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif IoT Market Potential Not as High in S. Korea: Report

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif S. Korean Firms Grab 68 Pct Share of Global Dram Market in Q2

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Website Operators Banned from Storing ID Numbers

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif MYANMAR: Beginning to Sell Cheap SIM Cards to Enhance Mobile Phone Coverage

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SINGAPORE: Telco Operator SingTel Begins Doubling 4G Service Speed

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Singapore Government and IBM to Improve Public Transport with Big Data Analytics

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Singapore Government Showcases 3D Urban Mapping on Newest Commercial District

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif 4G Plans in Singapore Are Changing Telcos' Game

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Singapore SMEs Can Now Tap on Enhanced iSPRINT Scheme

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif THAILAND: 15-20% Decline in ICT Market Expected in H1

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif VIETNAM: Decree Outlines Regulations on Local E-Commerce Sites

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Online Bill Payment Garners Popularity

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif BANGLADESH: JS Body Wants Expansion of Teletalk Network

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Mobile Phones Getting Pricier

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SRI LANKA: Telecom Says Broadband Connectivity Boosted

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Sri Lanka IT industry to Collaborate with Universities Online

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Sri Lanka Firm Sells Banking Software to Solomon Islands

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Sri Lanka's 'Trace Expert City' Gets CodeGen as First Tenant

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AZERBAIJAN: Bakcell Becomes Mobile Internet Provider of Year

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Azercell Telecom Introduces Advantageous Offer for Mobile Internet Users

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Azercell Launches Free Smartphone Campaign

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Volume of E-Commerce Market Makes Up $1.6 Million in Azerbaijan

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Revenues of ICT Sector in Azerbaijan Increase

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Azerbaijan, Turkey Joining Forces in Fight Against Illegal Import of Mobile Phones

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Digital Economy ‘Under Pressure’

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Asia-Pacific to Witness 17.9 pc Rise in Digital Advertising This Year

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AUSTRALIA: One in 10 Turning to Internet for Cheaper Drugs - Research

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NBN Co Sticks with Service Stream

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Mobile Coverage Complaints Down, but Excess Data Charges Up

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Data Centre Market Booming

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ‘Digital Disruption’ to Cost Banks $27 Billion

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NEW ZEALAND: Government Increases Open Data Funding

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/e-Society.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AFRICA: Swaziland - Users Bypass Censored Media with Social Media

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif EUROPE: Connecting Underserved Communities to Broadband

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Russia Bans Anonymous Access to Wi-Fi

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif LATIN AMERICA: Argentina to Distribute 5,200 Digital Portable Classrooms

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NORTH AMERICA: Canada - Free Wi-Fi Pilot for Vancouver Buses

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif U.S.: E-prescription Hit 1 Billion for First Time in 2013

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Turning Big Data into Better Health Outcomes

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Smart Cities on the Rise, Report Says

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Philadelphia Boosts Digital Connections with Citizens

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif OECD Launches Interactive Website on Regional Well-being

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Global Passenger Information System (Display, Announcement, Emergency Communication, Infotainment, Mobile Applications, Devices and Components, Services) Market Report - Forecast to 2019

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif New Spectacular Room Designs Website Launches with Key Information for Homeowners

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif APEC Turning to ICT to Support Aging Populations

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ADB-funded E-trike Project Hits Snag Due to Higher Costs

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif CHINA: Internet Expands Freedom of Speech

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif China to Issue 40 Bln in E-Savings Bonds Next Week

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Big Data Could Help Battle Flu Outbreaks

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif 60% of Mobile Internet Users Are Male: Report

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif China's Internet Society Proposes Good Faith

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif China's Online Population Rises to 632 Mln

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Majority of Chinese Minors Under 10 Use Internet

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Chinese Courts Open Tip-off Websites

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Chinese Classified Listings Website Closes USD200 Million Round

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif JAPAN: Softbank to Cut Smartphone Charges

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Govt Looks to Robots to Solve Nation’s Woes

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Machines to Talk via Mobile Networks

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SOUTH KOREA: Mobile Broadband Subscribers Reach 7 Bln Worldwide in 2014

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Science Ministry to Cut Telecom Costs for Households

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Global Reactions Flow in as Korea’s Internet Speed Ranks First

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Carriers Invest Over 5 Tln Won Per Year for Faster Network: Report

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif S. Korea's High-speed Wireless Internet Penetration Ranking Falls

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif S. Korean IPTV Subscriptions Top 10 Mln

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif MALAYSIA: ICT Courses in Local Varsities Don’t Serve Industry Needs, Say Experts

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Philippines: Government Recognises Urgency for 3D Hazard Mapping in Disaster Mitigation

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Philippine Government Officials Train Open Data Skills with Open Knowledge Foundation & World Bank

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Tablets vs Paper: How the Philippines Halved the Cost of Healthcare Delivery

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SINGAPORE: Public University Cuts 30 Per Cent in Costs with Open Hybrid Cloud

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Singapore University Achieves Global IT Service Management Certification

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Singapore Plans Sensor Network to Track Transport and Energy, Promote Local Services

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Singapore Government to Build National IT System for Social Services

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Singapore Government Partners Students to Use Mapping Technology on Urban Challenges

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Technology to Address Dengue Outbreak, Public Transport Woes, Says Singapore Public Sector Outcomes Review

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif THAILAND: 'Smart' Classrooms to Replace Tablet Project

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Govt Help Sought over Classification of Telecom Towers as Buildings

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Thailand’s Water Authority to Join Up All Data Across Three Provinces

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif BANGLADESH: 3G Subscribers Now 4.85 Mn

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif INDIA: Technological Problems That Can Be Solved in a Few Minutes

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Linking Farmers to Markets Through ICTs

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Skilled Indians to Benefit from New Job Portal

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Mobile Application for Expectant Mothers

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Mobile Apps for Farmers to Gain Access to Markets

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Online Course to Help Fight Sexual Harassment at Workplace

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif India Endeavours to Fight AIDS with ICTs

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Web Portal on Blood Banks Coming Soon

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif eChunav.com Releases Its Mobile App

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif PM to Launch Various Roads and Ports Projects in Maharashtra

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SRI LANKA: E-waste Management Week Begins Today

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SLT to Share ICT Infrastructure

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif eDoctor Team Takes Dengue Fight to the Hills

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AZERBAIJAN: Bakcell Company Provides Inclusive Education Opportunity for Children Through CSR Programs

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Another Provocation Against Azerbaijan on Google Maps

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif BSA Survey Finds Unlicensed Software Use at 85 Percent

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Delay to Be Granted for E- Registration of Labor Contracts in Azerbaijan

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Large-Scale Project on Deploying Free Wi-Fi Access to Be Launched in Baku

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Bus Stops in Baku to Be Equipped with Free Wi-Fi

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Azerbaijan Strives for Wider Use of Digital Technologies in Culture

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Baku University in Ranking of CIS Best Universities

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Public Voice Traffic Usage in Azerbaijan's Phone Network Down by 35 Percent

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Over 36,000 People Visit Azerbaijani www.b2b.Az Portal

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Smart Start Internship Program of Bakcell Creates Opportunities for Students and Graduates

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif KAZAKHSTAN: Introduction Terms of Mobile Number Portability Service Announced

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif UZBEKISTAN: Population’s Digital TV Coverage to Be Increased by 50% by End of Year

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Digital Literacy in the Developing World: A Gender Gap

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AUSTRALIA: E-Waste Controls Needed to Manage Cloud Transition

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Call for Urgent Action to Correct IT Industry ‘Gender Imbalance’

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Now Is the Time to Get on Social Media, Says Australian Government CTO

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NEW ZEALAND: Network Starts Free Wi-Fi Service Trial

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NZ's Big 4G Mobile Rollout - Progress Report

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Aussie Govt Report Eyes Potential to Copy NZ's Realme Online ID Service, Mutually Recognise IDs on Both Sides of Tasman

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Govt Promises $100m for Urban Cycleways

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/e-Security.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif EUROPE: How Europol Battles Cybercrime and Prepares for the Future

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif German: Bosch Insures Against Cybercrime

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Russian Hackers Stole 1.2 Billion Internet Credentials

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Someone Hacked the Russian Prime Minister's Twitter Account and Announced His Resignation

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Belarusian Opposition Website "Blocked" in Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif U.K.: New Cyber Security Competition Launched

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NORTH AMERICA: Canada - A Tool for Canadian SME’s in Their Battle to Improve Cyber-security

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif The Three V’s of Big Data – And the Security Risks That Come with It

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif People, Not IT, Come First in Data Security, Toronto Group Told

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Two Projects to Improve IT Security Without Using Software

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif U.S.: Assessing Trust in Cross-Agency Networks

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif 'History May Be Repeating Itself' in Cyberspace

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Modern Electric Grid Fighting Cyber Vulnerabilities

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif After 6 Years and $300M, Social Security IT Project Still Doesn’t Work

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Internet Fragmentation; The Newest Threat to the Internet

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Agencies Fail Email Cyber Tests

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Opinion - Protecting Kids in the Cloud

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif What IT Takes to Achieve Effective Cyber Defense

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Cybercrime Losses Top $400 Billion Worldwide, Study Claims

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Information-centric Security: Protecting Data from the Inside Out

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Big Data Against Cybercrime – The “Big” Powers and Limitations

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Cybercrime Is Growth Industry Estimated to Be As Much As $575 Billion

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Six Indicted in Stubhub Cybercrime Case

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Digital Defense Publishes Legal Industry Information Security Benchmarking Report

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Online Safety: Is the Internet Really a Dangerous, Lawless Jungle for Children?

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Physical Security Information Management (PSIM) Market in the APAC Region 2014-2018

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif CHINA: To Start Security Vetting IT Products

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Chinese General Labels U.S. No.1 Cyber Thief

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Alibaba Attacks Fake Chinese Goods Ahead of IPO

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Report Underlines China's Cyber Security Challenges

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Online Terror Info Traced to Overseas Websites

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif China Convicts Two Online Rumor-Mongers

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif China Vows Heavier Penalties for Internet Rumormongers

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Chinese Man Detained over WeChat Rumors

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif JAPAN: Rules Must Quickly Be Formulated for Safe Utilization of Personal Data

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SOUTH KOREA: Watchdog to Slap 85 Mln Won Fine on KT for Leaking Personal Data

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif 3 in 10 S. Korean Teens Victimized by Cyber Bullying: Study

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Gov't to Toughen Punishment for Data Leaks

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NORTH KOREA: Doubling Number of Cyber Warriors Over 2 Years

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif MALAYSIA: Police Working with Local Authorities to Better Identify Crime Hotspots

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SINGAPORE: Over 1500 E-Government Accounts Face Security Breach Risk

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Singapore Amends Copyright Law to Address Online Piracy

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Singapore Police Says Crimes Shifting Online

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Singapore Web Users ‘Targeted More Heavily’ by Cybercriminals: Trend Micro

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif VIETNAM: Police Smash Online World Cup Betting Ring

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif BANGLADESH: War Crimes-suspect Jabbar - Prosecution Role Annoys ICT

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Azerbaijan-OSCE Joint Working Group on Cyber Security to Be Established

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Azerbaijani E-Security Center to Intensify Activity

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Azerbaijani Defense Ministry Urges Media Outlets to Be Careful Spreading Information

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AUSTRALIA: Private Business Slow to Adapt to ‘Digital Disruption’

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Government Releases Piracy Discussion Paper

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Australian IT Managers 'Unaware of Privacy Laws'

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NEW ZEALAND: ‘Should Take More Risks on Cloud’

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/ICT_.gif

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AFRICA: ICT Penetration in Democratic Republic of Congo Now at 23%

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif World Bank to Give Kenya KES 17.3 Bln for ICT Projects

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ICT Contribution to Kenya’s GDP Now at 12.1%

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Nigeria's ICT Sector Eyes 20 Percent GDP Contribution Through GITEX

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif EUROPE: UK 4G Users Top 6m, Says Ofcom

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NORTH AMERICA: Canadian IT Hiring Expectations Steady for the Rest of the Year

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Look Ahead for the Next Generation of Wi-Fi

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Sexism and IT - Another Chapter

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Canadian CIOs Focus on Core Technologies for Digital Success

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif U.S.: IT Disruptions 3 Times More Likely at Agencies with Complex Networks

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif A $300 Million IT Flop

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif How Modern Technology Is Changing Public-Sector GIS

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ICT Must Drive Revolution

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Opportunities for ICT Providers in Intelligent Cities Evolution

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Dimension Data Releases First Annual Sustainability Report

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Frost & Sullivan Recognizes Asia's Top ICT Companies at 2014 Asia Pacific ICT Awards

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif CHINA: Inspur, United Electronics Form Strategic Partnership for Smart City Development

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif 3D Print Tech Involved in Beijing Axis Surgery

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif JAPAN: Govt Support of Scientific Research Should Lead to Fruitful Innovations

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif S. Korea, EU to Jointly Develop 5G Mobile Network

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif S. Korea's ICT Exports Surge to Record High in H1

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ICT Ministry to Offer Communications Support at Pyeongchang Olympics

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif PHILIPPINES: Government Ranks Top Ten Cities for Public Sector ICT

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Singapore, South Korea & Japan Best for Online Service Delivery - UN E-Government Rankings 2014

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Singapore Government’s First Chief Data Scientist Prabir Sen on His New Role and Goals

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif THAILAND: Telecom Spectrum Auction 'To Go Ahead'

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif VIETNAM: Rising in Tech Rankings

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif BANGLADESH: Could Be Mighty Player in Global IT

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Govt Picks 160 Youngsters in 1st Batch to Develop as IT Leaders

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif BD Awarded ‘World Summit on Information Society Prize’

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Bangladesh Makes Remarkable Progress in IT

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif INDIA: 8 Top-paying IT Certifications in 2014

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SRI LANKA: MillenniumIT Ranked Highest Among the Most Respected IT Companies in the Island

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AZERBAIJAN: To Establish Production of Monitoring System Equipment

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Azerbaijan's IT Sector Developing Rapidly – Minister

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Eastern Partnership Countries’ Experts to Be United Within One Network

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Azerbaijan Increases Electricity Generation in First Half of 2014

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif USACC Organizes Briefing on Azerbaijan’s Technology Industry

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AUSTRALIA: Government Launches Tool to Benchmark Agencies’ Digital Maturity

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Young ICT Explorers Competition Gets Big Boost

 

 

 

TOP

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/Special-Focus.gif

 

 

 

 

GLOBE: UN Adopts Resolution on Bridging Digital Divide

 

The UN General Assembly today adopted a draft resolution that aims at using information and communications technologies for development, a significant victory for developing countries, led by India which said the resolution will focus on bridging the digital divide. India led six months of intense negotiations on the resolution on behalf of the G77 bloc of developing nations and China with the US and EU delegations. The draft resolution on the 'Modalities for the overall review by the General Assembly of the implementation of the outcomes of the World Summit on the Information Society' (WSIS) would take stock of the progress made and "address potential information and communications technology gaps and areas for continued focus, as well as addressing challenges, including bridging the digital divide, and harnessing information and communications technologies for development." The adoption of the resolution comes at a time when US Secretary of State John Kerry is visiting India, which has expressed concerns over snooping by the US National Security Agency (NSA) on its leaders. Last year, Brazil too had expressed outrage over electronic espionage by the NSA.

 

With regard to the resolution, India stressed that it should focus firmly on using information and communications technologies for development and bridging the digital divide and not be hijacked by concerns over snooping and electronic surveillance. In his explanation of the vote on the resolution, India's Permanent Representative to the UN Ambassador Asoke Mukerji said adoption of the resolution is a "win-win solution" for all and is a "welcome tiding" for all multilateral negotiation processes at the United Nations as it succeeded in traversing "seemingly unbridgeable positions to the eventual solution" after a "long drawn period of protracted negotiations" spanning nearly six months. "Most importantly, it retains the focus firmly, on using ICT's for development and bridging the digital divide," he said. "We have been able to secure the centrality and supremacy of the UN General Assembly in this process, the review has been mandated as an 'intergovernmental negotiation process' which takes into account inputs from member states, observer states, observers and all relevant WSIS stakeholders."

 

"We were supposed to find the way out on five things in this resolution: timing, structure, format, participation and outcome of the overall review. The draft that completed silence procedure successfully is an ample testimony on the best way forward on all these five counts," Mukerji said. The overall review, while respecting the mandate of the Tunis Agenda, will address the new challenges that have emerged since 2005, with an emphasis on using ICT's for development. Further, the centrality of the UN General Assembly to this process, as the only mandated body to conduct the overall review, has also been affirmed. The Tunis Agenda was a WSIS consensus statement adopted in November 2005 in Tunisia that focused on financial mechanisms for meeting the challenge of ICT for development and called for the creation of the internet governance forum. Sources in the Indian delegation here said among the major achievements from developing countries perspective is that the adoption of the resolution is a "major victory" for developing countries, led by India, as it secures that the 10-year review retains the focus on "bridging the digital divide" through a process which is member state-led and driven in the General Assembly.

 

The resolution decided that the overall review will be concluded in December 2015 by a two-day General Assembly high-level meeting to be preceded by an inter-governmental preparatory process that also takes into account inputs from all relevant stakeholders of WSIS. The intergovernmental negotiation process would begin in June 2015 and lead to an inter-governmentally agreed outcome document for adoption at the UNGA meeting. The process retains the ownership of the preparatory meetings and the final outcome document with member states alone. Mukerji said the resolution ensures that leaders, "at the highest possible level" will meet at the high-level plenary meeting in December next year to adopt the outcome of the intergovernmental negotiations.

 

The resolution was adopted with members reaffirming that science, innovation and technology, including information and communications technologies, are essential enablers and drivers for the achievement of the Millennium Development Goals and the promotion of the economic, social and environmental components of sustainable development and should be given due consideration in the elaboration of the post-2015 development agenda. Mukerji assured India's steadfast commitment in ensuring a "forward looking, action oriented and substantive outcome document, which does full justice to the enormous potential that ICT technologies have to offer for the benefit of developing countries."

From http://www.outlookindia.com/ 07/31/2014

TOP

 

 

AUSTRALIA: Private Business Slow to Adapt to ‘Digital Disruption’

 

Many of Australia’s private businesses are still not using cloud technology and face the prospect of missing out on a so-called ‘accounting revolution’, according to a new report on digital disruption. In its report – ‘Harnessing the bang, stories from the digital frontline’ – Deloitte Private analyses the impact of digital disruption to show it is "accelerating and affecting businesses large and small across Australia". According to Deloitte Private’s National Managing Partner David Hill, the next 12 months will be a watershed for private businesses adapting to digital disruption, with recent research showing 66% of businesses are still not using cloud technology. “Many may not realise how much this technology has improved in the past few years and the positive impact it can have on how they run their business.” Hill says businesses will be missing out by failing to respond to the changes caused by digital disruption, and he adds, Deloitte Prvate has “heeded its own warnings” about digital disruption of the professional services sector by redefining the way it delivers accounting and tax services through its recently launched cloud-based Connect solution.

 

“With Deloitte Private Connect we have positively embraced the disruption to the accounting and tax profession on account of cloud technologies and created an offering that transforms the way business owners experience accounting services.” Hill says Connect combines shared ledger accounting, automated bookkeeping and benchmarking, an online portal and dashboard as well as many other digital technologies, “to redefine the way our private clients work with us, in real time, on any device. Every business owner dreams of spending less time in the business and more time on the business. Less time on day-to-day transactions, paying staff and suppliers and scrambling to balance the books. More time on the bigger picture and the things that helped them succeed in the first place. Until now, that's been easier said than done. Deloitte Private Connect is changing all that.”

 

Two apps are core to the Connect solution:

• Transact automates bookkeeping. Invoices are digitally scanned and authorised for online payment while business owners digitally sign tax returns, approve BAS statements and year end accounts, raise queries and store documents securely online

• Analyser enables business owners to access live financial reports and business analytics, including profitability, cash flow, growth and trend analysis. Key performance indicators can be customised, live ‘what-if’ analysis performed and alerts set up to keep on top of the metrics that matter.

From http://www.itwire.com 07/03/2014

TOP

 

 

CANADA: The Three V’s of Big Data – And the Security Risks That Come with IT

 

We’ve been hearing the phrase “big data” being tossed around among companies, industries, and organizations for some time now – but what does it really mean? For Jerrard Gaertner, president of the Canadian Information Processing Society, big data presents a lot of potential for businesses, the public sector, and all kinds of industries – but any work with big data needs to be done with data security in mind. While he teaches courses on this topic at Ryerson University and the University of Toronto, he managed to distill a lot of the information into an hour-long mini lecture during Wednesday’s TASK meeting in Toronto. Gaertner gave a talk on what big data means, outlining not just its potential, but also the risks of adopting it without thinking of security first. “In many cases … you’ve got an organization that’s got absolutely wonderful security and policies and procedures and segregation of duties, and everybody has a [Certified Information Systems Security Professional certification]. But big data is over here, and we’ve got our crown jewels in there, and a couple of dozen people have access to absolutely everything,” he said, addressing a room of security professionals during his talk. “I would just caution you that big data tends to be ignored or tends to be forgotten because it’s so new.”

 

So what is big data? For Gaertner, he characterizes it as having at least three V’s:

-        Volume

This is huge amounts of data – not just gigabytes or terabytes, but potentially petabytes or exabytes.

-        Variety

Big data includes a variety of data, which aren’t just housed within Excel files or Word documents. This can include every file format out there, Gaertner said.

-        and Velocity.

 

“Most big data installations – you can’t necessarily control how quickly the data comes in,” he said. For example, he mentioned how many companies have marketing departments that do sentiment analysis, meaning they analyze tweets on Twitter, posts on Facebook, or other areas of social media to figure out how a new product is performing in the marketplace and how people feel about it. However, given this is social media and Twitter users alone can create as many as 5,000 tweets a second, those seeking to harness big data can’t control how much data is coming in, nor how quickly, Gaertner said. Given how so many businesses and industries want to tap into big data and the insights it can bring, it’s not surprising people are eager to just upload their data and start using open source software from frameworks like Apache Hadoop.

 

Still, Gaertner told the audience of security professionals this is where security and risk management come in. He named a number of factors that need to go into a strong, effective implementation of big data, such as creating appropriate research facilities, using relevant data sources, ensuring the hardware used has the capacity to process the data, using the right software and analytics tools, training staff in proper procedures – the list goes on. However, a large chunk of that list requires security professionals to lend a hand, and people can’t just be left alone to play with big data without safeguards and controls, he said. “Does the [chief security officer] or privacy officer know you’ve dumped all the information you own into a bucket and you’re playing with it?” Gaertner said, adding one of the biggest risks with big data is putting all of an organization’s data in one place, or all of its eggs in one basket.

 

He added security professionals also need to ask about the “provenance” of the data, or where it came from. After all, there are business risks, ethical risks, and privacy risks to using data from just anywhere and not adequately protecting it. And of course, one of the most important pieces of security in any organization is to ensure employees are well-trained and educated in understanding the risks, especially when it comes to big data. That’s even more important than relying upon the tools and layers of defense set up to protect an organization’s data. “You’re all security professionals,” Gaertner said to the room. “You know – never rely on the technology. It’s people, people, people.”

From http://www.itbusiness.ca/ 07/31/2014

TOP

 

 

CHINA: Report Underlines Cyber Security Challenges

 

Cyber security is the most important issue that China has to address in developing its new media, according to a report released Wednesday by the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences.After the whistleblowing of former U.S. National Security Agency (NSA) contractor Edward Snowden, the think tank believes that cyber security is relevant to a country's political and cultural safety, more than just information security.The United States is the world's sole power to adopt an offensive strategy in the cyber world, while China and Russia can only resort to a defensive strategy, meaning the defense of their cyber space will become a strategic priority, according to the report.The think tank advised Chinese authorities to raise their capacities in self-defense and formulate an effective defensive strategy.

From http://www.news.cn/ 06/26/2014

TOP

 

 

 

INDONESIA: Why Three Cities Formed a Joint Secretariat

 

Three Indonesian cities, Sleman, Bantul and Yogyakarta, believe that they are better off tackling their urban problems together. FutureGov caught up with Haryadi Suyuti, Mayor of Yogyakarta, the biggest of these three cities, to find out why. Residents of the cities of Sleman and Bantul travel to Yogyakarta everyday for conducting their business, Suyuti said, blurring the borders between these areas. The respective city governments therefore had to take a fresh approach to manage increasingly common urban issues. “The biggest problem [across the cities] right now is urban infrastructure management”, including waste management, water and transport, he said. For example, residents of Sleman and Bantul use the sewerage and refuse facilities in Yogyakarta where they work, and they also require good roads and buses to get there. The three municipalities formed a joint secretariat to centralise urban management policies and their implementation across the three cities, he explained. The joint secretariat allows officials across the cities to better coordinate and solve common problems, the Mayor said. Further, the budget for the secretariat has been shared across the three local governments. Suyuti said that, by bringing these functions together, it has enabled city planners to focus on an Indonesian priority: ensuring that people can get to work, and generate economic growth.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 08/14/2014

TOP

 

 

JAPAN: Govt to Urge Stricter Firm Info Management

 

The government will urge companies to ensure thorough management of information in the wake of massive leaks of customer data at major education service provider Benesse Corp., Economy, Trade and Industry Minister Toshimitsu Motegi said Friday. The Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry will send related documents on Monday to the Japan Business Federation—the largest Japanese business lobby, known as Keidanren—and other organizations, in order to ask companies to take measures necessary to enhance their information control systems. Motegi said at a press conference he thinks that the data leak scandal at Benesse occurred as there were problems with many people concerned, including those in charge of managing internal personal information. The minister suggested that companies need to fully check whether personal data they received from third parties, such as name list brokers, have been obtained legally. In a related development, the ministry decided to revise the guidelines on the law protecting personal information by the end of September. In the high-profile data leak case, a male system engineer was arrested and indicted for allegedly stealing personal data on a large number of Benesse customers in violation of the Unfair Competition Prevention Law.

From http://the-japan-news.com 08/16/2014

TOP

 

 

SOUTH KOREA: E-Government Tops UN Survey for Third Time

 

Korea's system of online government services has earned the top ranking in this year's United Nations e-Government Survey. The biannual survey has now given Korea the top spot in 2010, 2012 and 2014. The U.N. body announced on June 23 that Korea ranked first in both the e-Government Development Index, which gauges how advanced online government services are, and the e-Participation Index, which evaluates the level of citizens' online engagement with their government. The U.N. survey has been carried out since 2003 among 190 countries in order to enhance global cooperation between online government services and to improve national competitiveness. For this year's survey, the U.N. stressed the value of open government data. Korea was recognized for its "Government 3.0" policies, a range of efforts aimed at sharing data, openness, communication and cooperation.

 

Korea provides its citizens with integrated public services online, through which people can register personal information, such as dates of birth and death, employment status and address changes, all necessary for any type of civil service. People do not need to pay a visit to each of the relevant organizations. In addition to such online services, the Korean government has also made an effort to expand communication with the public via mobile devices by offering government services aimed at both daily life and for emergencies. From June 23 to 27, the 2014 U.N. Public Service Forum was held with 1,861 attendees from 126 countries at the KINTEX convention center in Goyang. Conversation ranged widely in the "Innovating Governance for Sustainable Development and Well-being of the People" discussion session.

 

Participants in the public service session agreed that we are in need of innovation in public services in order to improve the quality of life of the people, wherever they are. During the e-government session, attendees agreed that innovation in e-government would improve the efficiency and transparency of government. For this, technological advances and the active participation of citizens must come first. Also, in a modern society, an e-government should focus more on creating value instead of looking at simply reducing expenses. The four-day forum wrapped up with the adoption of the Seoul Joint Communiqué. It stated that, "The innovation plan should center around citizens. They should be allowed to participate in the whole process of designing, developing policies and providing services. "Civil participation can be a useful tool to improve regional development from both the functional aspect and democratic aspect. Korea's incredible development experience, as showcased through the Saemaul Undong, or New Community Movement, a program in which people participated spontaneously, is worth sharing and studying in other countries."

From http://www.korea.net 06/30/2014

TOP

 

NEW ZEALAND: Continues Reforming Public Service Towards More Open Government

 

The New Zealand Government will be presenting its Open Government Partnership (OGP) Action Plan in July, Internal Affairs Minister, Peter Dunne has announced. The action plan will be built around improving public services, increasing public integrity, more effectively management public resources and creating safer communities. OGP is an international partnership of 64 countries committed to making their governments more open accountable and responsive to citizens. The Government is committed to building greater transparency in public services, the Minister highlighted. Citizens can monitor the progress of public service reform programmes, such as the Better Public Services (BPS) programme for which progress reports are made available by the State Services Commission. “New Zealanders can judge for themselves how the Government is performing across the ten results areas [of the BPS programme]. Regularly communicating progress helps to engage citizens and businesses in the Government’s programme and provides a platform for greater citizen participation,” Dunne said.

 

The New Zealand Public Service is also engaging more with citizens in service design, using data more effectively to target interventions, joining forces to achieve results and shifting funding across traditional boundaries to change the way services are delivered. New Zealand is ranked first in the International Budget Partnership’s biannual Open Budget Survey and fourth out of 77 countries in the Global Open Data Barometer. “By joining the OGP, we know we must sustain and build on our success. We cannot simply sit back and rest on our laurels. We want to ensure that in a rapidly changing global environment we are well equipped to meet future challenges,” he concluded.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 06/02/2014

TOP

 

 

SINGAPORE: Government to Build National IT System for Social Services

 

The Singapore Government has awarded a S$26.5 million (US$21 million) contract to Accenture to develop a national case management and information system that will coordinate the delivery of social services to individuals and families in need. Implementation of the system, called the Social Service Net (SSNet), will start in the third quarter of 2015, the Ministry of Social and Family Development (MSF) and Infocomm Development Authority of Singapore announced. The SSNet will allow service providers to manage and share information about individual cases, and also host assessment tools. Safeguards will be put in place to ensure that information is shared on a needs basis and used responsibly, according to the MSF. Chan Chun Sing (pictured), Minister for MSF, said: “Even after it is developed, it will take time for help agencies – from voluntary welfare organisations as well as the government - to transit to the new system. We will provide the necessary support, and work closely with all partners to ensure a smooth transition.”

From http://www.futuregov.asia 06/23/2014

TOP

 

U.S.: Open and Social - New Path for Government Agencies

 

Agencies such as DoD are adopting social business, digital technologies, and open standards in surprising ways. Organizations of all sizes and verticals, from Fortune 500 conglomerates to government agencies, are enjoying the productivity of enterprise social networking and open-source software. I know many readers will be surprised that I included "government agencies" in the previous sentence. However, swift changes are taking place as that sector adapts to the collaboration benefits of social business tools. In fact, government agencies are adopting social business, digital technologies, and open standards in some surprising ways.

 

For example, take a look at the Defense Department's All Partners Access Network (APAN), formerly known as the Asia Pacific Area Network. Hosted by US Pacific Command, the APAN community is the premier unclassified information sharing and collaboration enterprise for the United States Department of Defense (DoD). APAN provides the DoD and its mission partners with community spaces and collaborative tools to help them plan, train, and respond to business requirements and mission objectives. APAN makes these tools available over the open Internet, so individuals and organizations that do not have access to traditional DoD systems and networks can participate in information sharing and collaborative events.

 

More specifically, during the Haiti earthquake in 2010, the DoD US Southern Command (SOUTHCOM) leveraged social technologies to provide situational awareness and facilitate faster relief responses. SOUTHCOM used the APAN community as the center of communication for emergency relief efforts. A group dedicated to these efforts was created within 24 hours following the earthquake, and nearly 2,000 users joined within the first week. Wikis were created and blogs were posted to provide members with updated reports and announcements, and discussion boards served as the most important collaboration method, enabling users to quickly and more efficiently coordinate relief efforts. Posts ranged from locations of hospitals ready to serve victims, to information about survivors and assistance needs. Users quickly responded to these posts by offering emergency equipment to be sent to Haiti, and officials acted immediately, filling the open hospital within two days and providing transportation for the equipment. Social networking and online communities quickly proved their worth in emergency-response efforts, connecting people from multiple organizations within the online hub and providing victims with access to medical attention and equipment.

 

Government agencies can also benefit from more traditional collaboration tools, such as email and, more specifically, open-source email. Open-source email offers increased security and hosted data features to meet government agencies' unique security needs. However, there is a myth surrounding open-source that such solutions are not secure. This is simply not true. On the contrary, the thousands of developers that participate in the software review and issue-resolution process make sure that open-source solutions are more secure than various other options. Furthermore, many government agencies often will not implement a piece of software in a security-critical environment if the agency itself cannot examine the source code for flaws. That is where open-source software excels -- its transparent development allows businesses to investigate and test security for themselves.

 

Open-source email is especially attractive to government agencies due to the fact that they can adjust the system to fit their unique security nuances, including those related to location-based privacy and compliance concerns. Furthermore, government organizations can add layers of encryption to their open-source email systems through integrations with a variety of third-party antivirus and encryption solutions. For example, the Peruvian government has a policy that agencies must use open-source software in order to increase security, privacy, and encryption levels for sensitive and confidential information. This led one government agency to turn to open-source email, recognizing that it drives rapid innovation and allows for integration with a variety of anti-spam, antivirus, and encryption solutions. Have you seen other examples of government agencies and organizations embracing social technology and open-source solutions? If so, please add them in the comments section.

From http://www.informationweek.com/ 06/27/2014

TOP

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/Policy_.gif

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

 

 

 

African Internet Governance Forum Concludes on Policies to Enable Internet Access

 

Over 470 participants drawn from the government, private sector, academia, research institutions, technical committee, civil society organisations, media, and other stakeholders from over 41 countries attended the 3 rd African Internet Governance Forum (AfIGF) held on 10 to 12 July 2014 in Abuja. The Forum was co-organised by the Federal Ministry of Communications and Information Technology through the Nigerian Internet Registry Authority and Nigerian IGF and the Economic Commission for Africa (ECA). The Forum was also supported by Local Multi-stakeholder Advisory Group (LMAG) of the Nigerian Internet Governance Forum (NIGF), and the African Union Commission (AUC) as well as the African sub-regional IGFs. Elaborating on the Internet's fast growth in Africa, Ms. Fatima Denton, Director, Special Initiatives Division at the ECA said that mobile technology is enabling millions of people in Africa to access the Internet, even in the absence of developed broadband networks.

 

"The mobile-broadband penetration in Africa reaches close to 20 percent in 2014, up from 2 percent in 2010 and although all regions continue to show double-digit growth rates in mobile broadband penetration, Africa stands out with a growth rate of over 40 percent - twice as high as the global average." She said that the key to making Internet Governance a success at both the sub-regional and regional levels is facilitating ownership and active participation at the national level. "National internet Governance foras on represent a critical foundation for expanding Internet access in our respective countries," she added. Omobola Johnson, Nigerian Minister for Communication Technology of the stressed the catalytic effect of the internet in such sectors as finance and health. "In Nigeria's Ondo State, the Abiye programme links up pregnant mothers and infants up to age 5 with health centres or clinics near them and the Mother and Child Hospital (MCH) in Akure, the State capital, she said.

 

"Key to these linkages is the availability and use of ICTs between patients, health works and health specialists; the impact has been better maternal and infant healthcare, safer deliveries and reductions in maternal and infant mortality. This, she stressed, is a notable achievement for a State that was ranked by the World Bank in 2008 as having the highest maternal deaths in South West Nigeria. In other developments, Ms. Denton reported that a follow-up Summit held in October 2013 in Rwanda attended by several Heads of States and hundreds of stakeholders, came up with the SMART Africa Manifesto. The Manifesto, which outlined five pillars of change that would make new technologies and innovation at the centre of socio-economic development in Africa was endorsed by the AU Summit (January 2014). ECA as leading agency for Innovation and Sustainable Development Clusters of the Smart Africa Alliance, which will be a unique regional framework in enhancing connectivity in the continent among others, will continue to support its member States in their efforts in building an inclusive information society in Africa.

 

Several recommendations ensued on policies to enable internet access; Content creation, dissemination and use to educate the public towards innovation and creativity in content development; Internet as engine, growth and development and the need for policies that drive affordability of the internet and encourage broadband access policy; on the IGF and the Future of the Internet Ecosystem and the need to enhance the multistakeholder cooperation within the AfIGF to increase the participation of all stakeholders in the transition of IANA functions; Enhancing Digital Trust; the need to encourage and respect Human Rights online as well as offline; the need for countries to migrate from IPv4 to IPv6; and encourage the implementation and management of dotAfrica, among others.

From http://allafrica.com/ 07/21/2014

 

TOP

 

 

EUROPE: Push for Worldwide ‘Right to Be Forgotten’ Laws Tests Internet Freedom

 

Brief background

After the EU Court of Justice ruling requiring search engines to comply with ‘take down’ requests from individuals, Google has been trying to comply with the more than 90,000 requests it has received. It has removed approximately half of these so far from its European searches. It’s been a struggle since the ruling: how to decide who and what should have a right to be taken down, how to identify the person requesting the take down, the sheer numbers of requests, etc. And companies, newspapers, journalists and other media outlets have been openly against this ‘take down’ move as their articles are no longer appearing in search engine searches.

 

‘Right to be removed’ causes flood of requests

First, after going through the massive task of removal requests that Google managed, there was widespread criticism about the links Google removed. So they reinstated some of the links. The search engines have continued to struggle to balance the need for transparency with the need to protect people’s identities. They are dealing with a difficult process thanks to the vague EU Court of Justice ruling. But still the EU regulators are not happy.

 

EU regulators unhappy with Google

Google had included a notice on search results pages where links were removed alerting people when stories or information was removed. Regulators and data protection groups were not happy with this so, instead, Google’s European search results now show a message on nearly every search on a ‘name’ that results ‘might’ have been removed. Google also did the right thing and alerted websites and businesses that the links were being removed. This, in some instances, ironically resulted in more publications writing about it and brought it back into the public eye. So, job well done, EU courts.

 

The EU wants to set regulation worldwide

The EU summonsed representatives from Google, Yahoo and Microsoft to argue that the removals should be global and not just in Europe. And that the search engines should stop notifying websites if their stories were removed. This push is primarily coming from privacy groups complaining that the removal of content on EU search engines only is ineffectual and that it must be across international search engines to be effective. Can the EU set worldwide regulation of the internet? The thought that EU courts can dictate content and how search engines work around the world seems ludicrous. A court that seems to think it can dictate how websites work in other countries will end up in a jurisdictional chaotic mess.

 

If they also block sites from being informed, this would seem to go against basic transparency principles and websites will be left wondering what happened to their articles that are now no longer available in Google searches around the world. The issue and problem is still with the original EU ruling: that people should have the right to require removal of embarrassing, criminal, political or otherwise historical information they are not proud of on the internet. The result of the privacy groups, data protection groups and regulators in the EU pushing may well result in Google ending up in European courts faced with legal action by member EU countries for many years to come. We can only hope it stays there.

From http://www.startupsmart.com.au/ 07/31/2014

TOP

 

 

Regulating the Web: Does the Internet Need Its Own Bill of Rights?

 

Does the internet need its own bill of rights? Italy is already working on a draft document that could end up being discussed and adopted across Europe. The Italian government is working on a 'bill of rights' for the internet, which could serve as the foundation for a model defining web users' rights and obligations, potentially not just in Italy but throughout the continent. An ad hoc committee, composed partly of politicians from all parliamentary parties, and partly by independent experts in the field — scholars, journalists, representatives of the telecoms industry and of consumers' associations — will draft a series of proposals for an internet bill of rights. During the committee's first meeting, which took place late last month, it was decided that a smaller group of experts, led by jurist and politician Stefano Rodotà, would produce a first draft of the bill, to be discussed by all committee members by the end of September.

 

It's not the first time that Rodotà, a well-known and respected figure who served for many years as member of the European Parliament, was involved in a similar project: back in 2006 he was among the first to propose a 'constitution for the internet', but time was not ripe for its adoption. The committee's introductory session also defined a series of topics to work on, including internet access as a universal right; net neutrality; freedom of information; the need to find a balance between transparency, the rule of law and privacy; protecting users against the misuse of their data by online companies; and digital literacy. The committee's finished proposals will be presented at an interparliamentary "meeting of fundamental rights" organised by the EU presidency in Rome in October, and will also be subject to public consultation in Italy on the Civi.ci platform, where the work of the country's Commission on Constitutional Reforms is published.

 

The initiative was promoted by Chamber of Deputies' president, Laura Boldrini. "The internet — it's an essential bridge to access knowledge and relationships. But it needs rules. Rules don't limit liberty, but they are needed to guarantee it. The constitutional approach to rules is fundamental to guarantee that those rules are written to be just," she said. The idea of regulating the internet has always been controversial, as it might seem difficult to draw a clear line between establishing a set of rules and limiting freedom of expression and access to knowledge. Boldrini herself, shortly after being elected as president of the chamber, was accused of trying to censor the web, when, in 2013, after receiving insults and physical threats on blogs and social networks, she invoked measures to "stop the internet anarchy". However, the bill of rights has nothing to do with censorship, she maintains — as does Rodotà, who also dismisses the widespread idea that the internet, as it currently stands, is not regulated.

 

"The internet is full of laws," he said. "Actually, we are used to accept and sign many 'terms of service' that are very binding and that put an enormous power into service providers' hands." The question therefore is not whether the internet is regulated or not, but who does the regulating, he said. Some recent developments — from the European Court of Justice ruling that introduced the so-called 'right to be forgotten', to the Italian data protection authority's decision that Google should change the way it collects, handles, and stores users' data seem to hint at the fact that legislators are beginning to step in, in Europe at least, in what used to be a space where companies were largely free to set their own rules. Italy, incidentally, is not the only country that is trying to promote a model for internet governance. "A model that's being studied worldwide is that of Brazil, which recently introduced a civil rights framework for the internet called Marco Civil, but Italy wants to go beyond that and propose an internet bill of rights for Europe during the current semester," a spokeswoman for the Chamber of Deputies' said.

 

Time, however, is short, just a little more than two months' work, before the meeting in Rome. The risk is it will result in only a draft generic declaration of principles, with little or no real impact. "To avoid this I think we should address in our proposals serious and current issues like those of electronic surveillance and users' data retention, trying to define a common regulatory framework that could be adopted by most European States," the co-director of the Nexa Center for Internet & Society at the Politecnico of Turin Juan Carlos De Martin, who is also a member of the bill of rights committee, told ZDNet. The challenge now, for the government and the committee, is to live up to their own expectations. If they do, the proposed bill of rights could prove to be a boon for Italy, whose young prime minister Matteo Renzi is considered to be a fan of everything digital. If they fail, or the regulatory proposal gets simply largely ignored by other member states, the country's prestige could face a serious blow.

From http://www.zdnet.com/ 08/18/2014

TOP

 

Russian Internet Freedom in Doubt as Putin Signs New Laws Targeting Facebook, Twitter

 

Russian President Vladimir Putin has authorized a new law that forces Internet companies conducting business in the country's borders to store Russian citizens’ data there, further tightening the government’s grip on Russians' online activity. The Russian Duma (the national legislature) passed the bill upon its first reading earlier this month. Putin’s signature on the law now means that popular U.S.-based companies like Twitter, Google and Facebook will need to establish data centers in Russia no later than September 2016 if they want to continue operating there legally. The NSA leaks divulged by Edward Snowden revealed that international citizens who use American social networks are unwittingly spied upon because, as Facebook’s servers are located in the U.S., for instance, the NSA can legally compel the company to turn over any necessary information. The new law has also been portrayed as a precursor to the Putin administration cutting off access to popular websites in the near future, though. Lawmakers have said that the law’s intended goal is to protect Russians from international hackers, although forcing Twitter and Facebook to operate in Moscow, for instance, will also give the government more sway to influence those companies and potentially force them to provide data on Russian social media activity, as well.

 

In June the Russian Federal Security Service (FSB) also forced companies to encrypt the personal data of their customers using algorithms developed in Russia. Under another new policy, Roskomnadzor, a Russian telecommunication firm, will force Russian bloggers to abandon anonymity if they receive a Roskomnadzor notice, beginning on Aug. 1, 2014. Russian news agency Interfax reported that the firm will be able to impose orders that “limit access to information being handled with violations of the law on personal data protection.” The government has already cracked down on blogs critical of Putin and Russian oligarchs. Alexei Navalny, a prominent social and political activist who ran for political office amid corruption charges widely believed to be trumped up, communicated with supporters primarily through his Live Journal, though that site was banned as Navalny’s reputation grew.

From http://www.ibtimes.com/ 07/24/2014

TOP

 

LATIN AMERICA: Mexico's Telecoms Law to Enter into Full Effect on 13 August

 

Mexico's new telecoms and broadcasting law is expected to enter into full effect on 13 August, El Economista reports.Once the new law enters into effect, the country's Federal Telecommunications Institute (IFT) will have 30 days to launch the investigation procedures to determine which are preponderant economic agent in the domestic telecoms market. The new legislation aims to introduce greater competition in the local telecommunications market dominated by America Movil. The law was approved by the Congress and promulgated by the government last month.

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 08/11/2014

TOP

 

NORTH AMERICA: Canada - BC Raked over Coals for Lack of Digitization Strategy

 

Among the organizations that are great generators of paper, arguably governments rank in the top three. So it was no surprise that the B.C. information and privacy commissioner has discovered 33,000 boxes of records are sitting in storage waiting to be properly archived — and growing at 3,000 boxes a year. The main problem, Elizabeth Denham said in a report issued Thursday, is that in 2003 when the B.C. archives became part of the Royal British Columbia Museum a chargeback system was created for archiving records — $454 a box from each ministry. Apparently no department wanted to cough up the cash. The other problem is that the archives doesn’t have the capability to store the electronic records it has. But digital data is “ephemeral and dependent on a potentially confusing and quickly changing blend of hardware and software,” the report says. “Unless carefully managed and protected, government will be unable to guarantee its availability, authenticity and usability.”

 

The report notes that Vancouver created a $1 million open source system in 2010 for archiving electronic records. “As more and more records are ‘born digital,’ government needs a strategy to preserve and archive these records,” she said in a statement. “The archiving of electronic records requires a new approach that ensures records can be accessed as technologies evolve. I recommend that government invest in creating a system for storing and archiving electronic records in light of the unique needs of this media.” In fact, the province’s policy is to print out electronic records for the archives, which is expected to microfilm them for long-term storage. “This method,” says the report, “is impractical and expensive.” Probably this is why no ministry is doing it. Instead, she says, the electronic records stay sitting on servers. Her report also recommends that government provide funding to address the paper backlog and bring archives back into the government. The province should also provide adequate resources going forward to ensure archiving continues, it says, including an investment in infrastructure to support the archiving of electronic records.

 

Finally, the commissioner’s report recommends modernizing the current legislative framework. “The Document Disposal Act was designed in 1936 and is not capable of addressing 21st-century records management. British Columbia needs a modern legislative framework that addresses the full life-cycle of a record, from creation, use through to final disposition or archiving. Such a framework would revitalize and modernize records management in government and provide the historical legacy British Columbians deserve,” said Denham. “Public archives serve as the corporate memory of societies, nations, provinces and institutions, but they are also important for government accountability and transparency. Without an accessible archive of government records, citizens, journalists and historians are hampered in accessing records of our government’s actions and deliberations,” said Denham.

From http://www.itworldcanada.com/ 07/23/2014

TOP

 

U.S.: Washington D.C. Launches Open Data Policy, FOIA Portal

 

The district also reveals plans to hire its first chief data officer to direct transparency efforts. On Monday, July 21, Washington, D.C., unveiled two major plans for it’s open data strategy, the first being the launch of a new Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) processing system, and the second are its plans to hire a chief data officer to oversee an open data policy and portal. Mayor Vincent Gray made the announcements simultaneously through mayor.dc.gov, his official Web page, and via Twitter later in the day. According to the city release, the “DC Government Public FOIA Portal,” the official moniker for the system, allows claims for public records to be submitted and received in one centralized hub for 50 city agencies, and will include plans for additional agencies to be added later. Requestors can track the status of submissions, read recent FOIA released documents, and staff can monitor how timely FOIA requests are answered. Current regulations require staff to respond to each request within a minimum of 15 business days. The portal's vendor, FOIAXpress, was credited by the city for its “effective use” by federal agencies such as the General Services Administration and the departments of Justice and Homeland Security. The city also cited the Board of Ethics and Government Accountability’s Office of Open Government as a consultant for the purchase.

 

CHIEF DATA OFFICER & OPEN DATA POLICY

Equally notable, if not more so, is the city’s plans to adopt an open data policy that calls for the hire of a chief data officer and construction of a citywide open data portal. The portal is scheduled to launch within 30 days, and the order requires agencies to publish data sets on a regular basis that fall into 15 different categories on such topics as budgetary information, city correspondence, employee salary records, administrative procedures and commonly requested FOIA documents. Linked with the information release, the open data policy requires department data to be published in an open format -- meaning it can be easily downloaded, searched and retrieved by common Web applications. While an exact date hasn’t been set to hire a chief data officer, who will collaborate with departments on the transparency initiatives, it’s likely a hire may be announced soon as plans already are underway for agencies to report on open data efforts by Oct. 1. “The executive order I am issuing today sends an important message to District government agencies and the public: Everyone wins when we make it easier for the public to understand the workings of the District government,” Gray said, adding that he's eager to see how civic developers use open data for city apps.

From http://www.govtech.com/ 07/21/2014

TOP

 

 

US Set to Pass Phone Unlocking Bill

 

CTIA gives muted response to new legislation; Competitive Carriers Association applauds move. The U.S. House of Representatives has voted unanimously in favour of a new law that will make it easier for consumers to unlock their phones and connect to other mobile networks. Crafted by congressmen Bob Goodlatte and Patrick Leahy, the Unlocking Consumer Choice and Wireless Competition Act was approved by the Senate on 15 July, and will now pass to the White House where it will be signed into law. "The bill Congress passed today is another step toward giving ordinary Americans more flexibility and choice, so that they can find a cell phone carrier that meets their needs and their budget," said President Barack Obama, in a statement late last week. In 2012 the Copyright Office declared that unlocking phones violated software copyrights protected under the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. As a result, customers were not permitted to unlock their device without their operator's permission. The Unlocking Consumer Choice and Wireless Competition Act was introduced after a petition opposing the Copyright Office's decision garnered more than 114,000 signatures.

 

"This law will protect consumer choice by allowing flexibility when it comes to choosing a wireless carrier. This is something that Americans have been asking for and I am pleased that we were able to work together to ensure the swift passage of legislation," said Goodlatte, in a statement. "The bipartisan Unlocking Consumer Choice and Wireless Competition Act puts consumers first, promotes competition in the wireless phone marketplace, and encourages continued use of existing devices," added Leahy. The new law's approval elicited a more muted response from CTIA, which represents the interests of the U.S.'s big four telcos. Friday's "action by the House moves us closer to alleviating any confusion stemming from the Copyright Office's 2012 decision," said Jot Carpenter, vice president of government affairs at CTIA, in a statement.

 

"It is important to note that CTIA's members already committed to a set of voluntary principles that enable consumers interested in unlocking their devices to do so. Nonetheless, we greatly appreciate the care that chairmen Leahy and Goodlatte took in crafting their legislation and avoiding the imposition of any new regulatory obligations on wireless providers," he said. While the big four do offer to unlock devices, it is worth noting that each one has its own set of seemingly piecemeal rules that limit the practice to particular circumstances. he Competitive Carriers Association (CCA), which lobbies for smaller players, was much more upbeat than CTIA. "All consumers, no matter where they live, work or travel, should have the ability to take the device of their choosing to the carrier that best meets their needs and desires," said CCA chief executive Steven Berry, in a statement. "I thank Congress for working on this important consumer issue and taking this last step to send a bill to the president's desk."

From http://www.totaltele.com/ 07/28/2014

TOP

 

House Passes Three Cyber Bills

 

The House of Representatives passed three bills on July 28 designed to protect U.S. critical infrastructure against hacking by boosting information sharing, advancing cyber technologies and improving the Department of Homeland Security's cybersecurity workforce. One measure, by House Homeland Security Committee Chairman Michael McCaul (R-Texas), would codify and enhance DHS's National Cybersecurity and Communications Integration Center as the hub for information sharing on threats across infrastructure sectors, according to a committee summary. The Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee reported its own NCCIC bill in June. "Last week, the former co-chair of the 9/11 Commission testified that we are in a pre-9/11 mindset when it comes to cybersecurity," McCaul said in a statement. He said his bill would create "a true partnership between DHS and the private sector to ensure the distribution of real-time cyber threat information in order to secure our nation in cyberspace without burdensome mandates or regulations." Larry Zelvin, NCCIC's outgoing director, has called for legislation clarifying DHS's role in cybersecurity.

 

The House also passed a bill by Patrick Meehan (R-Pa.) that would direct the DHS secretary to submit to Congress a plan for research and development of cybersecurity and physical security technologies. According to a Congressional Research Service summary, the legislation would also have the secretary report on DHS's use of public-private research consortiums to develop technologies for critical infrastructure protection. The third bill, by New York Democrat Yvette Clarke, would require the DHS secretary to develop classifications for cyber expertise used in the department and make those classifications available to other federal agencies, according to a CRS summary. While the first two measures were approved by voice vote, this bill was put to a recorded vote. It passed, 395-8. The Senate is considering a related bill that would authorize DHS to pay cyber experts more and retain them with bonuses, which the Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee approved in May.

From http://fcw.com/articles/ 07/29/2014

TOP↑

 

 

ITU, ETSI Align ICT Environmental Impact Standards

 

The International Telecommunication Union (ITU) and European Telecommunication Standardisation Institute (ETSI) have agreed a standardised way to assess the direct environmental impact of ICT goods, networks and services, as well as their indirect impact on greenhouse gas emissions of non-ICT industry sectors. The jointly developed specification has been created in acknowledgement of the importance of providing industry with tools to provide a lifecycle assessment of the environmental impact of its activities. It was partly driven by a need to avoid a proliferation of methodologies which would cause confusion to the industry. The Methodology for Environmental Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) of ICT goods, networks and services, known as ITU-T L.1410 in ITU-T and ES 203 199 in ETSI, has achieved first-stage approval in the two organisations. The new standard is a technically aligned text of previously approved standards from the ITU and ETSI. A significant improvement to the new text is clearer examples of how the methodology should be applied, a feature that was added following feedback from the European Commission trial of the various methodologies, including ITU-T Recommendation L.1410 and former ETSI TS 103 199. This new standard is just one of the various standards planned to be developed in joint activities by the two bodies in the next 2 to 3 years.

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 05/30/2014

TOP

 

 

UN Adopts Resolution on Bridging Digital Divide

 

The UN General Assembly today adopted a draft resolution that aims at using information and communications technologies for development, a significant victory for developing countries, led by India which said the resolution will focus on bridging the digital divide. India led six months of intense negotiations on the resolution on behalf of the G77 bloc of developing nations and China with the US and EU delegations. The draft resolution on the 'Modalities for the overall review by the General Assembly of the implementation of the outcomes of the World Summit on the Information Society' (WSIS) would take stock of the progress made and "address potential information and communications technology gaps and areas for continued focus, as well as addressing challenges, including bridging the digital divide, and harnessing information and communications technologies for development." The adoption of the resolution comes at a time when US Secretary of State John Kerry is visiting India, which has expressed concerns over snooping by the US National Security Agency (NSA) on its leaders. Last year, Brazil too had expressed outrage over electronic espionage by the NSA.

 

With regard to the resolution, India stressed that it should focus firmly on using information and communications technologies for development and bridging the digital divide and not be hijacked by concerns over snooping and electronic surveillance. In his explanation of the vote on the resolution, India's Permanent Representative to the UN Ambassador Asoke Mukerji said adoption of the resolution is a "win-win solution" for all and is a "welcome tiding" for all multilateral negotiation processes at the United Nations as it succeeded in traversing "seemingly unbridgeable positions to the eventual solution" after a "long drawn period of protracted negotiations" spanning nearly six months. "Most importantly, it retains the focus firmly, on using ICT's for development and bridging the digital divide," he said. "We have been able to secure the centrality and supremacy of the UN General Assembly in this process, the review has been mandated as an 'intergovernmental negotiation process' which takes into account inputs from member states, observer states, observers and all relevant WSIS stakeholders."

 

"We were supposed to find the way out on five things in this resolution: timing, structure, format, participation and outcome of the overall review. The draft that completed silence procedure successfully is an ample testimony on the best way forward on all these five counts," Mukerji said. The overall review, while respecting the mandate of the Tunis Agenda, will address the new challenges that have emerged since 2005, with an emphasis on using ICT's for development. Further, the centrality of the UN General Assembly to this process, as the only mandated body to conduct the overall review, has also been affirmed. The Tunis Agenda was a WSIS consensus statement adopted in November 2005 in Tunisia that focused on financial mechanisms for meeting the challenge of ICT for development and called for the creation of the internet governance forum. Sources in the Indian delegation here said among the major achievements from developing countries perspective is that the adoption of the resolution is a "major victory" for developing countries, led by India, as it secures that the 10-year review retains the focus on "bridging the digital divide" through a process which is member state-led and driven in the General Assembly.

 

The resolution decided that the overall review will be concluded in December 2015 by a two-day General Assembly high-level meeting to be preceded by an inter-governmental preparatory process that also takes into account inputs from all relevant stakeholders of WSIS. The intergovernmental negotiation process would begin in June 2015 and lead to an inter-governmentally agreed outcome document for adoption at the UNGA meeting. The process retains the ownership of the preparatory meetings and the final outcome document with member states alone. Mukerji said the resolution ensures that leaders, "at the highest possible level" will meet at the high-level plenary meeting in December next year to adopt the outcome of the intergovernmental negotiations.

 

The resolution was adopted with members reaffirming that science, innovation and technology, including information and communications technologies, are essential enablers and drivers for the achievement of the Millennium Development Goals and the promotion of the economic, social and environmental components of sustainable development and should be given due consideration in the elaboration of the post-2015 development agenda. Mukerji assured India's steadfast commitment in ensuring a "forward looking, action oriented and substantive outcome document, which does full justice to the enormous potential that ICT technologies have to offer for the benefit of developing countries."

From http://www.outlookindia.com/ 07/31/2014

TOP

 

New Anti-Spam Legislation Is 'A Mess' Says Internet Lawyer

 

Starting July 1, businesses and some other organizations are going to see big changes with the implementation of federal anti-spam legislation. Beginning Canada Day, businesses that send texts, emails, instant messages, Facebook messages, or any other type of electronic commercial message, will have to meet a number of very specific requirements. Every electronic message will have to include the full name of the sender, their mailing address, website, phone number and the ability to unsubscribe — which the company must act on within 10 days. "Just about everyone that communicates with any of their customers and members needs to think about what sort of impact this legislation might have on them," said internet and privacy lawyer David Fraser. He said the legislation, written 10 years ago, is designed to eliminate nuisance emails. But Fraser calls it "a mess" saying it's "onerous, complicated and cumbersome," and doesn't address the realities of today.

 

Legislation too broad

He said many businesses don't think of themselves as being spammers and said the legislation is too broad. "Last weekend my son and a friend decided to have a lemonade stand and if this had taken place after July 1 and they had emailed around to the neighbours to let them know about this lemonade stand, they would have been regulated under this legislation. They would have been considered to be a spammer even if they had done that on behalf of a charity," said Fraser. He said he has spoken to business owners who think they're compliant when they're not. He said the legislation puts too much of a burden on businesses and is costing his clients money for legal fees, not to mention teams of employees focused on ensuring businesses are compliant. Alyssa Buchanan, manager at the Halifax candy shop Sweet Janes, said her day-to-day business hasn't really been affected by the changes. Fraser said the impact on business is completely disproportionate to the benefits for consumers and lumps fraudulent inheritance scams with discounts from your favourite store. The rules vary, depending on the type of organization. Charities and non-profits also need to be aware of the potential impact on them.

 

Hefty fines for those who don't comply

This legislation, designed to reduce emails, is actually causing an increase in them, as companies reach out to their customers, seeking their consent to send them emails after the July 1 deadline. Those who don't comply with the legislation risk hefty fines of up to $1 million for individuals and up to $10 million for businesses. Fraser said, generally, it will be enforced by the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission and he gets the sense that "they're very excited at the prospect of strapping on a badge and becoming law enforcement officers. "I haven't gotten a sense that they're taking a wait and see approach or that they're going to take a particular remedial approach, in terms of helping businesses become compliant if they're found to have messed up. I have a feeling they're going to be pretty aggressive out of the gate, looking for some quick wins and looking for some companies to make examples out of."

From https://ca.news.yahoo.com/ 06/25/2014

TOP

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

 

 

 

CHINA: Releasing Documentary on Online Terrorism

 

The Chinese government on Tuesday released a television program about online terrorist propaganda by the East Turkestan Islamic Movement (ETIM).According to the documentary, audio and video files promoting terrorism are directly linked to terrorism and violence, including the attacks in Urumqi on April 30 and May 22 that killed three and 39 people respectively.The program says that such audio and video materials have been a feature of almost every terrorist attack, with a police investigation finding that some of it had been published by the ETIM.The State Internet Information Office (SIIO) said the amount of audio and video materials put online by the ETIM, which is listed by the United Nations Security Council as a terrorist group, has shot up in the past few years.In 2013, police tracked 109 terror-related audio and video files produced by the movement, compared with 32 in the previous year. The recordings were matched by a surge in attacks.

 

Besides promoting terrorism, ETIM videos also offer tutorials on how to make explosives and how to use weapons, according to the documentary.It indicates that the videos are produced outside China, with many uploaded on Turkish servers."International terrorist forces are influencing the ETIM, which has embraced the ideology of violent Jihad," Li Wei, an anti-terrorism expert told the documentary."Members of the ETIM outside China are active in Syria. They have worked with Al-Qaeda in Iraq and Syria," Li added.As the Internet and mobile phone technologies grow, cyberspace has become a new battleground as the ETIM increases online publication of propaganda, images designed to incite violence, and terrorist training manuals, said the the SIIO.According to the documentary, the ETIM is also active on social media, and on content sharing sites.

 

Many of the videos were transmitted via mobile phones, Fang Nan, an official in charge of the Internet emergency response department of the SIIO, told Xinhua.Li Sheng, a professor with the Xinjiang Development Research Center under the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences, said, "People involved in East Turkestan terrorist acts must have seen videos inciting violent Jihad and separatism."The Chinese government has vowed to strengthen its management of the Internet, telecommunication market and illegal publications.The authorities are working to prevent terrorist materials produced overseas from being spread in China, delete such information online, punish website servers hosting it and urge Internet companies to meet their responsibilities.More than 30 websites including Sina, Tencent, Baidu and Taobao signed a letter of commitment on Friday to meet their responsibilities in the campaign.Waging a people's war against terrorism, the SIIO encouraged the public to provide it with tip-offs regarding online terrorist information and promised rewards of up to 100,000 yuan (16,260 U.S. dollars) for those who offer important clues.

 

According to Fang, the Chinese government has also been promoting international cooperation on stemming online terrorism. The SIIO has reached consensus on cracking down on terrorist and violent videos with more than 10 major overseas websites, the official added.The documentary by China Central Television was made with the support of the SIIO, the Ministry of Public Security and the State Council Information Office.Filled with graphic footage of terrorists' training episodes and their terrorist killings, it was released to educate Internet users on the consequences of spreading terror and violent videos.It is also aimed at reminding Internet companies of their responsibilities in the battle against such material.

From http://www.news.cn/ 06/24/2014

TOP

JAPAN: Govt to Urge Stricter Firm Info Management

 

The government will urge companies to ensure thorough management of information in the wake of massive leaks of customer data at major education service provider Benesse Corp., Economy, Trade and Industry Minister Toshimitsu Motegi said Friday. The Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry will send related documents on Monday to the Japan Business Federation—the largest Japanese business lobby, known as Keidanren—and other organizations, in order to ask companies to take measures necessary to enhance their information control systems. Motegi said at a press conference he thinks that the data leak scandal at Benesse occurred as there were problems with many people concerned, including those in charge of managing internal personal information. The minister suggested that companies need to fully check whether personal data they received from third parties, such as name list brokers, have been obtained legally. In a related development, the ministry decided to revise the guidelines on the law protecting personal information by the end of September. In the high-profile data leak case, a male system engineer was arrested and indicted for allegedly stealing personal data on a large number of Benesse customers in violation of the Unfair Competition Prevention Law.

From http://the-japan-news.com 08/16/2014

TOP

 

 

SOUTH KOREA: Science Ministry to Introduce Laws for Better Mobile Service Plans

 

South Korea's science ministry said Thursday it will introduce a set of rules in the mobile devices market to provide better incentives and prices to all subscribers. The Ministry of Science, ICT and Future Planning said it aims to enact the tentatively named "Act on the Improvement of Retail System of Mobile Telecommunication Devices" in October after gauging the opinions of policy watchers and industry players next month.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 07/10/2014

TOP

 

S. Korea, Romania to Join Forces in IT Industry

 

South Korea's science ministry said Wednesday it has opened an information technology research center with its Romanian counterpart to conduct a handful of IT projects in the Eastern European country over the next three years. Under the deal signed between South Korea's Ministry of Science, ICT and Future Planning and Romania's Ministry of Communications and Information Society, the Bucharest-based center will map out pilot projects regarding the IT industry and push ahead with them.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 07/23/2014

TOP

 

S. Korea to Adopt New Online Payment System

 

The South Korean government said Monday that it will introduce alternative online payment systems to offer foreign shoppers easier, simpler access to local shopping malls as part of its deregulation drive to boost the economy. The financial authorities removed the authentication system that limited foreign shoppers from making direct purchases and caused inconveniences in May, but many shops and stores are still using the process for payments of more than 300,000 won (US$293), citing security concerns.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 07/28/2014

TOP

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

 

 

PHILIPPINES: Government Prioritises 19 Municipalities for Geohazard Mapping

 

The Mines and GeoSciences Bureau (MGB) of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources in the Philippine Iloilo City, with a population of over 420,000 residents, expects to complete the geohazard assessment and mapping of the 19 priority local government units (LGUs) in the region before the month of June ends. Leo Van Juguan, the Director of MGB in Iloilo City said that they have recently received a directive from higher management to finish the detailed geohazard mapping of the 19 municipalities in the region. These areas fall within the 50 kilometre radius of the super typhoon’s path and are identified as priority areas for rehabilitation and reconstruction. Out of the 19 target municipalities in the region, Van Juguan said they have already completed the assessment and mapping of the four municipalities that include Estancia, Carles, Concepcion, all in Iloilo Province; and Sapian in Capiz. He said they are expecting the arrival of teams coming from their central office and other regional offices to assist them in the job to be able to meet the target date. Two teams from the MGB Central Office were assigned to do the assessment and mapping in the municipalities of Pilar and President Roxas in Capiz; and Lemery and San Enrique in Iloilo. Van Juguan pointed out the significance of the geohazard assessment and mapping to LGUs considered as front liners for disaster management and risk reduction. He said LGUs should know which areas in their locality are highly vulnerable to geohazards such as rain-induced landslides and flooding amidst the challenges of climate change.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 06/10/2014

TOP

 

Singapore, India Plan Smart Cities Partnership

 

Singapore and India plan to partner and share knowledge on how to build successful new cities using technology and data, following a recent visit by Singapore’s foreign minister. India’s Budget has just committed to spend US$1.2bn on building 100 new smart cities across the country. The partnership will focus on water and port management, and infrastructure development, K Shanmugam, Singapore’s foreign minister, has told India’s regional press. Singapore is already involved in a partnership with China for its Tianjin Eco-city, which has helped it to improve the city’s quality of environment and green infrastructure. The partnership sets out to build a city that is liveable, environmentally-friendly and resource-efficient, with an estimated population of 350,000 residents by 2020. Liew Choon Boon, Senior Director in the Eco-city Project Office of Ministry of National Development told FutureGov that “Within a short span of 6 years, Tianjin Eco-city has overcome harsh site conditions and transformed from barren land into its current lush living environment. We are especially proud of Tianjin Eco-city’s progress in the area of infrastructure development as all its buildings are certified green.” He added: “This demonstrates the possibility that it is possible to achieve high economic growth yet keep greenhouse gas emissions low.” The ultimate vision for the city is to be “a leader in eco-development,” he said. “Given China’s renewed priorities in urbanisation and fight against environmental degradation, we are confident that the developmental model of Tianjin Eco-city will be relevant to China’s quest.”

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 07/15/2014

TOP

 

THAILAND: 4G Auction, Digital TV Voucher Scheme on Hold

 

The National Council for Peace and Order (NCPO) has ordered the National Broadcasting and Telecommunications Commission (NBTC) to suspend four key projects, including the planned auction of 4G wireless broadband spectrum licences, and the distribution of subsidy vouchers for the purchase of digital TV set-top boxes, until some doubts regarding the projects are cleared, in order to ensure transparency. At the same time, the NCPO order to the watchdog yesterday also instructed the NBTC to improve both the organisational structure and the regulations regarding its budget spending. Private telecom operators yesterday said they hoped the regulatory body could clear all doubts soon and give them the new licence auction timelines. If the auction of new spectrum licences were to be delayed for a long time, this would mean some telecom operators would not be able to acquire more bandwidth to effectively serve the rising number of users. The delay in the voucher distribution could affect the watchdog's intention to quickly usher in a digital TV era in the country.

 

The NBTC also needs to reallocate this 1,800MHz via auction to bid winners to serve the existing 1,800MHz users of TrueMove and Digital Phone Co (DPC), who have yet to migrate to other networks after the companies' state concessions ended last September. The NBTC has permitted TrueMove and DPC to continue using the 1,800MHz spectrum but only until September to serve customers who have yet to move to other networks. On Monday, the NBTC sent details of the four projects to the NCPO for consideration. However, the papers were returned to the NBTC yesterday morning with notes from NCPO chief General Prayuth Chan-ocha, instructing the watchdog to suspend the projects temporarily, pending a complete scrutiny by the junta.NBTC secretary-general Takorn Tantasit said yesterday that he would submit this case to the NBTC board for consideration today. He added that the telecom and broadcasting committees would clear all doubts in the projects with the NCPO. If the NCPO approves the projects after receiving the clarifications, the projects could go ahead as planned.

 

Projects in question

Takorn said only two out of these four projects are in question - the auction of two licences of the 1,800MHz spectrum and the planned giveaway of vouchers to all households to buy any of the following: a digital TV set-top box, a cable TV set-top box, a satellite TV set-top box, and a TV with digital TV function for digital TV programmes. One clause of the 1,800MHz licence auction is that the NBTC will go ahead with the auction even if there are only one or two qualified bidders. This might risk attracting possible legal challenge by any parties arguing that the condition promotes low competition in the auction. Regarding the distribution of free vouchers, there is still disagreement among parties if the NBTC should allow people to use vouchers to buy cable and satellite TV boxes, instead of only the digital TV set-top box and TV with digital TV function. Some also questioned if the Bt1,000 voucher price is appropriate. Representatives of 12 digital TV channels on Monday submitted a the letter to the NBTC urging it to allow people to use vouchers to buy cable and satellite TV boxes, saying the satellite and cable TV operators are their rivals.

 

Regarding the NCPO's call to the NBTC to improve its organisational structure, Takorn said he did not want to interpret what the NCPO meant by it. He declined to confirm reports that the NCPO wanted to disband the NBTC. Jon Eddy Abdullah, chief executive officer of Total Access Communication (DTAC), said he hoped the NBTC could soon clear all doubts regarding the projects and issue a new licence-auction timeline to telecom operators soon. "We look forward to participating and we will support in any way to help the NBTC and the NCPO to bring more and faster 4G to Thailand," he added. Advanced Info Service (AIS) chief executive officer Wichian Mektrakarn said private telecom operators could not do anything except wait. AIS' share price yesterday closed at Bt222, down 3.06 per cent, while that of DTAC closed at Bt110.50, down 2.64 per cent. True's share price rose 10.92 per cent to close at Bt9.65.

 

Delayed projects

The NCPO has ordered the National Broadcasting and Telecommunications Commission to suspend four key projects until some doubts can be cleared. The projects are:

_ The auction of two licences of the 1,800MHz spectrum in August, with combined starting price of more than Bt23 billion

_ The auction of two licences of the 900MHz spectrum in November, with combined starting price of more than Bt19 billion

_ The distribution of free vouchers to households to buy digital TV set-top boxes in August, with voucher subsidy worth Bt25 billion

_ The planned auctions to provide Universal Services Obligation projects worth more than Bt20 billion

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com/ 06/18/2014

TOP

 

VIETNAM: Plans to Build More IT Parks

 

Vietnam plans to build 19 information technology (IT) parks by 2020, against the current seven ones, local media reported Wednesday. The country now has seven IT parks spreading over an area of 700,000 square meters. They house 200 enterprises who employ 35, 000 engineers and programmers, sources from the Master Plan for Information Technology Parks Development until 2020 was quoted by Vietnam News daily as reporting Wednesday. Quang Trung Software City (QTSC), based in southern Ho Chi Minh City, is considered the country's leading IT park with 108 companies. Last year, it reported a turnover of around 2.87 trillion VND (130 million U.S. dollars), a 35.5 percent increase year-on-year. However, Lam Nguyen Hai Long, vice director of QTSC, said it is not easy to build an IT park, especially for provinces without experience and limited resources. According to the United Nations Industrial Development Organization, and as QTSC's experience has shown, besides location and size, there are many other factors that contribute to the success of IT parks, including the availability of high-quality human resources locally for long-term development and dovetailing with national, regional and local strategies for political, social and economic development. Though QTSC received plenty of support from HCM City authorities, it took the park 13 years to re-obtain ISO 9001: 2008 quality management certificate and ISO 27001: 2008 information security management certificate, said the park official.

From http://news.xinhuanet.com/ 06/04/2014

TOP

 

NA Wants New Laws on Citizens' Data Management

 

The National Assembly's National Defence and Security Committee has proposed that the draft law on Citizen Identification includes a chapter with regulations on developing, managing and using the national citizens' database. The chapter should also deal with the links between this database and other "specific" databases, the committee said at a meeting of National Assembly's Standing Committee yesterday. The proposal was made after the committee reviewed the draft law and received comments from deputies. Nguyen Kim Khoa, Chairman of the National Defence and Security Committee, said that the national citizens' database would be the combination of all specific databases compiled by various ministries and sector. It can be shared by ministries, sectors and agencies, thus allowing for more efficient and effective use of resources in collecting and exploiting the data, he said. Khoa also announced that his committee, which was assigned to the review the draft law, agreed that every Vietnamese citizen would be issued a personal identity card with a 12-digit code.

 

The ID card would be issued as soon as a baby is born and would replace the birth certificate, Khoa said, adding that the move would ensure equality among citizens regardless of their age in accordance with Constitution 2013 approved last year. At present, only citizens who are above 14 years of age are eligible to have ID cards. As citizens under 14 are yet to have stable identifying characters like fingerprints, their cards will carry the names of parents. The cards will be changed once they turn 14. After the birth of a child is reported to the commune or ward administration, authorised officers will collect the needed information including name, gender, date of birth, place of bird, nationality and parents' information. The information will be transferred to the police for issuance of an ID card for the baby that will carry lifetime validity for administrative transactions. Truong Thi Mai, Chairwoman of the NA's Committee for Social Affairs, said that the citizen identification cards with codes are expected to reduce administrative paperwork, as citizens would be required to report their basic personal information only once, after which they can use their ID code when working with administrative agencies. She asked for an estimate on the number of administrative papers that would be removed and the number that would be retained.

 

Mai also wanted to know if information that is likely to change frequently, like health insurance and social insurance, would be included in the database for the ID card. Tran Van Ve, a member of the draft law board from Ministry of Public Security said that the ID card would carry information from 16 fields, so some paperwork would remain. Dao Trong Thi, chairman of the NA's Committee for Culture, Education, Adolescents and Child Affairs, said that it was necessary to clarify mechanisms for updating and accessing the national citizen database. "There will be no simplifying of administrative procedures or application of information technology if officials at communes or wards collect and transfer citizens' information manually to the police for ID card issuance," Thi said. Later in the afternoon, the NA Standing Committee also discussed several issues related to the revised People's Court Organisation Law. The deputies asked for more clarity on certain terms like "judicial power" or "judicial precedent" to ensure their consistent application. They also discussed the tenure of judges at different levels, agreeing that judges for the Supreme People's Court should be entitled to work until retirement without a limit on their tenure unless they take up other work. They also agreed that judges at lower levels should have five-year tenures, which, once completed, can be extended by a 10-year tenure.

From http://vietnamnews.vn 07/15/2014

TOP

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

 

 

BANGLADESH: Broadcast Policy to Gag Media

 

A policy which bars the media from publishing any news criticising members of law enforcement agencies might tarnish the image and dignity of the law enforcers, Transparency International Bangladesh (TIB) chairperson Sultana Kamal said yesterday while criticising the National Broadcast Policy-2014. “Under the constitution, people have the right to know and the right to information. The constitution empowers  people to express their ideas, thinking and ideology through the media, but unfortunately the broadcast policy will take away every right and stop persons from thinking in their own way. This is against the Right to Information Act (RTI Act),” she observed. She, however, said: “We are not against the broadcast policy. We are discussing clauses that will affect the rights of individuals and organisations, and the RTI of the people.” She made these observations at a press conference at a hotel to explain the TIB’s position on the National Broadcast Policy. TIB officials were present at the meet.

 

“When a police officer, an Army officer, or an activist of TIB does something wrong, we usually say that the police/Army and TIB did it, as they represent their organisations. All these wrongdoings come to light through the media. So, we cannot accept anything that can stop the media from presenting the issues to the people; we are against such clauses,” the human rights activist said. “We will not allow anything which is against our muktijuddha (Liberation War), our Constitution and the fundamental rights of the people,” she clarified. TIB presented a written paper at the press conference, where it claimed that the government has framed the broadcast policy to gag the media and speakers at TV talk-shows. The civil society organisation said the controversial policy empowers the information ministry to gag the electronic media till the government appoints the broadcasting commission. TIB expressed apprehensions that the government’s inability to tolerate criticism could lead it to use the proposed broadcast commission to shut down any electronic media organisation and harass journalists. “If the government really wants to form an independent commission, it should select people who never engage in politics and sit with groups concerned to make it media-friendly,” it said. TIB observed that the government has made it a practice to issue broadcasting licences only to those who toe its line.

From http://www.theindependentbd.com/ 08/15/2014

 

TOP

 

INDIA: Govt to Formulate New Education Policy

 

"The government proposes to formulate a new policy aimed at meeting the challenges posed by lack of quality and research,” said Smriti Irani, India’s HRD minister. New Delhi: The government has proposed to formulate a new education policy to meet challenges posed by lack of quality, research and innovation in Indian educational institutions, Parliament was told on Wednesday. "The government proposes to formulate a new education policy aimed at meeting the challenges posed by lack of quality, research and innovation in our educational institutions," Human Resource Development Minister Smriti Irani said in the Rajya Sabha. She added that the National Policy on Education-1986, as amended in 1992, has been the guiding document for the policies of the central government in the education sector. The policy provides for national system of education, which envisages a common educational structure of 10+2+3, implying that up to a given level, all students, irrespective of caste, creed, location or sex, have access to education of a comparable quality.

From http://southasia.oneworld.net/ 07/31/2014

TOP

 

Instructions from the Department of Personnel & Training (DoPT); Civil Services (Preliminary) Examination, 2014

 

Candidates taking Civil Services (Preliminary) Examination, 2014, being conducted by the Union Public Service Commission on 24 August, 2014 may note the following:- 1. The Paper II of the CSE (Preliminary) is of 200 marks and 2 hours duration. It contains a section on English Language Comprehension Skills (Class X Level). It contains some questions based on a few paragraphs in English. 2. The Union Government has decided that for the Civil Services (Preliminary) Examination, 2014 to be held on 24th August, this section on English Language Comprehension Skills (Class X Level) will not count for gradation or merit. 3. The Paper-II would contain a section on English Language Comprehension Skills (Class X Level). Candidates must therefore note that they do not have to answer the questions on this English Language Comprehension Skills (Class X Level) section. These questions will not be evaluated.

 

4. However, the duration of the Paper II would remain 2 hours and candidates can utilize the entire time in answering all questions except those in the Section containing English Language Comprehension Skills (Class X Level). 5. The maximum marks for Paper II would be “200 minus the marks earmarked for the English Language Comprehension Skills (Class X Level)”. 6. Candidates must note that the section on English Language Comprehension Skills (Class X Level) would not count towards gradation or merit. Even if they attempt it, marks will not be counted for gradation or merit.

From http://pib.nic.in/ 08/16/2014

 

TOP

 

SRI LANKA: Govt’s Policy to Provide Better Public Service

 

The Sri Lankan President Mahinda Rajapaksa said that the people who talk about good governance have not changed their policies so far. Colombo: The Sri Lankan President Mahinda Rajapaksa said that the present Government’s policy and belief are to provide a better public service by strengthening public service. The President mentioned this while declared opening the Customs Headquarters building. President Mahinda Rajapaksa declared open the new Headquarters building of the Customs Department last morning (July 14) amidst religious blessings. The state of the art new building, "Export Centre" which will work 24 hours, 365 days to speed up clearance of exports has 12 stories. More than 10 thousand million rupees has been spent to construct the building. Addressing the gathering following the opening of the building, the President said that the people who talk about good governance have not changed their policies so far. All government buildings are renovated now. Public servants should provide their services while being in a pleasant environment, he said.

 

“There are politicians who do not have confidence in the public service. Their opinion is to reduce the public sector work force. Even now they have not changed. They have trust only in the private sector. They say that the public sector is not efficient. They believe in other methods to create good governance. They still believe in their old ideas. We have changed our policies from 2005. We trusted the public service. We have confidence in the public sector. We have the confidence that the public sector can provide a better service. No matter how carefully we work, there are some who escape our sight. It is possible for racketeers to escape your vigilance”, the president further added. The president also said, “you are not only imposing taxes, but protect the culture, artifacts, environment and wildlife. You have that responsibility. You are able to fulfill your duties today without fear. The public service is not there to harass people. We have to assist the public with the proper legal procedures.”

 

“Love your country. The country needs your service. The country is developing now. We have risen to a middle income economy now from a defendant economy. Be proud of your country. Do not allow to reverse the freedom won. You need to make your contribution, said President Rajapaksa. The land where the new building is at present, was to be sold to a Singaporean Company by the then UNP Government. The ownership of the land was retained by the Customs Department following trade union action led by President Mahinda Rajapaksa, who was the Opposition Leader at that time. The President who was the Prime Minister in 2005, laid the foundation stone for the building. The building which resembles a ship in the sea. The President also opened the Customs Museum. He was presented with books containing the history of the Customs, mementos and the First Day Cover and the stamp depicting the 205 years of service of the Department. Customs Director General Jagath P. Wijeweera, presented the President with a book on export taxes. Senior Minister Dr. Sarath Amunugama, Treasury Secretary Dr. P.B. Jayasundara and Presidential Chief of Staff Gamini Senarath were present at the opening ceremony.

From http://southasia.oneworld.net/ 07/15/2014

 

TOP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

 

 

AZERBAIJAN: Key Aspects of ICT Sector Regulation Defined

 

Ministry of Communications and High Technologies of Azerbaijan will deal with the regulation of disputes among communication operators regarding the issue of the inter-operator communications, according to the ministry's provision approved by the head of state on June 19. In accordance with the provision, curbing monopolistic activities of businesses entities and the elimination of unfair competition in the market are included to the authority of the ministry. The work in this area will be conducted together with the Ministry of Economy and Industry of Azerbaijan. However, the main task is to ensure healthy competition in the market and consumer protection. The ministry will directly participate in the issue of protection and regulation of the use of frequency resources. The rules of using electronic means will be determined and monitoring will be conducted on the electromagnetic interference in this regard. In accordance with the law "On Telecommunications", the certification of telecommunication devices and equipment, as well as registration of mobile devices in accordance with the rules of the Cabinet of Ministers of Azerbaijan will be organized.

 

The powers of the department also include the allocation to operators and the definition of rules for the use of the number resources (with country code) with the possibility of portability, as well as the regulation of registration of domain names of high level. Important significance in the regulations was paid to the control of the postal communications in Azerbaijan. The activity of the enterprises rendering postal communications services will be checked for money laundering, legalization of other illegally acquired assets, as well as the financing of terrorism. In accordance with the law "On the postal service", the ministry will take the necessary measures on the control and development of postal financial services, improvement of the quality of other postal services. The ministry will take the general rules and quality norms, as well as prepare proposals on tariffs for these services in the field of universal postal services. Provision also covers issues of cybersecurity. The ministry intends to conduct regular analysis of the situation in this field in the country, coordination of the subjects of the information infrastructure in the area of cyber security, provide public-awareness work on the possible cyber threats among private and other structures together with the ISPs and relevant state authorities to take preventive measures against global cyber threats.

 

The ministry will deal with the creation and technical support of telecommunication networks for special purpose of public authorities. All necessary measures will be taken on the protection of radio space and expansion of coverage zone of digital television and radio broadcasting in the country. Great attention will be paid to the development of "e-government", expansion of e-services, infrastructure development of digital signatures, etc.

From http://en.trend.az/ 06/20/2014

TOP

 

Azerbaijan, Iran Reach Several IT Agreements

 

Azerbaijan and Iran have reached a number of agreements in the area of information technologies. “Azerbaijan and Iran have reached a number of agreements in the area of information technologies,” Azerbaijani minister of communications and high technologies Ali Abbasov has told journalists, AzerTag reports. The minister noted that the Iranian-Azerbaijani business forum on ICT in Tehran was very productive. “As part of their visit to the neighboring country, the Azerbaijani delegation had the opportunity to discuss current problems in the filed of radio and television broadcasting, including frequencies in the bordering areas.” “Currently Iran opens doors to foreign companies,” Abbasov said. “During the visit, we also discussed the activities of Azerbaijani entrepreneurs specializing in IT sector in the Iranian market.”

From http://news.az/ 07/05/2014

TOP

Azerbaijan Prepares Bill on Public Information Systems and Resources

 

The Azerbaijani Ministry of Communications and High Technologies and the State Agency for Public Service and Social Innovations under the president of Azerbaijan prepared a draft bill "On public information systems and information resources," the ministry stated Aug. 13. The draft bill has been prepared and submitted to the government in accordance with paragraph 2.2 of the decree of the president of Azerbaijan dated February 5, 2013 "On approval of the "e-government" portal and measures of extension of electronic services", according to the report. The main criteria for the formation, management and security of the public information systems and resources indicted in the bill are their integration and elimination, identification of the rights and duties of entities of public information systems and resources, as well as regulation of the issues arising in relationships created between them, the report says.

From http://en.trend.az/ 08/13/2014

TOP

 

KAZAKHSTAN: CIS States Plan to Sign Agreement to Reduce Roaming Charges

 

CIS states are going to sign an agreement on implementation of the principles of inter-operator payments in relation to international communication services, including roaming, Kazakh official said. Askar Zhumangaliyev, head of Kazakhstan's agency on information and communication, said the agreement will permit to reduce roaming charges in the CIS area.  “We have not discussed terms. We will sign an agreement later this year or early next year,” Interfax quotes the official.

From http://news.am/ 07/15/2014

TOP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

 

 

Asia-Pacific Forum Spotlights Need for Regional Connectivity

 

Asia-Pacific countries will gather in Bangkok this week for the annual policy session of the United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific (ESCAP), focusing on the role of regional connectivity in supporting economic growth and development. With a particular focus on the three dimensions of sustainable development – social, economic and environmental – senior Government officials from over 40 member countries and associate member countries will meet at ESCAP’s 70th session today through 6 August, ahead of the Commission’s high-level ministerial segment, which will run from 7 to 8 August, to be attended by Heads of State and senior ministers. In a press release kicking off the annual session, ESCAP says that more than 30 ministers from Asia and the Pacific are expected to participate in the ministerial segment. In addition, Ministers from Cambodia, Indonesia, India, Myanmar, Philippines, Pakistan, Mongolia, Kazakhstan, Sri Lanka, Solomon Islands and Tonga will be among key speakers at panel discussions during the high-level session this week, focusing on steering the region towards equitable, environment-friendly and resilient growth.

 

The ESCAP session is being held against the backdrop of high public debt levels and declining international development assistance, which has affected Asia-Pacific growth and contributed to rising income inequality, both within and between countries in the region. A Ministerial Round Table on the theme of the 70th session, “Regional connectivity for shared prosperity”, on the opening day of the ministerial segment will focus on transport, ICT and energy connectivity and multi-sectoral and cross-border cooperation. At a media launch on 6 August, ESCAP Executive Secretary Shamshad Akhtar will present the key findings of the Economic and Social Survey of Asia and the Pacific 2014, the Commission’s flagship publication, outlining the latest macroeconomic projections and policy advice for the region. On the second day of the ministerial segment, Asia-Pacific Government leaders and policymakers will join a panel discussion on sustainable development and development finance to suggest policy options for addressing existing and emerging vulnerabilities.

From http://pacific.scoop.co.nz 08/04/2014

TOP

 

ICT Experts Tackle Challenges of Digital Divide in Asia-Pacific Region

 

People standing in the dark, on a cliff beside the ocean. The moonshine reveals the silhouettes of half a dozen men. They are reaching for the sky with their mobile phones, screens lit up in the night. This is the winning photograph of the World Press Photo contest 2014 by John Stanmeyer. It depicts the reality of millions of people today. The silhouettes in the picture are attempting to reach a mobile phone signal to be able to connect with their loved ones. APJlogo72_iconIn the Asia-Pacific region, development of the ICT (information and communications technology) sector is rapid. But here, expensive sim cards, bad mobile and internet connection are a part of everyday life. ICT, being an important part of any country’s basic infrastructure in the same way as roads or ports, enables exchange of ideas and information. The United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific (ESCAP), the largest United Nations body serving the Asia-Pacific region, published its annual survey on issues facing the region on August 6. The theme report was devoted to the topic of regional connectivity to enable growth and development in the region. One of the topics under connectivity is development in the ICT sector.

 

Digitally divided

According to the UN report, the Asia-Pacific region is the most digitally divided in the world. The report emphasises decreasing the digital divide between countries to prevent building up of other types of inequality across geography, gender, age groups, as well as levels of income and education. In the Asia-Pacific region mobile connectivity varies from 13 subscriptions to 181 subscriptions per hundred inhabitants. The same kind of variation exists for internet penetration; from one internet user to 90 internet users per a hundred inhabitants. Internet penetration in the Pacific small island developing states (SIDS) is around 20 percent, when the highest connectivity is in New Zealand and Australia. Internet penetration has a real impact on development in countries, which is the reason ESCAP encourages investments in ICT infrastructure. On average, a 10 percent increase in broadband penetration in the developing economies in the ESCAP region resulted in a 1.34 percentage point increase in GDP per capita growth. This is due to telecommunications’ role as an engine for growth in its own right, and as an enabler of efficiency in other sectors.

 

Telecommunications growth

Myanmar is the country with lowest mobile penetration. As a nation with a population of more than 60 million people only 13 per cent have a mobile phone. As recently as three years ago, in 2011, there were only one million mobile users. “Before 2011, under the former regime, the cost of a sim card was equal to US$3000. When I bought the one I have now it was about US$300,” says Kyaw Hsu Mon, a Myanmar journalist. The growth of mobile and internet connectivity in the Asia-Pacific region is fast. Myanmar is one example of this. The country has taken a big step forward by making deals with two network companies, Telenor from Norway and Oreedoo from Qatar, in February this year to build the necessary infrastructure. Telenor’s first launch will be next month. “We have promised to cover 90 per cent of the population in five years,” says Tor Odland, spokesperson for Telenor in Asia. Prices will come down radically compared to today’s offerings; Telenor expects that people will spend approximately $2 a month on telecom services.

 

Remote village

Odland remembers a trip to a remote village in Myanmar some months ago. The group went by bus, but for the last part they had to change to scooters. People in this village had their cattle and farming; they did not have anything, not even power. “It’s so remote, that if they get sick, they have to take the riverboat that takes one hour to get to the nearest hospital. It is strange to think, that soon they will go from having nothing to having everything when they get connected to the network,” he says. Opportunities that arise from better connectivity can be found for example in health services, education and financial services. Naturally it will be much easier to do any kind of business when one does not have to travel to discuss with suppliers or customers. According to Connelly Sandakabatu, Minister of Development Planning and Aid for Solomon Islands, ICT has had a great impact on educational opportunities on the Pacific Islands. The University of the South Pacific offers distance education in many parts of the Pacific Islands region. Without internet connectivity, many of the students would not be able to attend tertiary education. “In the area of phone banking, more and more people, especially those who have no opportunities for banking at all, out in the remote areas, are now able to connect to the mobile banking opportunities,” Sandakabatu says.

 

Indonesian tweets

Indonesia is one of the countries in the region that has got further in the area of mobile connectivity with 122 mobiles per hundred inhabitants. Jakarta has the highest number of tweets in the world. Sony Ambudi, human rights advocate from Indonesia, says now that phones are cheap people feel a certain personal freedom because they can use social media in their daily lives. “People are euphoric. For so many years they couldn’t express themselves. Now they can, and they want people to know what is going on.” While Shamshad Akhtar, Under-Secretary-General of the UN and Executive Secretary of ESCAP, says that “the theme study presents a new reflection for the 21st century regional connectivity framework” and that it “calls for establishing new corridors and hubs to advocate an integrated model”, challenges still persist. The Pacific Islands is a vastly spread out region. Minister Sandakabatu from the Solomon Islands says the remoteness from the main centres has been the most difficult challenge for the region.

 

Region inequalities

Xanana Gusmão, Prime Minister of Timor-Leste, is worried about regional inequalities. “The important corridor that I see in the Asia-Pacific region is how to develop an integrated plan in a more equitable way. Just look at the ASEAN countries, we have many levels of development,” he says. There are many obstacles before the region can be fully connected in terms of ICT. Odland from Telenor describes the challenges in Myanmar. Myanmar is a country where power is scarce in rural areas, but network towers require power to function. Ethnic conflicts in many areas require dialogue with the local communities. Telenor’s zero tolerance for corruption can result in tough negotiations with the local business community. Telecommunication regulation is complex, and many countries do not have a fully developed regulatory environment. Odland explains: “In Asia we have experienced that governance is sometimes unpredictable. In some countries we have seen our licences challenged or the sudden introduction of new taxes. “In Myanmar, you might also have issues such as the climate creating problems; right now it’s the rainy season, which means harder access to remote areas,” “The one word that everybody is asking us is ‘when’, ‘when will we have this?’”

From http://pacific.scoop.co.nz 08/18/2014

TOP

 

AUSTRALIA: Redefine Digital and Open Data Road-Map

 

The New South Wales government’s roadmap for digital government came under the spotlight at the industry’s flagship 3rd Annual FutureGov Forum New South Wales in Sydney. To go digital, and succeed in an interconnected world, information architects need to look beyond parking PDFs on web sites. This message was reinforced during a keynote by William Murphy, deputy secretary, service innovation and strategy, at NSW Finance and Service. Mr Murphy said planners continue to explore the potential of technology to transform government. But without strategic planning, agencies risk turning paper-based consultations into convoluted digital processes. “A digital world will change government,” Mr Murphy said. “It’s safe to say the digital future is here. But it’s not good enough to turn a consultation paper process into a convoluted digital process.” Success lies in fully understanding what it means to go digital, Mr Murphy said. This involves attracting, informing, and engaging citizens in more innovative and creative ways. The broader community involvement goes beyond form-filling, scanning and printing. Moreover, back-end systems need the ability to process information, and relay intelligence between agencies, and in real-time.

 

Facing the future

Tech-savvy citizens expect transparent and accountable government, according to Michael Pratt, New South Wales’ first-ever Customer Service Commissioner, at the Department of Premier and Cabinet. “The future is coming at us rapidly,” he said. There is a desire for instant access to services and information. “In this environment, you need to know your citizens as customers, and not just products.” Over the past year, Commissioner Pratt has spearheaded reforms across the NSW public sector. These initiatives, showcased through Service NSW involve redesigning a web site, and improving access to services. There are initiatives offering a standardised look-and-feel for services, while integrating participating agencies’ sites.

 

Tackling integration challenges

Despite the mantra of digital engagement, governments face common challenges to make this a reality, Commissioner Pratt said. One challenge involves integrating dispersed sites, reducing duplication, as well as offering easy links to information and services. The NSW government’s inventory of internet sites and customer-facing services include 900 portals, 400 shop-fronts, 102 contact centres, 8,000 landlines, and 52 sites that support just transactions. An integrated Service NSW web site, launched in July 2013, is making it easier to transact with government. More than 3 million hits are recorded, and this traffic continues to grow.

 

Getting the customer inside

Commissioner Pratt added that the blueprint is to fully integrate dispersed sites, while making it easier to source services and information, as and when needed. A future redesign involves bringing the “customer inside,” while improving the business of government. This inter-connectedness means architects have no choice but to design content with end-users in mind. The velocity of change is increasing at a rapid pace. Governments need to catch up, while ensuring services remain transparent and accountable. Under a broader integration strategy, Service NSW now offers a single contact number and 24 hour 7 days a week service to customers.

 

Demystifying procurement

Support for transparency was reinforced by Paul Dobing, executive director, NSW Procurement at Finance & Services NSW. He noted that technology is both disruptive, and an enabler for change. Agencies need to explore innovative ways to procure ICT goods and services. A buyer-seller marketplace comes with a myriad of complexities and ambiguities. To be transparent and open involves reducing layers of bureaucracy, and paring back the hoops to do business. Among recent innovations, a dedicated NSW Procurement web site called ProcurePoint makes it easier to establish, negotiate, and manage contracts. This site offers a watch-list of new projects and contracts. It enables suppliers to source details, join preferred panels, or interact using password access.

 

Opening up government

Across the Tasman, in New Zealand, the administration is laying the foundations for open government, according to Miriam Lips, professor of e-government at Victoria University, Wellington. Professor Lips said the administration recently formed a vanguard of data champions, taking the message to the grassroots. “There is strong leadership, starting at the top,” she noted. However, most agencies are at the stage of creating open data. This does not necessarily translate into open government, just yet. “We’re putting a lot of data out there, and there’s a lot of investment. We’re playing around with the data, to mix and match what works and what doesn’t work.” The challenge is appreciating the value of open data, and closing the feedback loop between government and citizens, she noted.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 06/09/2014

TOP

 

Australian Government Takes Step Back from Open Government Partnership

 

The Australian Government has taken a step back from its participation in the international Open Government Partnership (OGP). In May 2013, the government had announced that it will join the OGP, which the current administration is now reconsidering. Finance Minister Mathias Cormann recently told the parliament that the previous government had earlier “decided to join the Open Government Partnership”, but the new government is now “considering whether to formally join” the partnership. Currently, it has an “observer” status in the member meetings. John Sheridan, Australian Government Chief Technology Officer, added that “Australia has indicated its intention to join, but has not completed the activities that would enable us to do so”. The OGP website shows Australia is part of the fourth cohort of countries slated to join in 2014. However, a Department of Finance spokesperson told FutureGov: “If membership is to be pursued, a timeline for relevant activities will be agreed in collaboration with the Open Government Partnership Secretariat at that time with public consultation as appropriate then.”

From http://www.futuregov.asia 06/11/2014

TOP

 

NEW ZEALAND: Government Tightens Privacy Laws

 

New Zealand’s Minister for Justice Judith Collins has foreshadowed major changes to the Privacy Act, expanding the powers of the Privacy Commissioner to investigate, and enforce laws protecting personal information. Under proposed changes, to be submitted to Parliament, there will mandatory reporting for organisations that are affected by data breaches. Breaches will need to be reported, directly to the Privacy Commissioner John Edwards. Agencies also need to alert affected individuals in serious cases. The administration is fine-tuning changes to privacy laws, before introducing a Bill to Parliament. The aim is to repeal and re-enact a 20-year-old law. This is supported by an earlier Law Commission report that recommended an overhaul, and update of privacy provisions. Among the reforms, failure to notify the Commissioner of a privacy breach, or impersonating someone to obtain personal information, carries fines of up to NZ $10,000. Current maximum fines, for example, for obstructing the Commissioner, will increase from NZ $2,000 to NZ $10,000. The Office of the Privacy Commissioner seeks to offer more guidance, and clarity about compliance with privacy laws. Technical improvements to the Privacy Act are designed to make it clearer and easier to understand.

 

Digital challenges

Proposed reforms ensure that New Zealand’s privacy law reflects the digital age, notes Minister Judith Collins. “This brings us into alignment with our major trading partners.”

New Zealanders need confidence in privacy laws, while appreciating their information is in safe hands. “Our proposals will put strong incentives in place to ensure businesses, government departments and other organisations take privacy seriously.” Large amounts of personal information is being stored online and transmitted digitally. “This has benefits, but also poses potential risks. It’s now possible for huge amounts of data to be released in a single privacy breach, potentially affecting large numbers of people.” The New Zealand administration earlier boosted funding for the Office of the Privacy Commissioner by NZ $7 million, over four years. New Zealand’s digital reforms showcased at the 3rd Annual FutureGov Forum New Zealand being held Wednesday 6th August in Wellington.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 05/30/2014

TOP

 

Labour Unveils Digital Strategy

 

Labour has added to its policy blitz this week with plans to boost the information and communications technology sector including establishing 1200 "digital apprenticeships" and a new support package for small technology startups. "A Labour Government will support the ICT sector to make New Zealand a tech-savvy nation and put ICT at the heart of our economic upgrade strategy", Labour Leader David Cunliffe said in an announcement on the fringes of the NetHui conference in Auckland today. Mr Cunliffe said that while apprenticeships were already on offer in the telecommunications, engineering sectors and also for technicians, there was no apprenticeship for "information technology" itself. The only places where people could currently get a formal qualification in information technology was outside the workplace at a private training enterprise, polytech or university, and there was largely an absence of opportunities to qualify through a mix of study and on the job training.

 

Labour would establish a "clear career pathway" for people to gain a nationally recognised diploma or certificate qualification in ICT and once that was in place would fund 400 additional tertiary training places each year for three years to provide the academic component for those qualifications. "This will help to encourage more people into the industry who were previously put off by the prospect of having to undertake training off job and in their own time, and prefer the option of learning while earning." Labour says the policy would cost $2.1 million in the first year increasing to $6.3 million by the third year. A Labour Government would also establish "Garage Grants" - a support package of up to $10,000 available to support entrepreneurs 'in transforming their clever idea into something big". Along with the cash, which would be available via the Ministry of Business Innovation and Employment, the scheme would also see applicants receive "individual training, mentoring and support from successful entrepreneurs". Labour says the scheme would cost up to $3.2m over four years.

 

Other planks of Labour's policy include the establishment of a dedicated Chief Technology Officer who would report directly to the Prime Minister and Cabinet on technology issues. Labour also says the technology sector will benefit from its plan to offer businesses tax relief through an accelerated depreciation regime and its research and development tax credits. Science and Innovation Minister Steven Joyce said Labour's plans for the sector were "not up-to-date and poorly thought through"."They propose grants and accelerated depreciation for start-ups and don't seem to know that those are already happening. They propose a Chief Technology Officer when the Government already has a Chief Information Officer performing a similar role." He said Labour had "truly missed the mark on ICT skills".The demand in ICT is primarily for graduate-level software designers and programmers, not in the trades. That's why we're investing nearly $30 million dollars in our ICT grad schools for final year undergraduate and postgraduate training." Labour would be "far better to endorse that approach," Mr Joyce said.

From http://www.nzherald.co.nz 07/11/2014

 

TOP

 

Mobile Phone Recycling Scheme Secures Government Support

 

New Zealand's government has given official backing to an industry wide mobile phone recycling programme as an accredited Product Stewardship Scheme. The New Zealand Telecommunications Forum's (TCF) outgoing Chief Executive David Stone says the scheme -- known as RE:MOBILE is the first e-waste recycling programme in the country to achieve Government accreditation. "This Government seal of approval of our programme is proof that it has met its environmental requirements for accreditation. Now anyone who wants to recycle their phone knows that they are using an approved scheme," he says. In 2010, the TCF brought together mobile operators Vodafone, Telecom and 2degrees in a collaborative partnership and the recycling programme was established. All three mobile companies offer recycling drop-in bins and recycling envelopes at their stores.

 

RE:MOBILE accepts mobile phones, mobile data devices and accessories, and is looking to expand into other products in the future. Under the programme,around 80% of phones passed on for recycling are refurbished and resold elsewhere in the world. The other 20% are deconstructed, commoditised and their component material is recovered with a better than 95% recycling rate. To date, the programme has collected 900,000 phones and donated $2.3 million to charity.

From http://www.cellular-news.com 07/14/2014

 

TOP

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/e-Government.gif

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

 

 

AFRICA: Kenya - Applications Open for Online Course on Internet Governance

 

The NEPAD e-Africa Programme invites applications for an online training programme "Internet Governance in Africa - an Introduction". The course will cover fundamental aspects of Internet Governance and Internet policy. These include actors and processes, infrastructure and broadband policy, Cybersecurity, Privacy and Human Rights, network neutrality, management of domain names and IP addresses socio-economic and development aspects of the Internet and Internet Governance. The course will also offer case studies and practical examples from Africa and participants will be encouraged to contextualize their learning to their countries or regions. The training is open to a wide variety of stakeholders including government officials, officials from regional and sub-regional institutions, parliamentary representatives, civil society activists and advocates, students, academics, researchers and Journalists.

 

Applicants must meet the certain requirements which include being a citizen of a member state of the African Union, be literate and have good command of the English language and have reliable Internet access. Applicants with an undergraduate degree may have an added advantage and preference will be given to individuals living and working in Africa. The course will be delivered in English and will be conducted online using a mixture of facilitator-led sessions and self-directed learning. Participants should expect to spend at least 8 hours per week on the course. The course will be delivered over an 8-week period. Applications are to be done online, using the application form and all applications should be received on or before July 28.

From http://allafrica.com/ 07/23/2014

TOP

 

Morocco: The Untapped Potential of Digital Citizen Engagement - A Data-driven Approach to Online Participation

 

As the demand for open government rises, it becomes even more critical to facilitate meaningful interactions between citizens and government- namely addressing the most relevant issues through methods that will result in greater levels of civic participation and ultimately positive impact. Parallel to rising expectations, governments have to meet this growing civic demand with capacity constraints and in tightening budget environments; in practical terms, this requires a focusing of efforts on citizen preference. However, measuring citizen demand and preferences for e-government is a critical step, and many questions about creating meaningful online public engagement remain. What does public awareness of these new rights look like in Morocco? What is the public demand for participatory government? What preferences exist for topics of engagement as well as methods and frequency? What is the experience of citizens with existing online interaction methods with the government? How can new methods of collecting sentiment data help? And finally, how effective can socializing this data be in spurring new ideas and crowd-sourcing best practices on public engagement? Gauging the success of citizen engagement practices can be largely attributed to minimizing the ‘expectations gap’ between that of citizens and that of officials regarding the purpose and nature of such engagement, as well as its impact.

From http://blogs.lse.ac.uk/ 08/17/2014

TOP

 

 

EUROPE: Ukraine - Open Governance: Challenges and Proposals for Change

 

Open governance means all citizens have a right to access information and to participate in government, policies are in place to promote and realise transparency, accountability and participation, and that the right tools exist to carry out these policies. Most importantly open governance should improve citizens’ lives. The Open Governance Scorecard assesses whether the legal conditions needed for open governance are in place in a country. The results of the scorecard, which are summarised in this document, help governments, civil society groups and other key stakeholders, including members of the public, to assess the legal provisions needed to ensure open governance, to identify the current legal gaps as well as to track a country’s progress over time. This information will allow advocates to make recommendations and governments to pursue reforms.

 

The scorecard has been developed by Transparency International (TI), together with other expert organisations working in this field. To date, five Transparency International national chapters from Africa, Europe, Latin America and Southeast Asia have piloted the scorecard. These pilots took place between February and March 2014. This Ukraine Open Governance Scorecard has been completed by Denys Kovryzhenko. Substantive contribution to its preparation was made ​​by the Executive Director of TI-Ukraine Oleksii Khmara, senior analyst for the Department of Policy Analysis TI-Ukraine Natalia Kovalchuk, and international programs coordinator of International Relations Department Anastasiya Kozlovtseva who carried out the overall coordination of activities related to the preparation of research.

From http://www.i-policy.org/ 07/23/2014

TOP

 

NORTH AMERICA: Canada - Experts Worry Governments May Cripple the Internet over Time

 

It isn’t easy to look ahead — hindsight is always 20-20 goes an accurate saying. So when a group of Internet experts were asked recently by the Pew Research Center for the Future of the Internet project a majority (65 per cent) of the 1,400 people who responded to a question on whether accessing content will be worse by 2025 said “no.” But in a column on what it calls a canvass of experts the organization found a lot of equivocation. Some said it was more their hope than a prediction that things aren’t going to get worse. Others wished they could have voted yes and no. It’s the expansion of their answers on what governments might do to the Internet that caught my eye and are worth considering.

 

“The experts in this survey noted a broad global trend toward regulation of the Internet by regimes that have faced protests and stepped up surveillance of Internet users,” the column notes. “They pointed out that nations such as Egypt, Pakistan, and Turkey have blocked Internet access to control information flows when they perceived content as a threat to the current regime. China is known for its “Great Firewall,” seen as Internet censorship by most outsiders, including those in this canvassing.” And, of course, many pointed out the U.S. National Security Agency’s surveillance of email and phone call records revealed by Edward Snowden.

 

On the other hand,  Jim Hendler, a professor of computer Science at Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and architect of the Web, wrote, “If anything, it is privacy that will have to give way to openness, not the other way around… Repressive governments will be working hard to stop the spread of information. As today, there will be both good and bad news continually in that area, but over time more integration, access, and sharing will be a driving force.” There were other trends gleaned from the answers, including fears trust will evaporate on the Internet because of increased government and corporate surveillance. It’s a lengthy and thought-provoking piece that has no obvious answer to many of the questions it raises. That makes it a good read.

From http://www.itworldcanada.com/ 07/03/2014

TOP

 

U.S.: We're No. 7! US Drops Two Spots in E-government Rankings

 

Despite moves by the Obama administration toward digital transparency and open data, the U.S. government now ranks seventh worldwide in e-government, down two spots since 2012, according to a United Nations report on the matter. Released Wednesday, the E-Government for the Future We Want report contrasted the 185 U.N. members by the E-Government Development Index. The EGDI is made up by three components of e-government: online service index, human capital index, and information and communications technology. South Korea ranked first, with Australia, Singapore, France and the Netherlands rounding out the top five. The U.S. government received praise for its adoption of mobile-friendly services by the report. In a section noting mobile use, the report lauded the Obama administration for its open data prioritization and its use of apps in delivering services to citizens in its digital government plan.

 

President Barack Obama has made e-government a priority since taking office in 2008 and signed an open data executive order in 2013. Data.gov, the federal government's data repository, turned 5 in May. The report cited U.S. efforts to support progress in e-government, as well as in its human capital. The United States of America has taken important steps to drive technology towards sustainable growth and quality jobs through policies that support innovation and education. It has also customized its digital agenda to fit the new tendencies and needs of its citizens, such as cloud computing, smart mobile devices, tablets and high speed networks. The report also lauded the federal government's moves toward employing more chief data officers at agencies, saying CDOs are "one common need within government agencies" and citing FCC's appointment of CDOs at "at every one of its major bureaus."

 

Regionally, Europe led the rankings with 16 of the 25 nations in the "Very High EGDI" category and a regional EGDI average of 0.69. The U.S. and Canada were the only two nations from the Americas in that category. The Americas region's average EGDI came in at 0.51. E-government capacity is highly correlated to the U.N.'s Human Development Index because of the necessary access to technology infrastructure and education. Nations that lack these factors often do not realize the full potential of e-government efforts because citizens are unable to interact with e-government.

 

The Human Capital Index for North America is much higher than the HCI for all the other subregions: Canada and the U.S. have an average HCI of 0.9170, while in the rest of the continent this index oscillates around 0.70. The U.S. HCI of 0.9390 is third worldwide to Australia's 0.9978 and Ireland's 0.9619. The Human Capital Index measures schooling, adult literacy and other technological literacy components. The U.S. fell two spots since the last EGDI rankings in 2012, as Japan, Australia and Singapore leapfrogged the nation. Japan jumped 18 places from 2012-2014, largely thanks to creating a new IT reform strategy. The Japanese program "allowed almost all applications and other forms used by the national government to be submitted online."

From http://www.nextgov.com/ 06/26/2014

TOP

 

Open and Social - New Path for Government Agencies

 

Agencies such as DoD are adopting social business, digital technologies, and open standards in surprising ways. Organizations of all sizes and verticals, from Fortune 500 conglomerates to government agencies, are enjoying the productivity of enterprise social networking and open-source software. I know many readers will be surprised that I included "government agencies" in the previous sentence. However, swift changes are taking place as that sector adapts to the collaboration benefits of social business tools. In fact, government agencies are adopting social business, digital technologies, and open standards in some surprising ways.

 

For example, take a look at the Defense Department's All Partners Access Network (APAN), formerly known as the Asia Pacific Area Network. Hosted by US Pacific Command, the APAN community is the premier unclassified information sharing and collaboration enterprise for the United States Department of Defense (DoD). APAN provides the DoD and its mission partners with community spaces and collaborative tools to help them plan, train, and respond to business requirements and mission objectives. APAN makes these tools available over the open Internet, so individuals and organizations that do not have access to traditional DoD systems and networks can participate in information sharing and collaborative events.

 

More specifically, during the Haiti earthquake in 2010, the DoD US Southern Command (SOUTHCOM) leveraged social technologies to provide situational awareness and facilitate faster relief responses. SOUTHCOM used the APAN community as the center of communication for emergency relief efforts. A group dedicated to these efforts was created within 24 hours following the earthquake, and nearly 2,000 users joined within the first week. Wikis were created and blogs were posted to provide members with updated reports and announcements, and discussion boards served as the most important collaboration method, enabling users to quickly and more efficiently coordinate relief efforts. Posts ranged from locations of hospitals ready to serve victims, to information about survivors and assistance needs. Users quickly responded to these posts by offering emergency equipment to be sent to Haiti, and officials acted immediately, filling the open hospital within two days and providing transportation for the equipment. Social networking and online communities quickly proved their worth in emergency-response efforts, connecting people from multiple organizations within the online hub and providing victims with access to medical attention and equipment.

 

Government agencies can also benefit from more traditional collaboration tools, such as email and, more specifically, open-source email. Open-source email offers increased security and hosted data features to meet government agencies' unique security needs. However, there is a myth surrounding open-source that such solutions are not secure. This is simply not true. On the contrary, the thousands of developers that participate in the software review and issue-resolution process make sure that open-source solutions are more secure than various other options. Furthermore, many government agencies often will not implement a piece of software in a security-critical environment if the agency itself cannot examine the source code for flaws. That is where open-source software excels -- its transparent development allows businesses to investigate and test security for themselves.

 

Open-source email is especially attractive to government agencies due to the fact that they can adjust the system to fit their unique security nuances, including those related to location-based privacy and compliance concerns. Furthermore, government organizations can add layers of encryption to their open-source email systems through integrations with a variety of third-party antivirus and encryption solutions. For example, the Peruvian government has a policy that agencies must use open-source software in order to increase security, privacy, and encryption levels for sensitive and confidential information. This led one government agency to turn to open-source email, recognizing that it drives rapid innovation and allows for integration with a variety of anti-spam, antivirus, and encryption solutions. Have you seen other examples of government agencies and organizations embracing social technology and open-source solutions? If so, please add them in the comments section.

From http://www.informationweek.com/ 06/27/2014

TOP

 

How to Approach Declining Federal IT Spending

 

More efficient federal information technology systems will require fewer dollars, according to a new report from Deltek that predicts agency IT spending will fall from $101 billion to $94 billion in five years. Deltek factors in IT spending that often is left out of the overarching budget numbers, such as technology for the judicial and legislative branches and the intelligence community, as well as IT embedded in large defense systems. Today’s technology offerings and policies promise savings down the road, including data center optimization, strategic sourcing, shared services and cloud computing, Deltek said. “This transition to a leaner federal government — and the ability to sustain it — requires technologies that facilitate the consolidation, integration and standardization necessary to develop uniform IT platforms known as Common Operating Environments,” Deltek said. The one-enterprise perspective will shrink budgets in the long term, Deltek predicted. Still, agencies will need cybersecurity and data analytics technology to support their mission priorities, the report said. The Defense Department in particular will need intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance and health IT, Deltek noted. Smaller budgets are the new normal and will remain that way, even if sequestration ends. “Agency leaders want more control of where cuts happen,” said John Slye, Deltek analyst. “This means redefining priorities and acquisition strategies to fit within new budget realities.”

From http://www.nextgov.com/ 07/17/2014

TOP

 

New Indiana Data Hub Tracks State, Local Government Effectiveness

 

Gov. Mike Pence said he wanted state and local government databases and transparency websites combined into a single, easy-to-use performance-monitoring center that could reveal overlooked efficiencies and track the progress of his "road map" goals. Already a mainstay of businesses and baseball teams, "big data" has arrived in Indiana, which hopes to improve the effectiveness of state agencies and local governments — and Hoosiers can play along. The new Indiana Management and Performance Hub website pulls together revenue, spending, goals, standards, reports and other data from every level of government in the state and displays the results using graphs and charts that show how well government works. Want to know how much it costs to collect your taxes? It's on there. For every dollar Indiana spent on tax collection between April and June it took in $245 in revenue. MPH also shows the Department of Revenue was much more efficient in October through December 2012, collecting $292 per dollar of expense.

 

Are you satisfied with the Bureau of Motor Vehicles? The BMV earned a 96.1 percent customer satisfaction rating in April, probably because the average visit time — also on MPH — was just 13.45 minutes. Think there's too much government in Lake County? There's a lot: 75 local units, including school corporations, employ 27,788 workers and collected $714 million in local taxes, according to MPH. In Porter County, 7,270 people working at 44 units took in $187 million in revenue. MPH was developed by the Indiana Office of Management and Budget and the Office of Technology following an executive order issued in March and receipt of a $500,000 grant from the Lilly Endowment supporting the effort. Gov. Mike Pence said he wanted the various state and local government management databases and transparency websites combined into a single, easy-to-use performance-monitoring center that could reveal overlooked efficiencies and track the progress of his "road map" goals. The Republican said the MPH website at in.gov/mph continues Indiana's tradition of open and accountable government that "moves at the speed of business."

From http://www.govtech.com/ 07/21/2014

 

TOP

 

Why Federal IT Reform Is Getting Cheaper

 

The latest plans to overhaul how the government buys and manages information technology are significantly less expensive than the ideas that circulated last year, according to nonpartisan projections. The version of the Federal IT Acquisition Reform Act currently making its way through the Senate would cost $30 million over five years, according to a new estimate from the Congressional Budget Office. That’s far less than the $145 million CBO projected last November for similar legislation. The pricier FITARA would have established a central collaboration center to advise agencies on their IT procurements. Participating departments would have paid for this through fees that currently go elsewhere, but CBO still estimated the government would need to spend an additional $18 million a year for it, or about $80 million of the $145 million projection for nearly five years. The center was stripped from both the Senate bill and the most recent version to pass the House. Even without it, the Senate version, which is somewhat truncated, still looks cheaper, according to estimates. But Rep. Gerry Connolly, D-Va., warned against putting too much stock in CBO projections, which he said have an unenviable track record for accuracy. “They often dismiss savings because they claim that they can’t measure them,” he said in an interview.

 

The government budgets about $80 billion a year for IT. “The bill isn’t in place and we can’t see yet how it will effectuate savings and efficiencies,” he said. “But if it does, which is the whole point of this, you’re talking about potentially billions of dollars every year.” Sen. Tom Carper, D-Del., who introduced his chamber's legislation with Sen. Tom Coburn, R-Okla., told Nextgov he is hopeful his bill will be taken up by the full Senate soon. Connolly and Darrell Issa, R-Calif., bipartisan sponsors of the House version, both expressed to Nextgov confidence the Senate and House measures could be reconciled. “The differences are certainly resolvable,” said a spokesman for the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform. The House bill had the backing of industry, according to Trey Hodgkins, senior vice president for the public sector at the Information Technology Industry Council. “We supported the Senate version of the bill, too, but we believe they should add back some of what they took out,” he said, citing language to improve the acquisition workforce and facilitate the move to cloud computing.

From http://www.nextgov.com/ 07/30/2014

TOP

 

Most Information Commissions Fail Transparency Test

 

Information commissions — watchdogs for the transparency regime under the RTI Act — are some of the most opaque organizations according to an independent report. Of the 29 commissions in the country, only 17% have the facility of online filing of appeals and complaints, 42% do not display information on the cases that will be heard that day or that week, 58% do not display the updated status of pending appeals and complaints while 35% do not have a system of making their orders public within a reasonable timeframe. The report prepared by Commonwealth Human Rights Initiative (CHRI) also revealed that there was a steady increase in the number of RTI queries in 2012 as compared to the previous year. While Gujarat and Odisha saw a 46% increase in applications, Karnataka witnessed 29% increase. There was a 19% increase in RTI appeals with the Central Information Commission (CIC).

 

More than three-fourths of the commissions do not have a website in the local language. The CIC and state information commissions of Chhattisgarh, Gujarat, Maharashtra and Uttar Pradesh have local language websites. Only 17% of information commissions provide online facilities for submitting appeals or complaints or both. While the CIC, Gujarat and Tripura commissions accept online filing of both appeals and complaints, their counterpart in Bihar provides this facility for filing second appeals only. About 42% of information commissions do not display cause lists on their websites that will help the public know what cases are likely to be heard by the commission. These include commissions in Assam, Bihar, Goa, Madhya Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram and Sikkim that continue to resist the idea of displaying cause lists on their websites, the report said.

 

About 58% of commissions including Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Goa, Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Manipur, Mizoram, Nagaland, Sikkim, Tamil Nadu, Tripura, Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal do not provide data on disposal of cases and pendency of appeals and complaints. Nineteen of the 29 commissions have made their orders public but the commissions of Arunachal Pradesh, Goa, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Manipur and Uttar Pradesh do not have updated information for the last 2-4 years. Incidentally, this comes at a time when there has been a sharp increase in RTI applications. Gujarat and Odisha have seen a 46% increase in applications while Karnataka has recorded 29% increase. At 26%, Chhattisgarh witnessed the third highest increase in the number of RTI applications received in 2012 followed by Mizoram at 20%.

From http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/ 07/14/2014

TOP

 

The New Order of Global Network Depends on Equality and Joint Governance

 

Internet governance requires peaceful coexistence and the cooperation of the entire international community, with the goal of building a peaceful, confident, open and cooperative network, through the establishment of a multilateral, transparent and democratic system. During his recent speech to the Congress of Brazil, President Xi Jinping said that the development of the Internet has introduced new challenges to the sovereignty, security and development of all countries. In the information sector, the right of sovereignty of any country should not be denied. There can be no double standards acccording to which any country can abuse others to defend its own security. The Chinese proposal on internet governance must become the voice of justice against any attempted hegemony on the Internet, defending the right of sovereignty and maintaining international peace and development of mankind.

 

In the Internet age, information is virtual, while national benefits are real. As the Internet has become ever more deeply integrated into human development, and has become the "digital driver" of economic and social development of all countries, so it has also become a new arena for international political struggles. Certain countries with economic and technological advantages spare no effort to filter information and export their values to other countries, especially to countries in the process of development, attempting to monopolize the international political voice, and even to intervene and control the internal agendas of other countries. In order to prevent the internet from becoming a new field of international political struggle and the sector most affected by hegemonism and power politics, all countries of the world need to urgently explore a new order of internet governance.

 

At present, the reason for the inherent vulnerabilities of the Internet governance system lies in the inequality of political and economic power among countries in development and consequently the unfair international political and economic order. First, the imbalance is reflected in the differing ability of countries to use the Internet, and the digital divide in Internet technology among countries remains enormous. For example, as internet technology originated in the United States, the national distribution of the name and address of a web (ICANN) is dominated largely by the U.S. government. Internet data from almost every country passes through the United States, which gives the U.S. an asymmetrical advantage.

 

This digital divide leads to an imbalance of power in internet governance. Some countries, using their advanced technology, control the rules of Internet governance. They do not simply exploit other countries economically, but also use the internet as a shortcut to steal national and business secrets. Finally, the structural imbalance in the utilization capacity of the Internet and the imbalance of power in the governance system creates double standards in the responsibility of governance. America is particularly prone to levelling unjustifiable accusations against other countries, while they themselves do whatever they want on the internet including watching everyone, stealing secrets, and invading privacy and sovereignty.

 

The Internet, which has become humanity's "second space of existence" , should not be a lawless aren where the major powers dominate. Only joint governance of the whole international society, based on equality, democracy and justice, will make it possible to achieve security and common benefits. In the struggle against Internet hegemony, the key point is to apply the same criteria in the "same world and the same internet". As President Xi Jinping highlighted, in the field of information "It cannot be that one country is safe while others are exposed, still less should one country be allowed to seek absolute security at the expense of the security of other countries." Internet governance requires the peaceful coexistence and cooperation of the entire international community, with the goal of building a peaceful, confident, open and cooperative space network, through the establishment of a multilateral, transparent and democratic system. The author is sub researcher Law Institute of the Academy of Social Sciences in China

From http://english.peopledaily.com.cn/ 07/24/2014

TOP

 

Commission Seeks New Ways to Govern the Internet

 

Innovative approaches to governing the internet are needed, say experts from a new global internet policy commission set up to find and propose such solutions to governments over the next two years. Intelligence contractor Edward Snowden’s exposure of online surveillance by the US-government has shaken the multi-stakeholder model of internet governance by undermining trust among stakeholders, according to Tobby Simon, a member of the Global Commission on Internet Governance (GCIG). The commission started work in May after being established in January by think-tanks Chatham House and the Centre for International Governance Innovation to “provide a strategic vision for the future of internet governance”, addressing how to preserve innovation while avoiding risks such as cybercrime, for example.

“Multi-stakeholder control of the internet is necessary given that the internet is a global resource.”

 

Laurent Elder, GCIG

Its members come from around the world, including Chile, Ghana, India, Indonesia and Tunisia, and it has a network of 25 research advisors. The commission aims to bring innovative ideas about the future of the internet to the international negotiating table. Internet governance is diffused between stakeholders within governments, civil society, academia and the private sector, but now that the extent of online spying has come to light thanks to Snowden, this model could fall apart, says Simon. “Instances of online surveillance have led to a loss of trust between stakeholders, putting the open, multi-stakeholder model of the internet under threat,” he says. Of most concern is the risk of “internet fragmentation”, with countries like Germany and Brazil raising the possibility of cordoning off their digital networks as part of national security measures.

 

Laurent Elder, a research advisor for the GCIG and director of the Information and Networks program for Canada’s International Development Research Centre, says internet fragmentation is a new frontier for ICT policymakers. “We have benefited over the last 20 years from an open and interoperable internet. We don’t really know what the consequences of a fragmented internet would be,” he says. “There are probably more questions than answers at this point, which is why the [GCIG] is needed." Through its research advisory network, the GCIG commission will look into questions surrounding the potential impact of internet fragmentation on economic growth and innovation, says Elder. “We don't really understand how the openness of the internet creates economic value in and of itself,” he says.

 

Researching the kinds of global policies that will safeguard an open internet is a key need, agrees Ashnah Kalemera, programme officer at CIPESA (Collaboration on International ICT Policy for East and Southern Africa). “Multi-stakeholder control of the internet is necessary given that the internet is a global resource,” she says. “The [GCIG] is very much needed to ensure equitable distribution [of control of the internet] and the sustained functioning of this model.” Yet issues like internet access — still of primary concern in Africa, where only one fifth of the population has access to the internet — have been eclipsed by the Snowden affair, Kalemera points out. “Access once took centre stage but internet governance forums are now overridden by matters of security and privacy, primarily applicable to the majority of users in America or Europe,” she says.

 

“Access, affordability and connectivity, which are the key concerns for Sub-Saharan Africa, are not adequately represented or debated with the same vigour as the National Security Agency, Snowden and WikiLeaks.” Yet by documenting “global good practice”, the GCIG could also address broader issues surrounding internet policy, says Elder. “[The GCIG] will help develop specific policies to ensure that the internet is a beneficial tool for countries rather than anything else,” he says. “It will help answer some of the bigger questions around the way the internet should be governed.”

From http://www.scidev.net/ 07/30/2014

TOP

 

 

Government Requests for Twitter Information Climb

 

Twitter on Thursday released a new transparency report showing a steady rise in government requests for information from the globally popular one-to-many messaging service. The number of requests for information from governments climbed 46 percent from the second half of last year to 2,058, according to Twitter. The report, the fifth from Twitter to date, was viewable online and showed what portion of those requests were granted. The San Francisco-based firm said it received requests for account information from a total of 54 countries, but that the bulk of the demands came from the United States. The US accounted for 1,257 of the requests for information, and Japan a distant second with 192 requests, according to Twitter. Twitter lamented that, despite talks with the US Department of Justice and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, it remained barred from providing insights regarding requests in the form of national security letters that must be kept secret due to the law. "We are weighing our legal options to provide more transparency to our users," Twitter said in the report. "National security requests aside, our new report shows a steady increase in global requests for account information, content removal, and copyright takedowns." Twitter received 432 requests from governments for 'tweets' to be removed for reasons such as defamatory comments, and another 9,199 notices for posts to be taken down on copyright grounds.

From http://news.yahoo.com/ 07/31/2014

TOP

 

 

Global Internet Governance

 

A broad-based, multi-stakeholder approach to the governance of the internet is essential to social progress and economic development. Inspired by the NETmundial meeting in Sao Paolo, Brazil in April 2014, the World Economic Forum is hosting a meeting of leaders from government, business, civil society and academia in Geneva on Thursday August 28 to develop ways to help carry forward the spirit of NETmundial through further dialogue and concrete cooperation (See Initiative description, FAQ and meeting documents below).

From http://www.weforum.org/ 08/22/2014

TOP

 

 

Net Tightened on Asia-Pacific Corruption with Network Launch

 

Anti-corruption authorities and law enforcement agencies from the 21 APEC economies have opened a ground-breaking new channel for the exchange of sensitive case information, significantly enhancing their ability to combat large scale corruption and bribery affecting the Asia-Pacific market. Officials shared detailed insights into on-going criminal investigations and prosecutions for the first time on an APEC-wide basis during the inaugural meeting of the APEC Network of Anti-Corruption Authorities and Law Enforcement Agencies, or ACT-NET, which just concluded in Beijing. A secretariat, to be initially hosted by China, will manage information-sharing in an institutional capacity. “As domestic anti-corruption efforts intensify, corrupt officials flee abroad and remain at large by taking advantage of legal differences between our jurisdictions,” said Fu Kui, Vice Minister of China’s National Bureau of Corruption Prevention. “This is a serious challenge to each economy’s rule of law.”

 

“By building a multilateral platform to strengthen work-level exchange and case cooperation, and expand channels for anti-corruption and law enforcement partnership, we could cut off the escape route of corrupt fugitives,” Fu explained. ACT-NET will deepen the exchange of legal procedures and investigative techniques used to pursue corrupt officials and assets, and fight business bribery. It also affords opportunities to share successful cross-border law enforcement cases and develop future joint projects and capacity building measures. “Criminals don’t stop at borders,” said US Ambassador to China Max Baucus. “So we must work together to stop them and fight graft internationally as well.” “Whether it is bribery, embezzlement, or the misuse of public funds, corruption is corrosive,” he noted. “It scares investors and stifles economic growth. It decreases investment and trade. And that costs jobs for people in all of our economies.”

 

Each year, corruption costs economies globally more than USD2.6 trillion, or five per cent of total gross domestic product, according to the World Bank. It is also estimated to increase the cost of doing business by more than ten per cent. APEC economies agreed to establish a network of anti-corruption and law enforcement authorities last year in Indonesia to stamp out these damaging side-effects. “The establishment of this network is timely and crucial for APEC,” concluded Atty Novyanty, Senior Prosecutor at Indonesia’s Corruption Eradication Commission. “The trust and relationships that we build together will encourage a more open exchange of information and reduce dependence on formal cooperation or mutual legal assistance approaches for stronger, more effective law enforcement measures.”

From http://www.apec.org/ 08/17/2014

TOP

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

 

 

CHINA: SPC Launches Video Network for Petitions

 

The Supreme People's Court (SPC) on Friday launched a video network that allows petitioners against legal verdicts to have their appeals filmed and transmitted to higher-level courts.As part of efforts to create more channels for petitions, the SPC has regulated that petitioners can apply for use of the new channel either at the court that gave their case's first-instance verdict or the lower court whose jurisdiction covers their place of residence.If the verdict that petitioners want to complain about had been dismissed by the higher people's court, they will be eligible to express their complaints to the SPC through the video system, which links more than 3,300 courts nationwide at present, according to the regulation.However, if their cases were not handled by the higher people's court, their complaints will be jointly received and discussed by the SPC and a higher people's court, according to the regulation.SPC Vice President Jing Hanchao said the creation of the video network is an effort to reform the court's petition system, and expressed hope that the move will make it easier for people to make complaints.Earlier this year, the SPC opened its official online petition platform.

From http://www.news.cn/ 05/31/2014

TOP↑

 

Big Data Used by Beijing Government to Alleviate Pollution

 

Pollution is getting worse in China's capital city, and the Beijing government is using technology to help fix some of the problems.The Beijing municipal government has reached a deal with IBM to use the tech company's advanced weather forecast and cloud computing technologies to solve the stubborn smog problem in the city.Facing serious environmental pollution problems, the Chinese government has promised citizens that it will take measures to improve the environmental situation. To handle the haze and pollution problems, it is necessary to enhance data collection and monitoring and forecast abilities. Beijing has reportedly established an early warning system with data from 35 monitoring stations and the system can warn about heavily polluted weather three days in advance and adjust traffic volume accordingly.Under the agreement signed by the two parties, the Beijing municipal government will become an partner of IBM's ten-year Green Horizon project, targeting the Chinese market. This project aims to use IBM's forecast and data collection abilities to predict the occurrence of smog.Meanwhile, because of China's promise to reduce the proportion of coal power generation, IBM's cloud computing analysis system will make optimizations and adjustments targeting renewable energy sources. State Grid's wind and solar energy demonstration project in Zhangbei, Hebei, shows that IBM's supply and demand management system will be able to reduce energy waste rates from 30% to 20%.In addition, IBM said that the Green Horizon project will bring new business opportunities to China's pollution control and renewable energy source sectors. Financial terms of the cooperation were not immediately available.

From http://www.chinatechnews.com/ 07/15/2014

TOP↑

 

SOUTH KOREA: E-Government Tops UN Survey for Third Time

 

Korea's system of online government services has earned the top ranking in this year's United Nations e-Government Survey. The biannual survey has now given Korea the top spot in 2010, 2012 and 2014. The U.N. body announced on June 23 that Korea ranked first in both the e-Government Development Index, which gauges how advanced online government services are, and the e-Participation Index, which evaluates the level of citizens' online engagement with their government. The U.N. survey has been carried out since 2003 among 190 countries in order to enhance global cooperation between online government services and to improve national competitiveness. For this year's survey, the U.N. stressed the value of open government data. Korea was recognized for its "Government 3.0" policies, a range of efforts aimed at sharing data, openness, communication and cooperation.

 

Korea provides its citizens with integrated public services online, through which people can register personal information, such as dates of birth and death, employment status and address changes, all necessary for any type of civil service. People do not need to pay a visit to each of the relevant organizations. In addition to such online services, the Korean government has also made an effort to expand communication with the public via mobile devices by offering government services aimed at both daily life and for emergencies. From June 23 to 27, the 2014 U.N. Public Service Forum was held with 1,861 attendees from 126 countries at the KINTEX convention center in Goyang. Conversation ranged widely in the "Innovating Governance for Sustainable Development and Well-being of the People" discussion session.

 

Participants in the public service session agreed that we are in need of innovation in public services in order to improve the quality of life of the people, wherever they are. During the e-government session, attendees agreed that innovation in e-government would improve the efficiency and transparency of government. For this, technological advances and the active participation of citizens must come first. Also, in a modern society, an e-government should focus more on creating value instead of looking at simply reducing expenses. The four-day forum wrapped up with the adoption of the Seoul Joint Communiqué. It stated that, "The innovation plan should center around citizens. They should be allowed to participate in the whole process of designing, developing policies and providing services. "Civil participation can be a useful tool to improve regional development from both the functional aspect and democratic aspect. Korea's incredible development experience, as showcased through the Saemaul Undong, or New Community Movement, a program in which people participated spontaneously, is worth sharing and studying in other countries."

From http://www.korea.net 06/30/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

 

 

INDONESIA: Having ‘Potential for Quick Advancement’, Says UN E-Government Survey 2014

 

Indonesian e-government has the potential for “quick advancement” through the creation of a national ICT policy and e-government strategy, and by the strengthening of public servants’ capacity, according to the 2014 United Nations (UN) E-Government Survey. “There is potential for quick advancement of countries like… Indonesia,” the report said, adding that some countries have “significantly advanced their e-government development ranking” despite low national incomes. It further notes that Indonesia has “not reached the level of e-government development as… other countries in the same income group” (see chart below). Indonesia can move up the rankings by strengthening its national ICT and e-government policies, and training public servants, the report said. “The main enabler of good e-government progress is often putting in place an effective governance framework to support and manage a citizen-centric service delivery model, including a national ICT policy and e-government strategy, as well as strengthening institutions and building the capacities of public servants.” Countries that have advanced in e-government despite their low national income, include India the Philippines and Vietnam, the report noted.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 06/30/2014

TOP↑

 

E-Government Requires Better Trained Citizens and Officials, Says Indonesian Mayor

 

As Pekalongan, Indonesia, nears the completion of its e-government plan, it is now focused on training citizens and officials to use online services, Dr Mohamad Basyir Ahmad, the city’s Mayor, told FutureGov. “We can build networks, applications and data centres, but we must also prepare human resources in the government and society so that they can access the services.” he said. By 2015, his city will have finished installing the underlying infrastructure and applications for e-government, he said, but the next step will be ensuring that citizens understand how to use them. Even elementary schools will introduce IT education in their curricula and will also use e-learning, he said, adding: “We have to make sure that everybody is using e-government services.” The Pekalongan government has installed public internet access in 230 out of 330 village centres, and will introduce more community internet centres within each village in the future. The Mayor wants to ensure that “everybody knows [how to use] the internet, how they can participate [in government] and how they can use e-services”, especially those related to health. The city has set up a Broadband Learning Centre where every year around 4000 citizens and government officials receive free IT training, in partnership with the state telecommunications agency. Ahmad wants to ensure that the e-government project is sustained even when the leadership changes. He has formed an IT council involving civil servants and community members, including journalists, academicians and teachers. The council will keep a check on the government to ensure that it is “maintaining the momentum” of government modernisation. It also provides policy recommendations to the Mayor and helps build IT skills in the society.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 08/08/2014

TOP↑

 

Why Three Indonesian Cities Formed a Joint Secretariat

 

Three Indonesian cities, Sleman, Bantul and Yogyakarta, believe that they are better off tackling their urban problems together. FutureGov caught up with Haryadi Suyuti, Mayor of Yogyakarta, the biggest of these three cities, to find out why. Residents of the cities of Sleman and Bantul travel to Yogyakarta everyday for conducting their business, Suyuti said, blurring the borders between these areas. The respective city governments therefore had to take a fresh approach to manage increasingly common urban issues. “The biggest problem [across the cities] right now is urban infrastructure management”, including waste management, water and transport, he said. For example, residents of Sleman and Bantul use the sewerage and refuse facilities in Yogyakarta where they work, and they also require good roads and buses to get there. The three municipalities formed a joint secretariat to centralise urban management policies and their implementation across the three cities, he explained. The joint secretariat allows officials across the cities to better coordinate and solve common problems, the Mayor said. Further, the budget for the secretariat has been shared across the three local governments. Suyuti said that, by bringing these functions together, it has enabled city planners to focus on an Indonesian priority: ensuring that people can get to work, and generate economic growth.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 08/14/2014

TOP↑

 

MALAYSIA: Government Drops Overall, but Strong for Digital Inclusion, Online Service Delivery - UN E-Government Rankings 2014

 

Malaysia has dropped in the overall 2014 UN E-Government Rankings, but has a strong performance in online service delivery and digital inclusion relative to its income level. The Malaysian Government is doing well in delivering services to citizens in the lower socioeconomic strata who are less digitally connected, even compared to countries with higher income per capita. 86% of its services can be accessed by “disadvantaged and vulnerable groups” - the highest proportion among Southeast Asian governments. It has performed as well as Singapore, whose citizens enjoy income per capita more three times higher than Malaysians. The report explained that although income is a major contributing factor, digital inclusion also depends on “government priority, policy and focus on e-inclusion”. Malaysia has also been good at delivering public services at the national level using ICT, relative to its income and compared to other countries in Southeast Asia. The report has named Malaysia as having “high online service performance relative to [its] income” - it has the fourth best online service delivery amongst middle income countries globally. It also has the second highest online service performance in Southeast Asia, behind Singapore. Last month the government announced that it aims to have “zero face-to-face interactions” with citizens by 2020, with all citizen-facing services to be migrated online. This year, 80% of government services will be taken online.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 06/27/2014

TOP↑

 

PHILIPPINES: Local ICT Group Formed to Monitor BPO Growth

 

To assess the growing economy of the business process outsourcing (BPO) in Davao City, the Davao del Norte Information and Communication Technology (DavNor ICT) was created. The ad-hoc committee, composed of 11 persons from various agencies, was the result of a Focus Group Discussion (FGD) among ICT players in Davao del Norte spearheaded by the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI). About 36 participants from the academe, call center agencies, Internet cafés, and local government units participated in the FGD. According to Edwin Banquerigo, DTI provincial director, they brought together the industry players to strengthen the individual player’s capabilities to join the loop of ICT Davao. Atty. Samuel Matunog, chairman of the ICT Davao, Inc., said the province can go beyond contributing talents to an ideal area for ICT investors. Matunog said that the province just have to improve two major elements in the ICT industry – Internet connectivity and supply of energy. On the other hand, National ICT Confederation of the Philippines President Wit Holganza said local agriculture-based ICT is suitable in the province to support the existing booming investment in the area. “We just have to raise the bar of what we are competent right now through ICT,” Holganza stressed. She added that their organization will assist the province-based ICT sector in promoting Davao del Norte as a potential investment area.

From https://ph.news.yahoo.com/ 06/07/2014

TOP↑

 

The Philippines Connecting 160 Government Offices to Improve Efficiency, Allow Shared Services

 

Government agencies in the Philippines’ national capital region will soon be able to collaborate and access core services such as email, online security and web hosting with a new high-speed communication network. The government has almost completed interconnecting 160 offices in Metro Manila with fiber optic technology, Louis Napoleon Casambre, Executive Director of the ICT Office, Department of Science and Technology, announced this week. “A slow, weak and inefficient system of government services will soon be a thing of the past,” the department said. The connected government agencies will be able to collaborate on projects, share resources and save money in the process. It will also connect them to vital services like web hosting, document and records management, email and online security, Casambre said. This initiative is part of the national e-government project: Integrated Government Philippines. The PHP 470 million (US$ 10.8 million) project is scheduled to be fully operational by early 2015, the department said. The projects aims to integrate all functions of government agencies and simplify their processes via ICT, with a goal to create government transparency and economic progress. A similar network will connect 12 government agencies in Cebu and is expected to be online before the end of 2014.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 07/16/2014

TOP↑

SINGAPORE: Ministry Launches Web Marketing Push

 

Singapore’s Ministry of Manpower (MOM) is looking to hire internet marketing firms to boost visits to its websites and help it engage with citizens through social media, it emerged today. The ministry will ask firms to shortlist at least 50 websites not owned by the government which it can advertise on, and wants a set of keywords to ensure that its material appears more prominently in search results. The campaign is intended to raise awareness of its existing social media channels, and boost visits to its workwise.sg website (pictured). The MOM has been prominent in Singapore politics recently, with protests against its policies on the Central Provident Fund - a social security system for the elderly - and also discussion of recent changes to labour laws. The MOM confirmed its plans to the Straits Times, saying that it is looking “to identify a vendor to propose measures to raise awareness and reach of these platforms.”

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 06/12/2014

TOP↑

 

Singapore’s Success - The Inside Story on Its 2014 UN E-Government Rankings Rise

 

Singapore has shot up 7 places in the UN E-Government Rankings 2014, from 10th place in the world to 3rd - and 1st in Southeast Asia. What has made Singapore rise so suddenly? And what lessons can be drawn from the city state’s success? Investment is one answer. The United Nations noted that Singapore has a high Human Development Index (HDI) - which measures life expectancy, education and income - and Gross National Income (GNI). These have allowed “the government sufficient resources to develop its online portal and offer its citizens, businesses and visitors, advanced e-services and extensive information.” In particular, the UN highlighted its “one-stop shop delivery portal” - countries with integrated e-services received a higher rating. The eCitizen Portal, built by the Infocomm Development Authority of Singapore, provides cross-agency, citizen-centric information and services to help citizens get information and complete transactions conveniently with the government as a single unified entity. Another answer is Singapore’s efforts to make information accessible to people on mobile devices. The report praised its seamless “mGovernment” application, allowing faster, easier and more convenient use of available online resources; especially accessing forms and conducting government-to-citizen and government-to-businesses transactions.

 

The United Nations report highlighted several other initiatives from Singapore as examples of good e-government projects, including:

Ÿ     Joined-up government - The Alliance for Corporate Excellence (ACE) is a multi-agency programme run by the Ministry of Finance that groups together systems and operating environments for human resources, finance and procurement into a shared system. This enables government agencies to share knowledge, data and best practices in a more straightforward and timely way.

Ÿ     Open data - The National Environment Agency (NEA) provided real-time information to other agencies and the wider public to engage and promote environmental ownership in the country. It contributed to the development of 86 environment datasets and 17 spatial datasets for the Singapore government data hub for inter-agency sharing, and contributed 75 datasets and 8 map layers to www.data.gov.sg. The UN has just started to prioritise environment information within its e-government rankings.

Ÿ     Digital inclusion - Singapore launched an SMS text service (SMS70999) in 2008 for members of the deaf, hard-of-hearing and speech-impaired community to reach emergency services. In another initiative to improve access for older persons and the illiterate, ‘CitizenConnect Centres’ are set up in all residential estates to assist them to use government transactions online, find information from government websites and contact government agencies on their behalf.

Ÿ     Connected government - Singapore implemented ‘OneInbox’ last year, which is the official government platform for individuals and businesses to receive all government-related correspondences electronically. This addresses the challenge of meeting increasing expectations for easier and secured unified communication with the government, the report said.

 

An IDA spokesperson said: “We are humbled that our efforts in e-government, such as expanding our e-government service offerings and service delivery channels, has gained recognition. As we continue to innovate and set high standards for ourselves, we also hope to learn from other nations to further improve the public service delivery in Singapore. We look forward to a productive journey together with the citizens we serve and continue to deliver world class digital government services.”

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 06/27/2014

TOP↑

VIETNAM: E-Gov't Targets Increased Satisfaction

 

Online electronic services run by the public service departments, such as Customs, are expected to be able to provide 60 per cent satisfaction by the end of next year and 80 per cent by the year 2020. The target was proposed at the Viet Nam e-Government Symposium 2014 in the central city yesterday. The symposium, e-Government Development: Strengthening Information Infrastructure and Modernising Public Administration to Increase Citizen satisfaction, drew representatives from 42 information and communications departments and 21 speakers. In terms of e-Government, Viet Nam ranks thirteenth in the Asia Pacific Economic Co-operation (APEC) and Asia Pacific region, and fifth in South-east Asia, according to an international survey by the Institute of e-Government at Waseda University, Tokyo. The results were generated through assessment of the e-Government system based on network preparedness, management optimisation, online services, national portal/homepage, Government CIO, e-Government promotion, e-participation/digital inclusion, open government and cyber security.

 

"Information and communications technology (ICT) development is a driving force to boost socio-economic development and globalisation. It helps businesses and local government improve the competitive index and administrative reform," vice chairman of the central city's People's Committee, Phung Tan Viet said at the opening ceremony. "The event is a major forum for leaders of provinces and cities to share experiences and discuss how to create more favourable conditions for development of ICT and smooth operation of the e-Government plan," Viet said. Nguyen Quang Thanh, deputy director of Da Nang City's information and communications department, said the central city had provided 1,196 on-line administration procedures. "We have been building ICT strategy since 2006. The city has developed six IT centres and a software park employing 15,000 staff working for 500 businesses," Thanh said. "As many as 95 per cent of public servants can now work online. The city plans to complete e-Government by 2015 and Smart city by 2020," he said.  Thanh said IT applications had been applied to various services, including one-stop shops, residential management, public transport and water supervision. He said the city had accelerated administrative reform by moving public services online, from 10 services for city agencies to 489.

 

"And we're aiming to apply more digital procedures to 1,200 public services for the city's 56 communes, precincts and departments." Tong Viet Trung, deputy general director of the military telecommunications giant (Viettel Group) said the group had been developing e-Government to serve Smartphone users and other mobile devices. "Previously, e-Government on mobile phones had been limited to message services," he said. "The mobility application is also set for education and health services as well as online payments and digital invoices. This will save applicants time and money." Thai Vinh Lieu, deputy secretary of Quang Tri Provincial Party, said leadership was a key role in accelerating IT applications and e-Government in some provinces. Do Ngoc Nam, deputy director of Quang Ninh Province's information and communications department, said IT applications and on-line services rapidly boosted administrative reform. We have seen quicker administrative procedures develop in many agencies. Local people and businesses only wait a day or an hour instead of three or four days in previous years," he said.

From http://vietnamnews.vn 07/18/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

 

 

BANGLADESH: Launching ‘National Web Portal’

 

Bangladesh on Monday formally launched the ‘National Web Portal’ opening up a new horizon and a unique window for ensuring transparency and accountability in government activities, and building a developed, prosperous country free from hunger and poverty. The public portal containing 25,043 websites of various government organizations in various tiers having over 2 million contents started its formal journey marking the International Public Service Day.

From http://newsfrombangladesh.net/ 06/23/2014

TOP↑

 

 

INDIA: New Health Minister to Focus on e-Government and Transparency

 

India’s new Health Minister, Harsh Vardhan, will focus on bringing e-governance and transparency to the administration’s public health agenda. He is also looking to deepen citizen engagement on the Ministry’s initiatives. “My administration will be 100 per cent transparent. I will ensure that at every level where public has an interface with the Ministry, there is complete transparency so people are free from any corruption,” he highlighted after taking charge this week. He will work with national and international experts to formulate and execute policies around the health system. “Health is more important than wealth. It is the duty of every government to keep all its citizens healthy,” the Minister added. He plans to meet with ministry officials and layout his focus areas in the coming days.

From http://www.i-policy.org/ 05/30/2014

TOP↑

 

6 Things That Indian IT, Telcos Expect from New Government

 

NEW DELHI: The IT and telecom industry stakeholders are expecting policy stability, better technology enabled e-governance and technology adoption from the new Narendra Modi-led Bharatiya Janata Party government in the coming days. "The most critical thing for the new government will be to bring the industry back on firm financial footings. The industry is under a debt pressure after the recent spectrum auctioning in February, there are a lot of penalty charges on many companies; the financial picture is not so good," Rajan S Mathews, director general, Cellular Operators' Association of India, told IANS. "We are hopeful that the new government will aid us in helping maintain a long-term clear, stable, predictable, development-oriented and investor friendly policy regime, which recognizes the long term nature of the investments and long project maturity requirements of the telecom sector. The key areas of long-term policy focus are stable license terms and conditions, effective merger and acquisition, security, green telecom targets, taxation and roadmap for future technologies," he said. Others feel the telecom sector in the recent past had gone through a bad phase due to second generation issue, cancellation of licences and tariff hikes and now with the new government there is a chance to inject fresh momentum into the sector.

From http://www.siliconindia.com/ 06/03/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

 

 

ARMENIA: Host Seminar on Role of Single Window and IT Systems for E-Governance

 

A two-day national workshop on the role of Single Window and IT systems for full implementation of the e-governance concept is organized in Yerevan within the framework of the UNDP implemented “Enhancement of the Border Management Capabilities at Bagratashen – Sadakhlo BCP between Armenia and Georgia” (BSIBM) project.  The objective of the workshop is to familiarize representatives of relevant border management agencies in better detail with measures required for introduction of the e-governance system by applying the Single Window principle and up-to-date IT solutions. The workshop is facilitated by Mr. Arvo Ott, Managing Director of the Estonian E-Governance Academy.  Ambassador Traian Hristea, Head of the EU Delegation to Armenia, welcomed the participants and stated that introduction of the Single Window/One Stop Shop principle at the national level will largely complement general efforts towards the development of a national e-governance system as well as major reforms in the border management sector, including infrastructure development and modernization of border crossing points. 

 

“EU always stands ready to support the Government of Armenia in implementation of its reform agenda, and share its vast experience particularly in the area of e-governance and introduction of its components at the national level using appropriate IT solutions and procedural approaches”, he added.  Grigori Malintsyan, UNDP IBM Programme Manager, noted that introduction of the Single Window/One Stop Shop principle will be a significant step forward to achieve the defined reform goals in the border management sector and ensure compliance with relevant international standards.  Aram Tananyan, Acting Chief of Staff of the National Security Council of the Republic of Armenia, expressed an opinion that comprehensive introduction of the Single Window system in Armenia will enable simplification and streamlining of border crossing and customs procedures at border crossing points in order to avoid duplication of functions and unnecessary controls.   The “Provision of Equipment and Infrastructure for the Bagratashen-Sadakhlo Border Crossing Point between Armenia and Georgia and Enhancement of their Capacities” project is implemented since December 2013 with the financial support of the European Union and contributions of the Governments of Armenia and Georgia. The EU funding is �3,582,500.

From http://news.am/ 07/15/2014

TOP↑

 

AZERBAIJAN: More State Property Committee Services Integrated into E-government

 

Two more e-services of the State Committee for Property Affairs of Azerbaijan are integrated into the "e-Government" portal (E-Gov), says the report of the Information Technology Centre (ITC) of the Ministry of Communications and High Technologies of Azerbaijan on Aug. 19. The report notes that the following services are available: - Underwriting services of documents and requests in connection with the registration of a notifications of holding real property that is the subject of the mortgage; - Underwriting services of documents and requests in connection with the liquidation of the notifications of holding real property that is the subject of the mortgage Currently the number of electronic services of SPC has reached 30. An information service on real estate from the state register of immovable property will be available to the public in the near future. E-Gov is a key tool for supporting work with the citizens and the public and private sectors. It aims to reduce the number of documents requested from citizens due to the fact that different bodies will interact with each other online. Access to E-Gov is carried out using a digital signature, the identification data of the private entrepreneurs and citizens, verification data (login and password) as well as mobile authentication system which can be obtained in electronic form after the registration on E-Gov.

From http://en.trend.az/ 08/20/2014

TOP↑

 

UZBEKISTAN: Central Bank Participates in Creation of E-Government System

 

The Uzbek Central Bank is participating in the electronic government system.  The bank is taking part in this system by means of realization and implementation of the project called 'Clearing system for real-time calculation of retail payments, taking into account the further integration with the service providers' billing systems, according to the bank's message.  This project has been included into the projects list of the electronic government's information systems complex, said the message.  The clearing system provides connection with the information systems of the State Tax Committee of Uzbekistan when making the payments.  The system also makes it possible to automate the tax levies accounting without using paper receipts, to interact with the billing systems of the electricity, gas, utilities, internet services providers and mobile communication operators, as well as to conduct retail payments using bank cards.  The universal payment tool and the subscriber identification are used when making payments via the Uzbek Central Bank's clearing system.  All subscriber data is entered into the State Tax Committee's information system and the service providers' billing systems, what gives them the opportunity to conduct stable accounting.  A network schedule for creation of a clearing system and realization of the project has been developed and approved as part of the National Information and Communication System of Uzbekistan.  The schedule of introducing the system and technological instructions for the systems' interaction with the information systems of the State Tax Committee, Uztransgaz JSC, Uzbekenergo SJSC, and the country's commercial banks, have been approved as well.

From http://en.trend.az/ 06/01/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

 

 

AUSTRALIA: Government Weather Web Site Goes Mobile

 

The Australian Bureau of Meteorology has redesigned its web site for smartphone users, making it quicker and easier for people to access Australia’s official weather forecasts using their mobile device. “The Bureau is releasing a preview of the mobile web site for public testing and feedback, before formally releasing the site,” said Senator Simon Birmingham, Parliamentary Secretary for the Environment. “The new mobile-friendly weather web site will provide smartphone users with quicker and easier access to current weather information, weather forecasts, warnings and rain radars, helping people make informed decisions and plan their day on the go. The Bureau’s mobile weather web site is the only mobile weather service that provides pinpointed weather forecasts using a six kilometre grid, providing users with the most accurate and localised information as they move around. The mobile weather web site is the Bureau’s first mobile product offering for smartphone users. The Bureau is currently developing weather apps for Microsoft Windows and Apple iOS platforms, which are scheduled to be released later this year.”

 

The Bureau of Meteorology’s web site is one of the most popular web sites in Australia. It is the number one government site, and also the number one site for weather information. “The Bureau has responded to demand for further engagement with the public through its use of social media channels, such as Facebook. This strong social media presence builds on the popularity of the Bureau’s web site, which received more than 471 million visits last financial year,” said Birmingham. Members of the public are encouraged to test the mobile weather web site and provide their feedback on the site. During the testing phase of the Bureau’s mobile weather web site, smartphone users will need to enter the URL m.bom.gov.au and bookmark it, or save it to their home screen for instant access.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 05/28/2014

TOP↑

 

Australia Geoscience Agency Reveals Open Government Datasets Prior to Govhack Event

 

The Geoscience Australia, the national agency responsible for providing geoscientific advice and information to the Australian government, hosted a DataJam session last week in the lead up to the bigger GovHack event to promote open government. The GovHack event encourages software developers and web designers from government, industry, academia and the general public, to come together to explore ideas and encourages innovation using freely available government data in an effort to promote open government. DataJam gives potential GovHack participants a sneak peek at the official datasets that are available, ahead of the main GovHack event which will take place in July. As the national geoscientific agency, Geoscience Australia provides stewardship of a vast range of data that supports decision making in the management of Australia’s precious water resources, hazard modelling for safer communities; and exploration for mineral and petroleum resources.

 

Geoscience Australia also announced the release of the Australian government’s new spatial data catalogue FIND. FIND provides better access to a network of open government data, in conjunction with data.gov.au. The catalogue allows search and download of a wide range of spatially-referenced datasets created by both the Australian and state and territory governments. The catalogue will be expanded as new partners come online. Geoscience Australia will be offering datasets and sponsoring a prize for the best science hack – using government data for great scientific outcomes and helping people engage in, understand and use scientific information in their everyday lives.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 06/13/2014

TOP↑

 

Australia Government Launches National Map to Visualise Open Data

 

The Australian government has launched an open source browser-based map which allows citizens and businesses to easily visualise open data from agencies across the government. “This is a central application that integrates data from various providers - including open government directory (data.gov.au), federal and state government departments - and helps users to visualise it on a central browser-based platform, said Tim Mackey, Enterprise Architect, GeoScience Australia. The prototype was showcased at the recent Data Jam. The national map is part of an initiative by the Office of Spatial Policy to provide the public with an authoritative open-source data tool”, he added. “The data service should be multi-jurisdiction, multi-vendor, multi-custodian, multi-format, and in an open framework.” To ensure that the national map can be used by non-technical users, the user interface is made simple so users can easily browse and search for the data they want.

 

In the demonstration, Mackey showed how users can zoom and tilt the map, and choose data by type or source. Users can also perform 3D data visualisation. Currently the data sets come from the Bureau of Meteorology, Bureau of Statistics and GeoScience Australia. Mackey expects to integrate new datasets in the coming months. Users can also upload and visualise their own datasets on the map. The improved version will be featured at next month’s GovHack event, which draws people from government, industry, academia and general public to find new ways to create value out of open government data.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 06/24/2014

TOP↑

 

OK to Store Data Offshore, Says Government

 

The Government has signalled an end to its policy of requiring government departments and agencies to get permission before storing information offshore. Analyst group Ovum has welcomed the finding in the Federal Government’s Commission of Audit that there is too much red tape around storing data offshore, and that current policies are impeding the implementation of cloud computing. “The Commonwealth Government has been slow to adopt cloud computing. A reliance on bespoke, legacy systems, concerns about the security and privacy of placing public data in the cloud, and general risk aversion all impede progress,” said the report. Now, as part of its reduction of red tape policy, and possibly to satisfy the desires of US based IT companies, the Federal Government seems set to end the policy, announced last August under the previous Labor Government.

 

The policy requires government CIOs to seek the permission of both their own minister and the Attorney-General before storing citizen information outside of Australia. Kevin Noonan, research director at Ovum, said it was an ‘odd’ policy to start with. “It created significant bureaucratic impediments to the use of public cloud, even though the government’s own cloud policy encouraged government agencies to do otherwise. “The red tape involved in gaining approval created frustrating problems for both industry and CIOs. It was a friendless strategy that helped nobody. The Government’s policy even made it more difficult for privacy advocates, because the policy focused too much attention on bureaucratic process, and not enough attention on efficiency and good quality outcomes. Noonan said that the policy had created an environment where state governments have become Australia’s thought leaders in cloud implementation. “We hope the change of policy will now assist Federal Government CIOs to make real and demonstrable progress.”

From http://www.itwire.com 06/25/2014

TOP↑

 

Australian Government Preparing Open Data ‘Toolkit’ to Guide Agencies

 

The Australian Government is preparing an Open Data Toolkit to consolidate policies and guidance for agencies managing and sharing government data. “This Toolkit will consolidate policy, guidance, case studies and technical advice on how to manage, publish and share government data more effectively and efficiently for greater benefits to the public service, industry and the broader community. The Toolkit will be updated on a regular basis as new information, guidance, best practices and policies emerge, and you can subscribe to wiki updates there,” the data.gov.au team wrote in its latest blog. At the state level, the South Australian Government is developing an Open Data Toolkit, it announced in its Action Plan to Advance Open Data in November 2013. “The Office of the CIO will publish material that will form an Open Data Toolkit designed to assist agencies to discover, classify and publish data using open data standards.”

 

The data.gov.au team is also looking to integrate the portal with other government data portals. This will include “metadata sharing with….. the new national spatial map index (FIND at find.ga.gov.au) and integration with the upcoming National Map,” it said. The functionality of data.gov.au has been improved “for easier discoverability and comparability of data”, the team wrote. The Finance Department is also working with other agencies so that users can find data more easily. It has “been in touch with other jurisdictions about sharing search metadata to make data across jurisdictions more discoverable across portals. We’ll announce more about that soon,” the team added. The data.gov.au team is also preparing for its upcoming hackathon, GovHack. On 11-13 July, the event will bring together government, businesses and citizens to reuse and mashup government data in 11 locations across Australia.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 07/03/2014

TOP↑

 

Government Backtracks on Metadata

 

The Government now says that the metadata it wants to access will not include an Internet user’s browsing history. But there is still confusion over just what it does include. The Government’s confused – and confusing – metadata retention policy continues to cause it problems. Communications Minister Malcolm Turnbull, who was not part of the original decision, has been forced to contradict Attorney-General George Brandis over whether it would or would not include the address of websites visited. Senior officials of law enforcement agencies have also weighed into the debate, offering their own efforts at clarification, while arguing that their powers to access information should be increased. The process is looking increasingly shambolic. ASIO head spook David Irvine made a rare public appearance on Friday, fronting a media conference with deputy commissioner of the Australian Federal Police, Andrew Colvin. “We don’t want to observe minutely everyone’s surfing of the web or anything like that,” he said.

 

“This is not some great mass sur­veillance exercise or mass invasion of privacy of every citizen in Australia.” He might find some people willing to debate him on that. “It is very carefully targeted against those people who give us good reason to suspect they may be engaged in activities which are a threat to national security and the lives of Australians. We might receive information that a certain IP address in Australia has been in contact frequently with one of the al-Qaeda websites operating in the Yemen. If we’d just been given a telephone number in the old days we would have gone and looked up a telephone book, but you don’t have telephone books for this. So, we would go to the ISP provider and say, ‘can you tell us who had that IP address, at that time, on that day, and they will say it’s person X, and this is the address.” Malcolm Turnbull is not on Cabinet’s National Security Committee, which announced the policy and leaked it to Rupert Murdoch’s News media group before the rest of the Government, including Turnbull, was even advised of it.

 

He reportedly had very strong words to say to his colleagues on the stupidity of this strategy. His reaction now seems justified, given the disastrous attempts by George Brandis and Prime Minister Abbott to explain the concept of metadata. Now Turnbull, not for the first time, has had to try to clean up a mess not of his own making. He and Brandis met with Telstra on Thursday, and were behind the idea of the press conference by ASIO and the AFP. Meanwhile opposition to the metadata retention proposals has grown, helped considerably by the publicity given the issue by the Government’s inept handling of it. It’s a classic balls-up. Outside of the Government and the agencies being given more money to confront the terrorist threat, it is hard to find anyone with a good word to say about the policy. One of the main arguments against it is the demonstrated reality that law enforcement and surveillance agencies, once given greater powers, tend to use them for purposes beyond their original intent. Edward Snowden’s revelations about the US National Security Agency’s abuse of its powers, and many documented occasions of Australian police forces misusing the data they can access, are testament to this. If data is available, it will be misused.

 

Then there is the cost of it all. Tony Abbott said it will cost nothing, because telcos and ISPs are already collecting the data the Government wants to access. This assertion has been roundly refuted, most recently by Optus, Australia’s second biggest telco. In an internal memo obtained by the Australian Financial Review, Optus said there were hundreds of pieces of information that could be regarded as metadata, and it stores different sorts of data for different periods, and much of it in a form not easily accessible. “The data which is held varies considerably between fixed, mobile, Internet and web mail services. There is no one definition of metadata. So, an important first stepis to seek a common language or definition. Placing an over-arching data-retention regimewith rapid or automated inquiry capability would be a non-trivial change and cost. Based on work done in 2010 and refreshed in 2012, a data retention regime could cost Optus in the order of $30 plus million to $200-plus million, depending on a range of assumptions about scope and definition.” But the Government is determined to press ahead. Turnbull’s admission that the policy is still being determined does not alter the fact that it remains the policy, and that eventually it will be translated into proposed legislation. Which, as we well know, does not mean it will become law. The Government then has to convince the Senate to pass whatever form its legislation ultimately takes. If it handles those negotiations in anything like the same ham-fisted way it has announced its intentions, a betting man would not give you very good odds of it getting through. The Government has only itself to blame.

From http://www.itwire.com 08/10/2014

TOP↑

NEW ZEALAND: Continues Reforming Public Service Towards More Open Government

 

The New Zealand Government will be presenting its Open Government Partnership (OGP) Action Plan in July, Internal Affairs Minister, Peter Dunne has announced. The action plan will be built around improving public services, increasing public integrity, more effectively management public resources and creating safer communities. OGP is an international partnership of 64 countries committed to making their governments more open accountable and responsive to citizens. The Government is committed to building greater transparency in public services, the Minister highlighted. Citizens can monitor the progress of public service reform programmes, such as the Better Public Services (BPS) programme for which progress reports are made available by the State Services Commission. “New Zealanders can judge for themselves how the Government is performing across the ten results areas [of the BPS programme]. Regularly communicating progress helps to engage citizens and businesses in the Government’s programme and provides a platform for greater citizen participation,” Dunne said.

 

The New Zealand Public Service is also engaging more with citizens in service design, using data more effectively to target interventions, joining forces to achieve results and shifting funding across traditional boundaries to change the way services are delivered. New Zealand is ranked first in the International Budget Partnership’s biannual Open Budget Survey and fourth out of 77 countries in the Global Open Data Barometer. “By joining the OGP, we know we must sustain and build on our success. We cannot simply sit back and rest on our laurels. We want to ensure that in a rapidly changing global environment we are well equipped to meet future challenges,” he concluded.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 06/02/2014

TOP↑

New Software 'To Simplifies ICT' for Govt Agencies

 

A new all-of-government office productivity software service will help agencies streamline their support systems as they focus on transforming their customer services, says Government Chief Information Officer, Colin MacDonald. The contract for Office Productivity as a Service (OPaaS) has been awarded to New Zealand company Datacom which will initially supply email and calendar services, including archiving and data loss prevention, to government agencies. Other services to be rolled out include file-sharing, mobility services, instant messaging and collaboration services. "OPaaS is the third building block in a suite of services designed to standardise and simplify ICT management in government agencies, help them work together, and make them more efficient and effective," he says. "OPaaS will be hosted in the cloud so agencies will always have access to the newest and most secure software without the need to manage these applications themselves. Agencies only pay for what they need, when they need it, without the need to own and maintain their own infrastructure. This saves money and frees agencies up to focus on creating the services customers want and expect," Mr MacDonald says. The new service complements two recently released cloud products, Desktop as a Service (DaaS) and Enterprise Content Management as a Service (ECMS). Mr MacDonald says the products are significant steps in improving and simplifying the government’s approach to ICT management within agencies, in line with the goals of the Government ICT Strategy and Action Plan to 2017 announced a year ago. "This is all part of the government’s drive to achieve ICT-enabled better public services." Internal Affairs worked with Department of Conservation, NZ Transport Agency, NZ Qualifications Authority and Ministry for Primary Industries to develop the OPaaS offering.

From https://nz.finance.yahoo.com/ 06/15/2014

TOP↑

 

New Zealand Government Departments Report Efficiency Gains from Open Data

 

72% of government departments in New Zealand have become more efficient by reusing other agencies’ data, according to the latest progress report on open government in the country. The 2014 Report on Agency Adoption of the New Zealand Declaration on Open and Transparent Government was published last week and shares progress on open government in New Zealand over the last one year. In particular, 28% of the departments saw “direct cost savings” from the reuse of their public data, the report said. Departments experienced gains from not having to collect the data again, improvements in data quality, less time taken to further analyse the data, and having direct access to the data instead of making separate requests, the report said. Departments are also releasing restricted datasets in secure environments to authorised users - an “unexpected consequence” of the government’s 2011 Declaration on Open and Transparent Government, the report noted. There is greater demand from authorised agencies and external researchers to use such data for analytics and evidence-based policy development. “Six departments are making changes to enable other departments and authorised users to use restricted data,” it added. The report also said that “departments need to be more vigilant about….applying the required Creative Commons licensing statements to their open data and publications to allow innovative third party re-use”. Currently, only a quarter of all departments place the default Creative Commons license on all their online and paper publications, it said. It added that 78% of new data released in 2014-15 will have more appropriate reuse licensing statements.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 07/15/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/e-Commerce.gif

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

 

 

EUROPE: New Report on State of EU Telecommunications Markets

 

The European Commission just published a report on the telecommunications market and regulation in the EU, showing that investment in the field starts to grow again, data traffic is growing quickly, together with an increase in VoIP calls. However, huge discrepancies still exist among EU countries.

 

The main findings of the report:

Industry revenues again declined in 2013 but investment is beginning to grow;

Use of traditional telephony services is decreasing as internet (VoIP) services become increasingly popular;

Data traffic is growing quickly;

Mobile voice call and data prices are higher in the EU than in the US, while the usage of mobile is higher in the US, resulting in a higher ‘average revenue per user’ in the US.

 

Only Denmark, Germany, Latvia and Malta met the 2012 target for the authorisation of the specific spectrum bands. 21 Member States did eventually meet the target in 2013, but the delay in assignment of the 800 MHz band has significantly slowed the roll-out of 4G mobile across the EU. The time needed to obtain permits to roll-out new networks ranges from a few days to years depending on where in the EU you are building the network. Most authorities still do not allow for electronic submission of requests.

From https://ec.europa.eu/ 07/23/2014

TOP↑

 

LATIN AMERICA: Brazil Seeks to Attract Overseas Players to 4G Auction

 

Analogue TV switch-off will commence in Brasilia in April 2016, freeing up 700-MHz spectrum for 4G services. The Brazilian government is keen to attract foreign players into the country via the upcoming auction of 700-MHz spectrum earmarked for 4G services. A delegation from the Ministry of Communications and telecoms regulator Anatel, headed by comms minister Paulo Bernardo, is visiting London and New York this week to share details of the auction, which is due to take place in August. The object of the exercise is to showcase the Brazilian telecoms market "in order to attract companies that do not operate in Brazil," the Ministry of Communications said in a statement. "The Brazilian market has shown significant advances in the broadband segment," the ministry said, noting that in the past four years the number of broadband accesses has grown by more than 1000% to 137.2 million. "And there is a great demand for the technology, which makes the country attractive for business," it said.

 

As it stands, the 700-MHz spectrum band is being used by analogue TV services. However, on Tuesday the ministry announced that the analogue switch-off will begin in April 2016 and will run until November 2018, freeing up the 700-MHz band for 4G. Brazil's capital cities will be the first to have their analogue signals turned off. First though, the country will undertake a pilot project in Rio Verde, in the state of Goiás, on 29 November 2015. The first city to have its analogue signals fully switched off will be the capital Brasilia in April the following year. S?o Paulo, Belo Horizonte, Goiania and Rio de Janeiro will follow later in 2016.

From http://www.totaltele.com/ 06/25/2014

TOP↑

 

NORTH AMERICA: Canada - 4 Key Parts for Any Digital Marketing Road Map to Success

 

So far in this three-part blog series, we’ve focussed on the growing domination of digital marketing to influence consumers and what’s needed to harness the digital channel for effective marketing. Today to conclude the series, we’re focusing on developing a roadmap to success in digital marketing.

 

1. Innovation and strategies

The best path for driving up marketing performances and conversions is by creating innovative customer experiences, and by creating specific strategies for media, brand, price and product. For example, brands such as P&G and Converse are already creating interactive experiences that are designed to capture their customers’ attentions and create tailored engagements. In a similar fashion, telecom companies use data analysis to help them create new innovations such as remote health checks or home monitoring systems.

 

2. The cross-channel experience

The transition between different channels, and in particular the transition between the digital and analogue world, needs to be made as seamless and as frictionless as possible. When a customer walks into a store to look at a product that they are thinking of purchasing and have reviewed online, the people in the store should already have an idea of what that customer wants, and should greet them in readiness of this. To enhance the cross-channel experience even further, companies need to look at ways of synchronizing the content across different platforms, from smart TVs to tablet and smartphone apps.

 

3. Enabling operations

Companies need to adopt approaches that are flexible and agile, to create technology and customer-focused business models that support an end-to-end marketing approach in order to deliver an interactive and relevant experience. Coca-Cola are among the business leaders in this approach – by merging their individual departments they are creating the necessary flexible approach.

 

4. Using analytics

To maximize the return on marketing resources, structured analytic techniques regarding customer data need to be undertaken. One of the roles for the CMO in this new marketing structure is to focus more on the customer, rather than the services and products offered by the company. A CMO is in fact becoming a CXO (Chief Experience Officer). In understanding customer behaviours along the entire purchasing journey a CXO will be able to manage the consumer experience in as streamlined and as synchronized a way as possible. This change in role with mean the CXO will become the new leader of the product management strategy by understanding how the connected consumer experience is driven across multiple channels. This will include strategic requirements such a flexible user interface and a unified way of looking at consumer data, and crucial enablers such as operating models and technology platforms. The CXO will also play a crucial role in making sure that a multi-channel approach plays the central role in the business’s strategy as a whole.

 

5. How a marketing organization matures

How a marketing organization matures, and how talented they become in driving their own destiny in the digital eco-system will be evaluated using three factors:

a) Unification

Most multi-brand companies concentrate upon the creation of efficiencies by unifying their marketing services across key sectors. Such an approach has so far only met with limited success as it remains the way of the business world for budgets to be fragmented, meaning that unified service groups still have to compete with external service providers for funding. The true working model needs to unify both local and global concerns in a way that can be managed at the local level.

 

b) Integration

Budgetary issues will remain between analogue and digital media as long as the digital realm is seen as being a separate marketing function. Recently, one company turned down offline media for a particular promotion in the belief that search marketing would generate the results that were desired. This decision resulted in an overall reduction in the volume of searches, which in turn led to a negative impact on the performance of the marketing program as a whole. This kind of experience will be repeated unless companies address the challenges of the addition of digital channels to the whole marketing infrastructure and adopt an integrated approach instead.

 

c) Talent mix

CMOs need to make such the marketing team they are building has the right mix of talents, as well as managing their own skill-set. Marketing functions urgently need to have the right kind of people on board who have expertise in engineering customer experiences. This will enable the team to address two core business capabilities: Cross-channel optimization – the ability to define patterns and exact opportunities in cross-channel information and data. Cross-channel management – the ability to create customer experiences that are optimized and integrated seamlessly across the different digital channels. Marketing departments need to focus on developing and broadening their digital capabilities as they move towards a fully integrated digital approach.

 

Moving beyond digital

The new role of the CMO and marketing departments means more than just a structural change. It means a complete change of the marketing mindset where the focus is upon embracing every aspect of digital channels to best serve the increasingly demanding consumers of today, and in as seamless a manner as possible. No one really anticipated how the internet would completely revolutionize nearly every aspect of human existence, and in particular how consumers now interact with the world of business and commerce. Companies need to be more proactive than reactive when the next stage of the digital revolution comes around, whatever form that may take. Businesses that keep an exact focus on creating personalized and relevant consumer experiences based on data analysis and emerging technologies will be the ones that are best prepared.

From http://www.itbusiness.ca/ 08/15/2014

TOP↑

 

U.S.: Minnesota Claims $27.4 Million in IT Savings

 

Legislative mandate to consolidate IT services has produced results, state leaders say. By consolidating previously sprawling IT services under one agency, the State of Minnesota has achieved $27.4 million in savings since 2012, according to Gov. Mark Dayton and MN.IT Commissioner Carolyn Parnell, the state's CIO. Gov. Dayton's office boasted of the savings in a press release issued this week. In an interview, Parnell said the $27.4 million number does not necessarily equate to a net savings across all of the operations because the state also recognized that it has been under-investing in certain areas and has tried to catch up. Still, on an apples-to-apples comparison of ongoing IT operations being run more efficiently now than they were before, the savings are real, she said. For example, as part of a data center consolidation project, the state has reduced the number of physical servers it manages by more than 60% and plans to reduce the number of state data centers from eight to three.

 

Minnesota also has taken the consolidation of IT operations much further than most states, Parnell said. "We are unique as a state, in that for us consolidation consisted of the entire stack of IT -- all the infrastructure, all the people, all the dollars, all the applications -- whereas most states stop at just the infrastructure," she said. "All IT employees report into my agency. We have all of the IT procurement and responsibility for all of the applications for every line of business. We have SLAs with every single agency." That degree of consolidation was mandated by a 2011 act of the legislature, which Gov. Dayton signed into law during his first year in office. Parnell joined the administration as one of his appointees, thinking she was taking charge of an organization of about 300 people that managed a relatively small number of enterprise services. The law put her in charge of a new agency, known as MN.IT Services, with responsibility for all information services in every state agency -- and a staff of more than 2,100. When the legislation was pending, Parnell spent a lot of time investigating whether it would be practical to pull off. "I was never out there lobbying for it, but by the time it passed I was convinced it was the right thing to do," she said.

 

"I was able to work with the legislative authors and tell them, 'I can guarantee you efficiencies, but nobody has ever looked at the IT footprint of the entire state. We may be underinvesting. So I cannot guarantee you savings, but I can guarantee you efficiencies,'" she said. The savings that were subsequently achieved are, sadly, not cash in hand that she gets to work with but "mostly cost avoidance," she said. To come up with the $27.4 million savings figure, she looked specifically at "easily quantifiable comparisons to prior purchases." These are mostly "the easy kinds of wins you get from consolidated procurement," she added. Some of the "softer" savings, not factored into that calculation, include the ability to more easily reassign IT staff between agencies now that they have been redefined as employees of MN.IT. Achieving savings has not required layoffs, partly because IT staff retirements are significant enough that attrition takes care of any reduction in staff required by leaner IT operations, she said.

 

Parnell said she manages with an emphasis on good communication, conducting annual listening tours in an effort to connect with IT staff in all the agencies. "They're the frontline experts, particularly in the unique needs each of the agencies have, and we can't afford to lose them," she said. To manage state IT services in a comprehensive way, Parnell's staff first had to develop an IT reference model with common definitions of IT services, so that their costs and metrics could be tracked in common terms. The state now operates more-central services, in what it calls the MN.IT cloud, and is taking advantage of software as a service (SaaS) offerings such as Gmail as the state email system. Through benchmark studies of other states, Parnell confirmed that Minnesota needed to spend more on some IT operations -- but at least it would be getting more for its money. MN.IT is also trying to show that it can innovate, for example by helping state agencies go mobile through projects such as the MN Report Card, an app for disseminating school performance data to students, parents, and teachers.

 

Bragging rights for savings come from more efficient operations for established services. There is still plenty of room for more efficiency, Parnell said. For example, the state has about 20 different case management systems in use by different health and human services agencies. "We're not going to go reduce the number of those systems immediately, but as systems come up for replacement or refreshment, we're going to look at whether there are opportunities for them to be shared among agencies -- or else, we can look at SaaS offerings." Although the consolidation push might to some extent have been made possible by the emergence of technologies such as virtualization, it was just as much a management issue. The redundancy that had grown up around IT operations across state government "probably didn't do anyone any favors," she said. However, whittling it down when "there had not really been any inventory of IT systems was kind of a daunting task," she added. "At the same time, we've been lining up with changes in the industry," Parnell said. "In terms of being able to take advantage of cloud offerings and software as a service, I think the timing is pretty good."

From http://www.informationweek.com/ 08/07/2014

TOP↑

 

Information Builders Brings Self-service Data Analysis to the Enterprise

 

Today at its 2014 Summit User Conference, Information Builders, a leader in business intelligence (BI) and analytics, information integrity and integration solutions, announced the launch of WebFOCUS InfoDiscovery. The web-based, self-service visual analytics tool is designed to help analysts, power users and business users visually analyze complex data, create insights and enhance decision-making across the organization. InfoDiscovery is a flexible solution that enables self-service visual analysis for all stakeholders, ensuring that the right tool or app is available to meet the given need and facilitating information access and sharing across the enterprise. InfoDiscovery enables analysts to retrieve and decipher data from spreadsheets, departmental databases, enterprise data warehouses and third-party data sources faster than ever before in a true self-service environment. The solution also allows power users to combine charts, graphs, maps and other data sources to create sophisticated visualizations and publish dashboards made accessible via InfoApps™. InfoDiscovery gives users the ability to visually analyze more data than ever before with the assurance that the data is secure, auditable, shared and governed.

 

InfoDiscovery's Server and Repository features enable users to share works in progress with other authors and facilitate collaboration as author numbers grow. Upon completion, visualization projects are housed in the solution's secure, adaptive InfoDiscovery Portal, which streamlines and accelerates the deployment of InfoDiscovery visualizations for all levels of users. Results can be easily shared as needed across other WebFOCUS environments for larger deployments. InfoDiscovery aggregates and visualizes large volumes of data from multiple business dimensions, allowing users to uncover critical findings that often go undetected in other summarized reports and dashboards. The solution also features advanced geographical analysis with the help of intuitive, compelling maps that blend spatially-related data with external demographic or market information. Mapping visualization helps users better understand customer trends, locate inventory and detect fraud.

 

Additional InfoDiscovery features include:

High-Speed Analytics Sandbox: The tool's hybrid, in-memory columnar data store can be used to house large volumes of data and enable lightning-fast retrieval, aggregation and calculation. Larger numbers of users can be accommodated without a massive drain on memory when multiple data sources are used with this technique. Massive Scalability: InfoDiscovery is easily scalable, even among users outside the firewall, and there is little degradation of processing speed or performance as the amount of users and data grows. Governance, Version Control and Auditing: Unlike other data discovery tools, InfoDiscovery allows users to "visualize responsibly" by offering metadata management, user monitoring, data quality management and enhanced security. This provides true accountability, eliminating flawed insights and inconsistent answers.

 

Enterprise-Class Security: InfoDiscovery delivers a robust out-of-the-box solution with security controls that can be administered at different levels to efficiently and seamlessly prevent data sharing with unauthorized users. Powerful security features include single sign-on, metadata-based deployment, multi-tenancy templates and a fine-grained security model. "Information is the fuel that drives companies forward. Helping key stakeholders easily access data and glean meaningful insight is critical for organizations looking to remain competitive in today's marketplace," said Gerald Cohen, president and CEO of Information Builders. "InfoDiscovery is designed to open up visual information access and analysis capabilities to a wide group of users, equipping even more stakeholders with the intelligence and insights needed to improve decision making. The launch of InfoDiscovery speaks to Information Builders' commitment to equip customers with the best BI and analytics solutions available today."

From http://finance.yahoo.com/ 06/10/2014

TOP↑

 

ALLDATA Collision Goes Mobile for Fast and Accurate Information

 

ALLDATA LLC, the leading provider of manufacturers' automotive repair information and solutions for the professional collision and automotive service repair industries, has launched ALLDATA Mobile for collision shops. "Productivity equates to profitability in collision shops," said ALLDATA President Jeff Lagges. "Working on a tablet frees estimators and technicians to access OEM information right where they need it -- at the car. Now, the same OEM information that Collision shops have been using on desktop and laptop computers is available wirelessly on a tablet." Adding the mobile capability to ALLDATA Collision S3500 gives estimators and technicians the power to quickly access OEM collision repair procedures, diagrams, diagnostic information and technical service bulletins anywhere in the shop. It saves even more time and ensures accurate vehicle selection by automatically recording and translating VINs directly from the vehicle. "ALLDATA Mobile for collision shops can greatly increase shop efficiencies," added Lagges. "These days, a competitive advantage goes to the shop with a reputation based on speed, accuracy and fairness. ALLDATA Mobile is an essential tool for ensuring a successful outcome."

From http://finance.yahoo.com/ 08/04/2014

 

TOP↑

 

 

Information Builders and Arrow to Expand Market Reach of Self-service Business Intelligence Solutions

 

Information Builders, a leader in business intelligence (BI) and analytics, information integrity and integration solutions, today announced its partnership with Arrow Enterprise Computing Solutions, a global provider of business computing solutions. The company will distribute Information Builders' WebFOCUS Express offering, a solution designed to deliver the advanced BI benefits enjoyed by large enterprises to smaller organizations. Information Builders' WebFOCUS Express offering helps business users transform data into knowledge without the need for IT. By putting the power in the hands of a broader user group, WebFOCUS Express allows smaller organizations -- or specific departments within larger organizations -- to obtain the far-reaching BI functionality traditionally limited to large enterprises or advanced analyst roles. The solution equips Arrow customers with the ability to integrate all information sources, improve business insight, facilitate faster responses, and enhance productivity.

 

"Robust BI and analytics solutions are tools that organizations of all types and sizes must actively use to achieve success in today's business environment," said Gerald Cohen, president and CEO of Information Builders. "All companies, regardless of size, should have access to the BI tools they need to understand and make positive use of the information generated by their organizations. Information Builders is thrilled to be partnering with Arrow to extend the power of BI to a greater pool of potential users and ensure that more companies have the tools needed to make informed decisions, improve business processes, and boost revenue." "The addition of Information Builders' WebFOCUS to the Arrow portfolio is key to building out our Analytics Solution Practice," said Mark Taylor, vice president of enterprise servers, systems, and software, Arrow ECS. "This product set will complement our current offerings with its proven performance, ease of use, and self-service abilities of WebFOCUS Express to organizations across the globe." Arrow will distribute two versions of WebFOCUS Express via its solution provider network, a software-only version for IBM Power Systems running Linux and an Intel version running both Linux and Windows. As part of the partnership, Arrow will also manufacture and distribute an IBM Power Systems Linux Appliance version of WebFOCUS Express in both North America and EMEA.

From http://finance.yahoo.com/ 08/13/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

 

 

CHINA: To Tighten Check on Online Sales of Food, Drugs

 

Checks on online sales of food and drugs will be tightened, China Food and Drug Administration (CFDA) said Wednesday.Online sellers should be licensed to sell food and drugs, according to a draft regulation on online sales of food and drugs unveiled by the CFDA to solicit public opinion.Manufacturers are required to obtain permits to sell food, health food, cosmetics, and medical apparatus and instruments online while drug producers and wholesalers are forbidden to sell products to online consumers.The CFDA will crack down on false advertising. Information about certain drugs is not allowed to be published online, including stupefacient, psychotropic substances and radiopharmaceuticals.According to the draft regulation, trading platforms are asked to check qualifications of food and drug sellers. 

From http://www.news.cn/ 05/28/2014

TOP↑

Taiwan's MediaTek, Acer Team for Internet of Things Development

 

MediaTek and Acer will cooperate in the Internet of Things sector to promote cloud applications, wearable devices, and the Internet of Things technologies.The news was announced during Computex Taipei 2014. The cooperation between MediaTek and Acer will focus on open platforms and it will be based on the Acer Open Platform.Stan Shih, chairman of Acer, and Ming-Kai Tsai, chairman of MediaTek, announced that with the cooperation, MediaTek will join Acer's Build Your Own Cloud project. In addition, the two parties will team to develop the Internet of Things and wearable device business opportunities.Shih said that the cooperation between MediaTek and Acer is like the cooperation between Intel and Microsoft 30 years ago. However, the two parties will not have the "winner takes all" concept, and they will only fight for cloud computing business opportunities.Financial terms of the deal were not revealed.

From http://www.chinatechnews.com/ 06/13/2014

TOP↑

 

Tencent Cloud Opens Outside Mainland China While Foreign Tech Still Blocked Inside Country

 

Tencent Cloud will officially launch its Hong Kong data center by the end of this week, marking the start of the Chinese Internet giant's globalization strategy in the cloud computing sector.Tencent Cloud's Hong Kong data center will reportedly focus on the Asia Pacific, Europe and American regions, providing comprehensive cloud computing services to those marketplaces. With Hong Kong's outstanding network hardware environment, Tencent Cloud's new data center will use an international BGP line, which is currently the fastest network line in the world. It has direct connections to America via a submarine cable, which will ensure the fast connections to Tencent Cloud's host.Tencent Cloud's Hong Kong data center will adopt an advanced modular data center technology, effective green energy technology, and next-generation hardware technology. While carrying a large amount of applications, it can effectively reduce server costs. In addition, users will be able to choose customized products based on their actual needs.Prior to this, Chinese Internet companies who wanted to expand into overseas markets needed to build local servers, which meant huge hardware investments and legal and recording formalities.

 

With the help of Tencent Cloud's servers in Hong Kong, those companies will be able to rapidly and conveniently implement their overseas businesses.While the rest of the world is making it easier for Chinese companies to setup server operations overseas, this still doesn't make it easier going the other way — foreign companies are still unable to setup Internet Service Provider facilities and gain an ISP license in China to directly control and run server farms or cloud computing services. For example, Amazon is beta testing its nascent Amazon Web Services cloud offering in China with its partner ChinaNetCenter. But Amazon can not directly own or run its servers in China, and its clients must also go through huge formalities to gain Internet Content Provider licenses prior to actually running any services with Amazon. Amazon must work with Chinese-owned ChinaNetCenter if it wants to do business in China.Competitors like Aliyun and Tencent Cloud are currently not making great pains to require ICP licenses from their clients, so this puts Amazon at a huge sales disadvantage in their growth plans for China.Aliyun, Alibaba's cloud computing subsidiary, previously opened its cloud computing data center in Hong Kong in May 2014.

From http://www.chinatechnews.com/ 06/25/2014

TOP↑

 

Suning Launches Crowdsourcing Services for Chinese Hardware Startups

 

Chinese electronics retailer Suning Commerce Group announced the launch of its crowdsourcing platform, which creates a one-stop service platform from innovation to sales for consumers and developers.Suning said that the sales goal of this platform is CNY25 billion in 2015 and it is expected to reach CNY45 billion by 2017.Wang Zhe, executive vice president for Suning's product operation headquarters, said that Suning's crowdsourcing platform is a comprehensive solutions provider, offering crowdsourcing services for businesses at various stages of growth. He says that Suning will provide its full industrial supply chain of crowdsourcing resources, covering industrial design, product development, big data, cloud service, content services, financing, manufacturing, quality control, brand licensing, marketing, sales channels, logistics management, and post-sales services.Suning's crowdsourcing platform will first focus on 3C, home appliances, and Internet smart hardware products; and the company will then expand into maternal and child products and daily commodities sectors.Suning will use media resources and online and offline resources to promote the products of the companies involved in the program. In addition, the company will initially invest CNY1 billion to set up a fund for those Chinese enterprises that want a boost within the system.

From http://www.chinatechnews.com/ 07/13/2014

TOP↑

 

Midea Predicts Profit Up 50% as Alibaba Cloud Strategy Takes Hold

 

Chinese home appliances group Midea is expecting a huge jump in its 2014 earnings.The company published its semi-annual performance prediction for 2014, stating that during the first six months of 2014, the company's net profit is expected to increase by between 45% and 60% over the same period of last year; its earnings will reach between CNY6.059 billion and CNY6.686 billion; and its earnings per share will be about CNY1.44 to CNY1.59.Prior to this announcement, Midea's executives were increasing investment in the company's stock and the total investment reached CNY122 million. This represented their confidence in the performance of the company.Midea Group said that since the beginning of 2014, when the company launched its smart home strategy named M-Smart and teamed with Alibaba for cloud computing strategic cooperation, the company's prospects have improved. With those moves, Midea aims to apply "Internet thinking and technologies" to promote an industrial model and operations model transformation of its traditional home appliances industry. In 2013, Midea reportedly completed the development of its smart products in eight categories. For 2014, they will accelerate the launch of new smart products and plan to develop 25 product categories.In addition, Midea will enhance e-commerce development. In March 2014, the company established its own e-commerce subsidiary responsible for its flagship store on Tmall.com and the operation of its official online store. The e-commerce company will adopt big data technology to analyze user purchase behavior to help improve development, manufacturing, logistics, e-commerce IT system, and member management systems.For logistics, Midea's wholly-owned logistics subsidiary has already established 143 service platforms, covering 31 provinces, cities, and autonomous regions in China. It has a warehousing area of 4.5 million square meters, over 10,000 controllable vehicles, and six major warehouses in Beijing, Shanghai, Hubei, Sichuan, Zhejiang, and Guangdong, respectively. The company plans to add four more warehouses in Liaoning, Shandong, Jiangsu, and Xi'an in the future.

From http://www.chinatechnews.com/ 07/22/2014

TOP↑

Chinese Internet Shoppers Gain More Payment Options for Overseas Buys

 

Chinese Internet payment service provide Alipay has reached a deal with American online payment company Stripe to provide enhanced overseas shopping payment experience to Chinese users.With the cooperation, Alipay's Chinese users will be able to complete payment at overseas vendors who can accept payment via Stripe.Patrick Collison, co-founder and chief executive officer of Stripe, said by using Stripe's payment software, vendors will be able to tell if the customers are from Chinese mainland, and they can provide an Alipay payment option to those customers. Collison said that at present, Stripe allows online vendors to implement trading with 139 kinds of currency as well as Bitcoin. The company also plans to cooperate with popular online payment service providers in regions where the credit card is not commonly used.During Stripe's financing in January 2014, the company's evaluation reached USD1.75 billion. Its investors included Khosla Ventures, Sequoia Capital, and Founders Fund. Over its four-year operation, Stripe has gained over USD120 million from investors.Over the past year, Alipay has been expanding into overseas markets and now allows Chinese users to pay at more overseas vendors. The company's latest cooperation includes a partnership with South Korean e-commerce website Lotte.com.

From http://www.chinatechnews.com/ 07/25/2014

TOP↑

 

Chinese Internet Group Buying Hits New High as Older Websites Die

 

China's Internet group buying trading volume reached a new peak of CNY5.93 billion in June, representing a year-on-year increase of 127%.Chinese independent group buying navigation website Tuan800.com recently published its Chinese group buying market statistics report for June 2014, which stated that 95.229 million people participated in group buying during the month, a year-on-year increase of 110%; and the number of group buying options available in the month reached 1.18 million, a year-on-year increase of 196%.In addition, the report revealed that during the first half of 2014, China's group buying trading volume reached CNY29.43 billion. Though it set the record of best semi-annual performance again, the result did not meet expectations, which was CNY31.51 billion for the first half of 2014.Among various group buying products, dining and hotels were the fastest growing sectors and they both realized 1.3 times increase over the same period of last year. During the first six months of 2014, the trading volume of the food and dining group buying was CNY16.66 billion, a net increase of CNY9.54 billion year-over-year; while the trading value of hotel group buying was CNY3.29 billion, a net increase of CNY1.83 billion.The report showed that the trading value of the top five Chinese group buying websites accounted for over 99% of the total trading value and the number of group buying websites continued to decrease in the country. By June 2014, there were only 176 group buying websites left in China, which means the survival rate was only 3.5% since there were 5,058 such websites in August 2011.

From http://www.chinatechnews.com/ 07/29/2014

TOP↑

 

Alibaba's Cloud Gaming Platform Hopes to Foster Family Values

 

Even though its founder pledged to avoid online gaming because his son developed an online game addiction, Alibaba has now launched its own cloud gaming platform.Cloud gaming at Alibaba aims to merge game interaction and data operation on cloud servers and transmit the real-time pictures back to the TV screens of users. With this new service, users will be able to play games via Internet TV and high-speed broadband without downloading games.For the initial stage, Alibaba's cloud gaming platform reached a deal with EA's "Need for Speed", Konami's "World Soccer Winning Eleven 2014", 2K's "NBA2K14", and Warner Bros. Interactive Entertainment's "Batman: Arkham City". In the future, the platform plans to introduce over 50 cloud games.Meanwhile, content and game providers like Wasu, EA, Gameloft and Glu Mobile will become partners of Alibaba, aiming to develop film, TV, music, game and education sectors in the future. So far, Alibaba and Wasu have jointly offered 6,000 films, 150,000 hours of TV programs, and 1,000 episodes of variety shows on Alibaba's platform.Statistics provided by Alibaba to local media revealed that Chinese families spend 3.8 hours on average on entertainment each day. Of that total, 12.7% of them watch TV, 40% play on their smartphones, and 60% of family members said they did not communicate at home. Liu Chunning, president for Alibaba's digital entertainment business unit, said that they want to change the situation and bring the family together again through these games.Jack Ma, founder of Alibaba, is known in the Chinese Internet community for discouraging his company from entering the online game sector in the past. The son of Ma and his wife Zhang Ying apparently was an online game addict a few years ago, and the affliction apparently impacted Ma's investment focus. There is no word from Alibaba why the company has shifted its focus to games now.

From http://www.chinatechnews.com/ 07/31/2014

TOP↑

 

Lenovo's Internet Business Platform Unveils Smart Consumer Products

 

Lenovo Group announced in Beijing that the company has launched an Internet business platform named Lenovo New Business Development and the platform also released the first batch of three innovative products: smart glasses, smart air purifier, and smart router.Adopting equity participation and collaboration methods, Lenovo NBD opens its software and hardware development, market, channel, and service resources to the world's top start-up teams. With this model, Lenovo will work together with those teams to develop products that better meet customer demands and provide smarter products and services.As the first move of Lenovo NBD, this platform launched its first batch products, covering smart glasses, smart air purifier, and smart router. The smart glasses have two modes, which are M100 for industrial users and New Glass for ordinary consumers. The products are results of Lenovo's cooperation with U.S. Vuzix and Beijing Yunshi Zhitong, respectively. Both products are specially designed for Chinese users with a Chinese-language operating environment and applications.The smart air purifier products include LUFTMED D300, LUFTMED D600 and New Air X330, which were development by Lenovo and Germany-based Luftmed. Those products can reportedly filter PM2.5 particles by over 99% and can realize up to 500-cubic-meter air circulation each hour.In addition, the smart router named Newifi developed by Lenovo and Chengdu Diting Technology can prevent Internet phishing and fraud. It also features a user-friendly interface, offline download, and private cloud application.Apart from the new products, NBD's online platform NewBD.com was also launched. This platform has three major sectors: product introduction, B2C sales, and fan community. With this platform, users can gain pre-sales and post-sales services; while developers will gain Lenovo's technical support as well as view user feedback.

From http://www.chinatechnews.com/ 08/01/2014

TOP↑

 

Wanda Will Invest CNY5 Billion for E-commerce Development

 

Wang Jianlin, chairman of Wanda Group, announced during the company's semi-annual work conference that the company will focus CNY5 billion to enhance the group's online commerce efforts.Wang revealed that Wanda will cooperate with China's largest e-commerce providers to establish Wanda e-commerce and the first-phase investment will be estimated at CNY5 billion. Wanda e-commerce aims to discover a profit-making model in about three years.According to information revealed by Wang, Wanda Group's assets reached CNY460 billion in the first half of 2014, a year-on-year increase of 21%; and its revenue was CNY92.07 billion, a year-on-year increase of 24% and achieving 38% of the annual target of the company.Meanwhile, Wang said that during the first half of 2014, the customer traffic of Wanda Plaza retail outlets reached over 720 million people, marking a significant increase compared with the 500 million people during the same period of last year. The total customer traffic for the entire year of 2014 is expected to reach over 1.5 billion people.

From http://www.chinatechnews.com/ 08/05/2014

TOP↑

 

Priceline Invests in China's Top Internet Travel Company

 

U.S.-based Priceline Group Inc. is investing USD500 million through a convertible bond to grab up to 10% of China-based online travel firm Ctrip.com International Ltd.With the investment, Ctrip has granted Priceline permission to acquire Ctrip shares in the open market over the next twelve months, so that combined with shares convertible under the bond, Priceline may hold up to 10% of Ctrip's outstanding shares. Upon purchase of the convertible bond, Priceline will acquire the right to appoint an observer to the Ctrip board of directors.Expanding on the existing commercial relationship established in 2012, the global partnership between the world's largest online travel group and China's largest online travel company will significantly promote tourism to and from China by allowing Ctrip's customers to reach Priceline's global portfolio of over 500,000 accommodations outside of Greater China, and Priceline Group's customers to reach Ctrip's over 100,000 accommodations in Greater China.The new terms of the agreement build upon a history of cross-promoting accommodations inventory between the companies.

From http://www.chinatechnews.com/ 08/07/2014

TOP↑

 

JAPAN: Mobile Phone Carriers Must Stop Corralling Customers with SIM Cards

 

If cell phone subscribers can receive services from other mobile phone carriers without changing their actual phones, the convenience of using mobile phones will be greatly improved. In using mobile phones, including smartphones, customers insert a subscriber identity module (SIM) card containing their subscription information into the phone before using it. Each mobile phone company puts “SIM locks” on the handsets so that subscribers cannot use their cell phones with other firms’ SIM cards, with the aim of preventing customers from switching to other companies. If customers transfer to other companies, they have to buy new phones from the companies to which they want to switch. The Internal Affairs and Communications Ministry intends to oblige mobile phone carriers to remove SIM locks for handsets from fiscal 2015 as corralling customers with the locks narrows the range of customers’ choices for phones and service providers. Each time customers change to other mobile phone companies, they have to also stop using phones which they had long used, a situation with which many mobile phone users may not be satisfied. It is natural that mobile phone carriers are being ordered to remove the SIM locks. The three major mobile phone carriers—NTT Docomo, KDDI and SoftBank—have monopolized the market with an almost uniform set of services and rates. In other countries, such as the United States and European nations, mobile phone carriers, in many cases, are obliged to remove SIM locks after a certain period of time after a subscription begins.

 

In 2010, the communications ministry asked mobile phone firms on a voluntary basis to remove their SIM locks, but there has been limited success. It can be said that the mobile phone industry has not changed its negative approach to the ministry’s request, resulting in the ministry resorting to ordering them to do so. Mobile virtual network operators, which offer communication services at a low rate, have recently appeared, but they hold only a 4 percent share in the market. In taking advantage of the removal of SIM locks, it is expected that the number of new entrants into the market will increase, which will lead to the diversification of rates and communication services. If mobile phone companies do not take a user-unfriendly approach to the order, such as by setting a high fee for removing the locks, the effectiveness of having the locks removed will not be seen. We hope each mobile phone company will respond actively to the ministry’s move.

 

In some cases, voice telephone communication did not work well when customers changed to other companies’ SIM cards. Mobile phone companies are required to explain the possibility of such trouble to customers in an earnest manner. It cannot be denied that corralling customers with SIM locks has fostered a fruitless competition for customers. In the mobile phone industry, a business practice continues wherein mobile phone companies pay sales agents an incentive so that the agents can largely discount the smartphones, which are originally priced at tens of thousands of yen, and entice customers of other companies’ phones to change to their subscription. The business practice is beneficial for those who often change their smartphones. However, the incentive money is covered by communication fees paid by users. If long-time subscribers are ignored in such a manner, many of them will express their discontent. Mobile phone companies need to become aware of the stern look coming from their customers.

From http://the-japan-news.com 07/10/2014

TOP↑

 

SOUTH KOREA: Online Shops Explore Overseas Markets on Korean Wave

 

When Park Tae-hak opened an online men's clothing shop in 2009, he found the domestic market too small and competitive. Rather than struggling in the saturated local market, Park decided to take his outfits to fashion-conscious youngsters abroad who were developing an appetite for the K-pop star style. In 2012, he opened his online shopping mall in three foreign languages -- English, Chinese and Japanese -- and provided international shipping and customer service. Overseas sales that year tripled from 2009 as customers in Asia, North America and Europe began shopping at his mall.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 06/11/2014

TOP↑

 

Online Mall for Best Korean Products Opens to Overseas Buyers

 

South Korea's international trade agency said Tuesday it has opened an online shopping mall showcasing the best products and cultural contents made by local firms for easy purchase from overseas. The Korea International Trade Association (KITA) said the new Kmall24 (Kmall24.com) aims to make transactions easy for buying local products from overseas, a win-win arrangement for both buyers and sellers.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 06/24/2014

TOP↑

 

Science Ministry Urges Tech Firms to Expand Investment

 

South Korea's science ministry said Tuesday it has called on local technology firms to expand facility investment, adding a reduction in their capital spending may crimp the country's economy down the road.  "Investment in the information and communication technology (ICT) sector, which lies at the core of the country's economy by leading exports, recently lost its momentum," said Choi Mun-kee, who heads the Ministry of Science, ICT and Future Planning, during his meeting with leaders of major local tech players.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 06/24/2014

TOP↑

 

Gov't to Boost Fair Competition Among MVNOs

 

South Korea's science ministry said Wednesday it plans to limit the market share of mobile virtual network operators (MVNOs) affiliated with major carriers to provide more leeway for smaller players in the competitive mobile market. Under the latest plan, the Ministry of Science, ICT and Future Planning said it will cap at 50 percent the combined market share of MVNO arms of the three major local mobile carriers -- SK Telecom Co., KT Corp. and LG Uplus Corp.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 06/25/2014

TOP↑

SK Telecom Forges Ties with Nokia for 5G

 

South Korea's top mobile carrier SK Telecom Co. said Wednesday it has forged ties with Finland-based Nokia Corp. to exchange technologies and know-how to develop the fifth-generation (5G) network. Under a memorandum of understanding, the two firms will also make efforts to establish grounds for the standardization of 5G base stations, and test-run various solutions and applications that work under the latest network, SK Telecom said.  SK Telecom said the two parties will be able to take the lead in the development of the next-generation technology by combining its network-operating know-how and Nokia's capability in facility development.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 06/25/2014

TOP↑

 

Korean Firms Top in Smartphone Patent Applications

 

Korea’s two largest makers of high-tech -- Samsung Electronics and LG Electronics -- have made the most patent applications in the world in the fields of mobile phones and semiconductors, a report announced on June 23. Samsung also secured the largest number of patent applications in the smart media sector. In 2013, Samsung Electronics ranked top in the number of patent applications in the mobile phone, semiconductor and smart media sectors, according to a report titled “2014 State of Innovation: Twelve Key Technology Areas and Their Status of Innovation," released by U.S.-based news company Thompson Reuters. Samsung had 2,179 patent applications in mobile telephony, 1,362 patent applications in semiconductor materials and processes and 245 in smart media areas. These three areas are considered to be the core of smartphone technology. LG followed with 1,678 patent applications for mobile phones, followed by Qualcomm of the U.S. with 1,383 patent applications. Sony, Panasonic and SHARP, all of Japan, followed suit, with 1,071, 976 and 963 applications, respectively.

 

LG ranked second in semiconductor materials and processes with 1,223 patent applications. TSMC of Taiwan ranked third, with 1,057 patent applications, followed by Toshiba of Japan and IBM of the U.S., with 1,045 and 1,036 patent applications each. In the smart media sector, Samsung was followed by Toshiba, Toppan Printing, Sony and Panasonic. Apart from mobile telecommunication devices and the semiconductor sector, Samsung ranked ninth in the number of patent applications in the medical devices sector, with 246 applications, and ranked eighth in the alternative powered vehicles sector with 444 applications. LG became the fifth largest patent application holder in the world in the domestic appliances sector with 319 applications. According to the report, most patent applications are made in the computing and peripherals industry, with 301,043 applications. That accounts for 31 percent of the total number of applications. The telecommunications and automotive sectors followed, with 125,932 patent applications and 123,009 applications each, accounting for 13 percent of the total number of applications.

From http://www.korea.net 06/27/2014

TOP↑

S. Korean Tech Firms in Race for Extended Battery Life

 

South Korea's major tech players have expanded the battery capacities of their flagship smartphones over the past years, data showed Monday, as they engaged in a fierce competition over wider displays and faster networks. Samsung Electronics Co., the world's No. 1 maker of handsets, saw its battery capacity of the Galaxy 5S model reach 2,800mAh, up 87 percent from the 1,500mAh posted by the Galaxy S smartphone released in June 2010.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 07/07/2014

TOP↑

 

Korea Tops Connectivity, E-Trade Lists

 

Korea has recently been assessed as having the most developed international trading environment and Internet environment among the Group of Twenty (G20) economies, according to the “e-Trade Readiness Index,” published on July 15 by the Economist Intelligence Unit (EIU), a research institute that is part of the British weekly The Economist. In the report, the EIU assessed the G20 countries' e-trade readiness across five categories: investment climate, Internet environment, international trading environment, regulatory and legal framework and e-payment systems. In the report, Korea came first in two categories: the international trading environment and the Internet environment. The country was ranked fifth in terms of e-payment systems, eighth in the regulatory and legal framework and 12th, tied with Russia, in terms of investment climate.

The report stated that, “Developed countries exhibit mature and efficient international trade mechanisms which place them near the top of this category in the e-Trade Readiness Index.” It mentioned Korea, which took the top spot in this regard. The EIU praised Korea by saying that it is, “one of the top three countries for customs efficiency for imports and exports in both cost and the time it takes,” the other two being Australia and the U.S. The report also highly valued Korea’s international trade environment, saying that, “South Korea, which ranks at the top of the Internet environment category, exemplifies the link between policy efforts to get people and businesses online in the first instance and then to encourage them to use the Internet.” “The top three countries in the Index -- Australia, South Korea and the US -- generally score well across the five components of the Index,” said the EIU. The report said that these countries have “wealthy middle classes with good broadband access and skilled Internet usage.” In regard to e-commerce, the report said that the three countries have, “strong infrastructure and efficient customs administration,” and a competitive environment for e-payments with high usage.

From http://www.korea.net/ 07/21/2014

TOP↑

S. Korean Manufacturing Wanes, IT on Forefront

 

South Korea's industrial landscape has changed dramatically in the last three years as the manufacturing industry, the country's traditional growth engine, shrank in the wake of a global economic slowdown while the information technology and electronics sectors arose as the new market leaders, data showed Monday. The aggregate value of listed firms in the nation's main stock market tallied 1.19 quadrillion won (US$1.15 trillion) as of July 31, a 4.7 percent surge from Aug. 3, 2011, according to data compiled by CEO Score, which tracks the nation's big business groups. The comparison dates were the two most recent periods when the KOSPI, the benchmark stock market index, went over 2,080 points.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 08/04/2014

TOP↑

 

IoT Market Potential Not as High in S. Korea: Report

 

The Internet of Things (IoT) industry, hailed by many as a new source of profit across the world, may not be such a lucrative market for South Korea, a report said Monday, cautioning firms to look for ways to utilize the concept to fit local industries and needs. "The biggest anticipation for the IoT lies in its application to already existing devices, rather than the creation of new ones," according to the report by DigiEco, a research arm of KT Corp.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 08/11/2014

TOP↑

 

S. Korean Firms Grab 68 Pct Share of Global Dram Market in Q2

 

Samsung Electronics Co., the world's top memory chip maker, and smaller local rival SK hynix Inc. accounted for 68 percent of the global dynamic random access memory (DRAM) market in the second quarter, industry data showed Sunday. According to the data compiled by market researcher DRAMeXchange, the combined market share of Samsung and SK hynix climbed 3 percent on-quarter in the April-June period, well ahead of the 25.7 percent combined market share for U.S. companies and the 6.3 percent for Taiwanese competitors.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 08/17/2014

TOP↑

 

Website Operators Banned from Storing ID Numbers

 

Website operators can no longer keep resident registration numbers that had been collected in their servers after a two-year grace period expired on Sunday, the Korea Communications Commission (KCC) said. The data privacy law was enacted in August 2012 as part of government efforts to prevent identity theft following a series of hackings into the nation's large portals and financial companies.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 08/17/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

 

 

MYANMAR: Beginning to Sell Cheap SIM Cards to Enhance Mobile Phone Coverage

 

Ooredoo Myanmar, the local unit of Qatar-based telecom operator Ooredoo telecom, on Saturday began to sell low-priced SIM cards in three Myanmar cities amid the government's efforts to enhance mobile phone coverage in Myanmar. Ross Cormack, CEO of Ooredoo Myanmar, said at a press conference here that free calls and free internet usage are being offered for a trial period of two weeks. The Ooredoo SIM card will be sold at a price of about 1.5 U.S. dollars. Previously, a SIM card cost about 100 U.S. dollars in the impoverished Southeast Asian country, according to media reports. The cards will be available in 68 cities and towns by Aug. 15, and will be available in 450 cities and towns with a population of 25 million by the end of the year, according to Cormack. Mobile phones remained a luxury for ordinary Myanmar people as recently as two years ago due to the high prices of SIM cards. The nationwide mobile phone coverage had reached about 10 percent of the population early this year. The government is implementing a plan to increase the mobile phone coverage to 50 percent of the population by March 2015, and 80 percent by March 2016, according to official figures. Myanmar opened its telecom market and gave operator licenses to Ooredoo and Norwegian Telenor group early this year in a bid to solve the financial and technical problems facing the country's telecom sector.

From http://news.xinhuanet.com/ 08/02/2014

TOP↑

 

SINGAPORE: Telco Operator SingTel Begins Doubling 4G Service Speed

 

SingTel, one of the main telecommunication operators in Singapore, announced on Wednesday that it has begun doubling the speed of its 4G network, from the original 150 Mbps to 300 Mbps. It said the first live site at Singapore Expo is now ready for service, representing the first live 4G service which offers data speeds of up to 300 Mbps. By the end of the year, more than half of the island will be covered, including areas such as the CBD, Changi Airport and popular shopping malls. Nationwide upgrade is expected to be completed by the end of next year, the company added. SingTel's 4G download speeds are now up to 150 Mbps, with typical speeds of 7.5 Mbps to 50 Mbps. SingTel also announced that its mobile users will be able to roam on a 4G network in China for the first time. It will cost the users 20 Singapore dollars (16 U.S. dollars) per day. SingTel is said to offer the unlimited 4G data usage via its partner China Mobile, one of the country's largest mobile operators. Johan Buse, SingTel's vice president of consumer marketing, said: "As the second most popular destination for Singapore travelers, China is an important addition to our global 4G roaming network."

From http://news.xinhuanet.com/ 05/28/2014

TOP↑

 

Singapore Government and IBM to Improve Public Transport with Big Data Analytics

 

Singapore’s Land Transport Authority (LTA) this week announced plans to use analytics to predict travel patterns and make the city’s public transport system more efficient. LTA is the government agency responsible for planning, operating and maintaining Singapore’s land transport infrastructure and systems. Along with IBM, LTA will create a “Fusion Analytics for Public Transport Emergency Response (FASTER)” blueprint for better crowd management and improved information services using data analytics. This will provide situational awareness, impact prediction and actionable insights for mitigating any anticipated impact. As part of this collaboration, LTA and IBM will also work to combine farecard data and information from industry partners, SMRT and StarHub. SMRT, one of Singapore’s largest public transport providers, will provide video data from selected mass rapid transit (MRT) stations in the city. StarHub, a telecommunications company in Singapore, will provide anonymised telecommunications data for aggregate-level mobility analysis. LTA’s Chief Executive, Chew Hock Yong, shared, “Through this research collaboration with IBM, SMRT and StarHub, we endeavour to harness intelligence from the myriad of data collected. In turn, these analytics will enable us and transport operators to better manage public transport incidents and special events through improved resource allocation and pre-emptive crowd management.”

 

The farecard data indicates how many commuters are entering and leaving the transit stations and telecommunications data will estimate where the travellers come from and where they are headed after leaving the station. This aggregated data gives a mobility pattern of Singapore’s commuters. This initiative will enable transport operators and authorities to provide better information services to their employees and passengers. It’s a move towards creating a more citizen-centric, intelligent and integrated public transport system to improve mobility and liveability in Singapore. “City leaders can now monitor, measure and manage a wide range of city services to predict future effects and perform ‘what-if’ scenario analysis to actively manage the negative impacts of an unplanned incident or special event,” added Janet Ang, Managing Director, IBM Singapore.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 06/04/2014

TOP↑

 

Singapore Government Showcases 3D Urban Mapping on Newest Commercial District

 

The Singapore government is using a smart 3D mapping tool to run large scale simulations to guide the planning, design and development of its newest commercial area, the Urban Redevelopment Authority (URA) told a gathering of 15,000 geospatial professionals yesterday. Using the Jurong Lake District, an up and coming 70-hectare largest commercial area outside the city center, as an example, Eugene Lau, Executive Architect, Conservation and Urban Design Group and Victor Chua, Senior Systems Analyst of the Information Systems and Geospatial Group showed how simulations can help city planners visualise different building forms and their impact to surrounding environment. For instance, planners can conduct shadow studies on proposed developments to determine how public spaces can be shaded for better comfort. “We can map population density and render it like a heat map over the district, or simulate traffic to see how the development will affect traffic in the entire region,” said Lau. “We plan to preserve a number of views and the 3D city model helps us check if these views are obstructed as we plan new buildings in the area. For example, the pagoda should remain visible from the train station. The line of sight is shown as the yellow area on the map so buildings in between these landmarks do not exceed the required height,” he continued. Lau and Chua were speaking at the 35th annual Esri User Conference in San Diego USA yesterday, demonstrating how URA is using Esri’s CityEngine to transform 2D town planning data into interactive 3D city models.

 

In a separate press statement, URA’s Director of Information Systems, Applications, Goh Siow Chong said, “As the land use planning authority of Singapore, URA constantly seeks new ideas, innovative technologies and smart solutions to make better planning decisions and overcome challenges.” “Our collaboration with Esri Inc. and Esri Singapore is a fruitful experience. Esri brings on board their expertise in advanced 3D geospatial technology, enabling us to create 3D simulations of various planning scenarios to better plan for a more liveable and inclusive environment.” Esri Singapore CEO Thomas Pramotedham said using GIS technology to enable a greater understanding of future developments is key to ensuring Singapore remains one of Asia’s most dynamic urban centres. “As one of the world’s fastest growing cities, it is important that Singapore leverages smart technologies to ensure ongoing developments can meet the needs of citizens now and in the future,” said Pramotedham. “URA’s approach to using 3D GIS technology is incredibly progressive, and serves as a benchmark and inspiration for other countries around the world.” “The fact the URA was invited to deliver a presentation to more than 15,000 of the world’s leading GIS professionals is testament to the outstanding and industry-leading work they are achieving in this field.” URA and Esri will continue to develop the software’s localised rules and building templates to build up the 3D model base, overlay rich GIS layers and over time, create a rich 3D city information model that could be useful for multiple purposes beyond urban planning.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 07/16/2014

TOP↑

 

4G Plans in Singapore Are Changing Telcos' Game

 

More people are upgrading to 4G plans and busting their mobile data limits, putting an extra penny in telcos' pockets. SingTel, StarHub and M1 recently reported that between 54 per cent and 58 per cent of all their postpaid mobile subscribers are on tiered data plans, most of which are 4G ones. These plans come with data usage capped at as low as 100MB, depending on price tiers. These replaced the generous 3G plans, all of which came with a much higher 12GB cap, but which have not been on sale since September 2012. Telcos realised they could no longer keep up with rising mobile data traffic if they did not charge people based on usage. To convince customers to switch to tiered data plans, telcos dangled handsome 4G handset subsidies and the promise of faster surfing on new 4G networks. Many consumers bought into it, leading to the current situation: a growing proportion of tiered data users busting their data limits. Today, between 18 and 20 per cent of all tiered data users - as opposed to about 10 per cent early last year - are paying more for exceeding their bundles.

 

This works out to 500,000 people across the three telcos paying extra every month. As a double whammy, all telcos have nearly doubled the rates for excess mobile data use since January. SingTel and M1 charge S$10.70 (US$8.59) for each extra gigabyte (GB), capped at S$188 (US$150.96) a month, while StarHub charges S$8.56 (US$6.87) per GB, capped at S$85.60 (US$68.74) a month. Analysts say that many consumers are busting their monthly caps as they have yet to change their habits. Nomura Securities managing director Sachin Gupta said: "Have a look on trains and buses: People are glued to their handheld screens for their Korean drama or YouTube fix." While there are smartphone apps that help people track their data consumption, most are not using such apps. Singapore analyst Clement Teo at United States-based market research firm Forrester said that keeping tabs like this "is not natural behaviour". Meanwhile, the faster 4G network is letting people download more data, making it harder not to use more of their allowance.

 

The next step for some users is to upgrade to pricier plans with higher data allowances. One person who has done that is engineer John Wong. After busting his 3GB limit by 5GB earlier this year, he upgraded his data bundle to 7GB the next month. "I'm trying to use public Wi-Fi as much as possible to stay below my current limit," said Wong, 36.Maybank Kim Eng analyst Gregory Yap expects such upgrades will become more commonplace - an outcome that telcos are also expecting. But while telcos seem to have the winning formula at present, there is still a large group of people on the older 12GB 3G plans. As long as they do not renew their contracts for handset subsidies, they can keep their old plans. All eyes are now on next month's launch of the new iPhone.The last bastion of users on 12GB data plans may be willing to trade them in for a handset subsidy, changing the market forever. It could be a watershed moment.

From http://www.asianewsnet.net/ 08/18/2014

TOP↑

 

Singapore SMEs Can Now Tap on Enhanced iSPRINT Scheme

 

SINGAPORE: Small and medium enterprises (SMEs) will get another leg up in their efforts to transform their businesses using IT, after the Infocomm Development Authority (IDA) announced its enhancements to the Increase SME Productivity with Infocomm Adoption and Transformation (iSPRINT) on Wednesday (Aug 20). The enhanced iSPRINT scheme incorporates the S$500 million ICT for Productivity and Growth (IPG) programme, announced by Deputy Prime Minister Tharman Shanmugaratnam during the Budget Speech earlier this year. With this, companies can apply for the benefits via one scheme, instead of two, IDA said in its statement.  Dr Yaacob Ibrahim, Minister for Communications and Information, said on Wednesday: "Global and technological trends have made the businesses highly competitive and SMEs must make use of technology to compete and succeed. The opportunities and possibilities are there, it is up to you (SMEs) to take advantage of the resources the Government has provided.” He was speaking at the opening of the 16th Annual SMEs Conference and 17th Infocomm Commerce Conference, organised by the Singapore Chinese Chamber of Commerce and Industry (SCCCI).

 

There are three main enhancements to the scheme:

1. Piloting new sector solutions

Aimed at helping SMEs tap into productivity and technology solutions, such as robotics, IT vendors and SMEs can partner to pioneer new and scalable solutions to automate and transform the sector. Depending on the expected sector impact, SMEs will be able to receive support of up to 80 per cent, capped at S$1 million per SME, for the solution. The financial support will be disbursed directly to the vendor, and SMEs need not claim for it.

 

2. Deploying proven sector solutions

For SMEs looking to implement proven IT offerings, they can pick from a growing list of packaged solutions. The IDA will support these projects with up to 70 per cent of the deployment costs. Again, no claims from the SMEs are needed as the money will be disbursed directly to vendors.

 

3. Fibre broadband and Wireless@SG services

SMEs can enjoy high-speed connectivity with support from IDA if they adopt any IT solutions in the enhanced iSPRINT scheme. Specifically, their fibre subscription plans of at least 100Mbps will be subsidised, with further support for them to implement Wireless@SG services and adopt cloud-based and data analytics technology at their premises. "We have been supporting about 8,000 SMEs so far for different types of projects," said IDA Development Group's Assistant Chief Executive Khoong Hock Yun. "Some of the projects, especially those done at a sectorial level, have been fairly impactful, increasing their revenue and decreasing their costs, increasing their business efficiency. Those are the ones that can scale up. Our target is to reach about another 10,000 SMEs."

From http://www.channelnewsasia.com/ 08/20/2014

TOP↑

THAILAND: 15-20% Decline in ICT Market Expected in H1

 

The information and communication technology (ICT) market in the first half of the year is expected to have declined by 15-20 per cent as people did not have the confidence to purchase new products. Pathom Indarodom, chief executive of digital-media firm ARIP, said the ICT market in the first six months of the year would drop by as much as 20 per cent, since people had put off purchasing hardware. The smartphone market is stable. "The ICT market still has room [to grow] in the medium-to-low-end market since there is still potential for purchases of new gadgets. This market should maintain its potential for the next three years. Therefore, ICT companies such as Lenovo and Asus have focused their business on the medium and low-end markets," he said. He also predicted that the ICT market would rebound in the second half as customers replace their old computers that are bundled with the now-obsolete Windows XP operating system. Moreover, the ICT market this year will be dominated by individual consumer, since the government has delayed its purchases. ARIP yesterday kicked off an ICT exhibition in Bangkok called "Commart Next Gen 2014" in an attempt to boost sales. Pornchai Jantarasupasang, iMedia director of ARIP, said Commart Next Gen, the biggest ICT exhibition in Thailand, would run until Sunday at Queen Sirikit National Convention Centre covering an area of 18,000 square metres and with 200 IT exhibitors. Pathom said ARIP exhibitions normally covered 20,000sqm, but this one was smaller because fewer exhibitors were participating. However, the firm believes that this exhibition will encourage customers to purchase ICT products and contribute to a recovery of the market. It expects revenue for the exhibitors of around Bt2 billion, half from sales of notebook computers, followed by tablets and smartphones at 30 per cent, digital television sets at 10 per cent, and the balance from other gadgets. About 600,000 people are expected to visit the four-day event.

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com/ 06/20/2014

TOP↑

VIETNAM: Decree Outlines Regulations on Local E-Commerce Sites

 

Unregistered e-commerce websites will be fined between VND20-30 million (US$952-1,428). This follows the issuing of Decree 185/2013/ND-CP on consumer protection and trading in fake or banned goods. It came into effect in January. Under the decree, trading in fake products on e-commerce sites is subject to fines of VND40-50 million ($1,904-2,380). Fake goods will be confiscated and the website will be forced to suspend operations from six months to a year. The domain name may also be revoked. According to online.gov.vn from the Ministry of Industry and Trade, about 1,889 online retail services are in their process of providing information. Another 175 e-commerce providers are undertaking registration with the Viet Nam E-Commerce and Information Technology Agency (Vecita) under the Ministry of Industry and Trade. This number is quite small compared to the thousands of sites in operation. Recently, Vecita and the Ha Noi Market Watch Department fined namvietvn.vn VND30 million ($1,410). Managed by Nam Viet Industrial Production Company in Hoang Mai District, the site had not been registered.

 

Hoa Nam Import-Export JSC was also fined VND30 million for the same offence. Other companies such as TechLand and Ho Guom Develop-ment&Investment Ltd Co and watch shop 88 also face administrative fines. Tran Vinh Nhung, deputy director of the HCM City Department of Industry and Trade said, the city had more than 144,000 e-commerce sites of which 85,996 sites were operational. However, only 2 per cent were registered. Nguyen Van Minh deputy director of Long An Province's Department of Industry and Trade said the management of e-commerce websites needed close co-ordination between authorised bodies. Director of Vecita, Tran Huu Linh, said there was a need to raise awareness of the need for businesses to comply. Nguyen Ngoc Dung from the Viet Nam E-commerce Association said market-watch and inspection teams would work together to make sure all companies complied with the law. He added that registration was simple. Businesses only needed to access www.online.gov.vn to get the necessary information.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 06/09/2014

TOP↑

 

Online Bill Payment Garners Popularity

 

Viet Nam is a potential market for internet banking services, as only 22 per cent of its population possesses bank accounts. The Viet Nam Business Forum magazine quoted a source from the State Bank of Viet Nam as saying that more than 20 banks in Viet Nam are offering services like paying of electricity and phone bills and taxes on behalf of enterprises and individuals to save time and costs. The number of internet-banking users by the end of 2013 increased 45 per cent as compared to three years ago, according to Viet Nam Banks Association (VNBA). About 90 per cent of banks are offering internet banking services and half of them are providing mobile banking. The number of enterprises paying through the Internet has increased sharply in the last few years. HCM City branch of Viet Nam Electricity, for example, in cooperation with 24 banks, has developed the service of collecting electricity bills, thus raising the rate of payment through banks in 2013 to 44.9 per cent of total revenues, up 12.8 times over the pilot year of 2007.

 

EVN plans to offer discounts on electricity bills to any person paying bills electronically five days before it is due to encourage individuals and enterprises to use the service. At the beginning of 2014, General Department of Taxation informed that there were 366,000 enterprises declaring taxes via the Internet. They have cooperated with banks to pay taxes electronically to 15,000 enterprises by the end of this year. Besides electricity and tax payments, many enterprises in other fields accept transactions through internet banking. Remarkably, there are projects where the collection and managing of tuition fees is done through "SSC school card" and the e-banking service of HCM City Education and Training Department. Seeing great potential in the market, many large banks like Vietcombank, Techcombank, VPBank, ACB and Tienphongbank have diversified their services. VPBank has concentrated on developing internet banking since 2009 and chosen it as their major business.

 

The bank has completed a range of functions for "VPBank online" service and coordinated with enterprises in fields of electricity, water and insurance along with aviation and consumption. At the same time, it has also developed high class facilities like giving deposits online to enjoy attractive interest rates and collecting iCash to obtain gifts. VPBank has also participated in a system of the first nine banks to provide inter-bank super-express money transfer of Smartlink that helps customers transfer money immediately with high limit and at low costs. For enterprises alone, VPBank has signed up with customs, taxation and treasury bodies to implement services for collecting money for the State budget, and guaranteeing taxes for import-export goods electronically.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 08/04/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

 

 

BANGLADESH: JS Body Wants Expansion of Teletalk Network

 

The state-run Teletalk mobile phone operator has been urged to modernise and expand its network across the country. The call came at the third meeting of the Parliamentary Standing Committee on Posts, Telecommunications and Information Technology Ministry on Monday.

From http://newsfrombangladesh.net/ 06/02/2014

TOP↑

 

Mobile Phones Getting Pricier

 

Mobile phone handsets are getting costlier with the new budget levying 15 percent VAT on its import.Presenting his new budget for 2014-15 fiscal on Thursday, Finance Minister AMA Muhith said the move aimed to help the local industry flourish.

From http://newsfrombangladesh.net/ 06/05/2014

TOP↑

 

SRI LANKA: Telecom Says Broadband Connectivity Boosted

 

Sri Lanka Telecom says it is boosting the island's broadband connectivity with its high capacity fibre optic backbone and expanding international cable links. SLT has been licensed to build the national fibre optic network, where capacity will be made available to other operators. Chief executive Lalith de Silva says the firm had invested heavily in the backbone network."We truly believe in sharing communication and ICT infrastructure towards achieving the development goals of the country," he said in a statement. The firm says it has invested 57 billion rupees (485 million US dollars) in its network since 2007. The firm was also partnering in a 24 Terabit per second, SEA-ME-WE 5 (South East Asia - Middle East - Western Europe) cable consortium to expand international capacity.SLT said it providing bandwidth at the lowest possible prices to boost economic activity and growth.

From http://www.lankabusinessonline.com/ 06/16/2014

TOP↑

 

Sri Lanka IT industry to Collaborate with Universities Online

 

Sri Lanka's information technology sector is setting up an online portal to collaborate with universities, academics and students, an industry chamber said. Sri Lanka Association of Software and Service Companies (SLASSCOM), an industry body said its 'Campus Direct Link' will allow universities and industry to collaborate on projects and for industry practitioners to mentor students.The portal was developed by IFS R &D International (Pvt) Ltd, a member firm of the chamber. "The portal has been designed based on state-of-the-art social computing concepts to keep everyone connected together…" SLASSCOM said. Companies, academics, undergraduate and post graduates students could be linked to the system. Exports of IT and knowledge services had reached an estimated 720 million US dollars in 2013 and a billion dollars in revenue is expected by 2016. SLASSCOM says the industry want to reach 5 billion US dollars in revenue and create 200,000 direct jobs and 1,000 start ups by 2022, for which active collaboration with the academia is needed.

From http://www.lankabusinessonline.com/ 06/19/2014

TOP↑

 

 

Sri Lanka Firm Sells Banking Software to Solomon Islands

 

Fortunaglobal, a Sri Lanka based tech firm said it had delivered a digital banking platform to a lender in Solomon Islands. Its 'FortunaFinance' branded platform will allow Solomon Island's Pan Oceanic Bank (POB) to provide services to customers through mobile phones and the web."…[F]inancial institutions of all sizes are seeking more flexible, responsive, cost efficient multi-channeled and personalized e-banking solutions to enhance their business propositions effectively," Fortunaglobal Chief Executive Suren Kohombange said in a statement. "With seven years of industry experience in digital and mobile solutions platform, we feel that the Suite created by Fortunaglobal …will prove itself a significant tool in the achievement of the banks’ goals." POB is Solomon Island's fourth largest bank. "In our evaluations FortunaFianace Digital banking suite came out strongly in terms of its flexibility and the adoption of customer beneficial new technology and features," Pan Oceanic Bank Chief Executive Nihal Kekulawala was quoted as saying in the statement. "We are looking forward to implement the system and drive our customers towards modern mobile and digital banking channel facilities." Fortunaglobal was founded in 2007.

From http://www.lankabusinessonline.com/ 07/11/2014

TOP↑

 

Sri Lanka's 'Trace Expert City' Gets CodeGen as First Tenant

 

Sri Lanka's 'Trace Expert City', an information technology park in the capital Colombo, kicked off with the first tenant software firm beginning operations. Codegen, a travel solutions firm with offices in the UK and Sri Lanka which had taken up 5 bays in the first phase of the project with 13 bays spread over 85,000 square feet. CodeGen Chief Executive Harsha Subasinghe said the knowledge park will help take Sri Lankan products to the international market. Operations were formally declared open by Defence Secretary Gothabaya Rajapaksa. Housed in a Colonial era warehouse earlier known as Tripoli market in the Maradana district of Sri Lanka's capital, the IT park was rebuild by state-run Urban Development Authority and the military. The old warehouse has been renovated with an exposed brick and industrial style design. CodeGen has moved its 250 staff to the IT park. The IT Park comes under an organization called TRACE (Technologically Reawakening Culture of Excellence) where Subasinghe is listed as Vice Chairman.

From http://www.lankabusinessonline.com/ 07/28/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

 

 

AZERBAIJAN: Bakcell Becomes Mobile Internet Provider of Year

 

Bakcell, The First Mobile Operator and The Leading Mobile Internet Provider of Azerbaijan, has been awarded by the famous international The Business Year (TBY) publication. Bakcell was announced "The Mobile Internet Provider of the Year" at the presentation ceremony of the "The Business Year: Azerbaijan-2014" edition organized by the Azerbaijani Presidential Administration and TBY magazine. "We are pleased to be awarded The Mobile Internet Provider of the Year. Our research indicates that we are still the market leaders in dongles and in small screen data but, for us, the focus was on moving people onto using the internet on their handsets, rather than laptops. The Sür@ (Bakcell 3G service) brand and the Bakcell brand are well known for providing the best mobile data and mobile internet services. Therefore, combining these with a Bakcell branded handset of good quality and high functionality was an obvious step for us. Approximately 45% of the market uses Sür@", says Richard Shearer, CEO of Bakcell.

 

"We are pleased to award Mobile Internet Provider of the Year to Richard Shearer, CEO of Bakcell. The development of Internet applications for mobile phones has revolutionized not just the ICT sector but has changed the way we live and do business forever. This year's Mobile Internet Provider of the Year has pioneered this space in Azerbaijan. By developing their own branded smartphone, they are moving the Internet more and more to handsets, and by extension they have increased their data traffic by 100%", said Leland Rice, Managing Editor of TBY. The Business Year publication of the United Kingdom awards the bests of the year in several countries each year. The first edition of the magazine devoted to Azerbaijan has been published in 2011. Bakcell, The First Mobile Operator and the Leading Mobile Internet Provider of Azerbaijan, offers a variety of products for modern mobile communications customers. Bakcell provides class leading 3G mobile internet experience in the country under the Sür@ brand name.

 

As one of the largest national non-oil investors, Bakcell today continues making large investments in the economy of Azerbaijan through its investments in state-of-the-art telecommunication technology and its people who service our customers. Bakcell's network covers more than 99% of the population and 93% of the land area of the country (excluding occupied territories). Bakcell is a leader in innovation and it focuses on bringing the best of the mobile internet to Azerbaijanis through new partnerships and its Sür@ services. With more than 1000 3G base stations Bakcell 3G service is available in all regions and covers 80% of population and 55% of the territory of the country (excluding occupied territories). For more information about Bakcell products and services, please visit www.bakcell.com or call 555.For press releases please see www.bakcell.com/az/news (or www.bakcell.com/en/news for press releases in English). If you are not a Bakcell subscriber, but wish to find out about Bakcell and its services, please call 055 000 05 55.

From http://en.trend.az/ 05/30/2014

TOP↑

 

Azercell Telecom Introduces Advantageous Offer for Mobile Internet Users

 

The leader of Azerbaijan's mobile market, Azercell Telecom has introduced another advantageous offer for mobile Internet users, a message from the company said. From June 3, a new offer "Daily Internet" is open for all postpaid and prepaid subscribers of Azercell with the chance to pay only an exceptional price of 0.25 manats for 50 MB of daily mobile Internet package. The validity of this Internet package is 24 hours, after which the package is automatically renewed. In order to benefit from the new offer a subscriber should send SMS with the words "50" or "50MB" to a short number 2525. Azercell Telecom constantly offers different attractive campaigns and services for the mobile Internet users. Recently, the company presented a unique in its kind "My pack" service. The latter was another innovation of Azercell in Azerbaijan and provided a positive experience and transparency for subscribers in choosing the scope and types of the services to benefit from with just a single click.

 

Namely Azercell provides the highest mobile Internet in the country - 5,5 Mbit/s, which is the sign of leadership in the mobile Internet, according to official researches by Ookla Net Index. Moreover, the rise of mobile Internet consumption rate among Azercell subscribers has increased by over 120 percent, while every second subscriber is an active user of the mobile Internet. Within last two years, the price of 1 MB mobile Internet from Azercell Telecom was decreased by 13 times. Along with reliable communication, unique services, Azercell continues to please its subscribers with the range of beneficial campaigns and tariff plans. Azercell Telecom LLC was founded in 1996 and has sustained the leading position on the market since the first years. Azercell has introduced a number of technological innovations in Azerbaijan, such as the GSM technology, GPRS/EDGE, 24/7 Customer Care, full-time operating Azercell Express offices, mobile e-service "ASAN imza" (ASAN signature) and others. With 53 percent share of Azerbaijan's mobile market Azercell has a network covering 99.8 percent of the country population.

 

The number of Azercell's subscribers stood at 4.5 million people as of late 2013. Azercell deployed 3G in 2011 and the fourth generation network, LTE in 2012 in Azerbaijan. The company is the leader of Azerbaijan's mobile communication industry and the biggest investor in the non-oil sector. Azercell is the part of the TeliaSonera Group of Companies, which is present in 17 countries and has 186 million subscribers and 27,000 employees.

From http://en.trend.az/ 06/05/2014

TOP↑

 

Azercell Launches Free Smartphone Campaign

 

Azercell Telecom, the leader of country's mobile telecommunications market is launching a new Free Smartphone campaign, a message from the company said on July 10. All SimSim subscribers of Azercell, i.e. new, current, and those ported using MNP, are eligible to join this new campaign between July 9 and December 31, 2014. Per the campaign rules a subscriber visits Azercell's dealer shops or Express office, pays 99 AZN to SimSim number's balance and gets year-long calls to all parts of the country, SMS and Internet, as well as, and most importantly, a Free Smartphone from Azercell. A subscriber can join this campaign only once using the number registered under his name and the charges from the balance will be made against the currently used tariff plan. Along with the leadership in the field of telecommunication services, Azercell also aspires to lead in other innovative areas, including creating for its subscribers the opportunity to benefit from the latest technologies and solutions. Today the company is capable of expanding its subscriber base both from the technical and customer service perspectives and invites all those, who wish to be part of the 4.5 million subscribers' family to enjoy the advantages of high-quality communication, to join its network.

 

Azercell is committed to providing its subscribers with reliable communication, professional customer care and cutting-edge technologies and solutions, as well to offer them a broad number of campaigns, services and attractive tariffs. Azercell Telecom LLC was founded in 1996 and since the first years sustains a leading position on the market. Azercell introduced number of technological innovations in Azerbaijan: GSM technology, GPRS/EDGE, 24/7 Customer Care, full-time operating Azercell Express offices, mobile e-service 'ASAN imza' (ASAN signature) and others. With 51 percent share of Azerbaijan's mobile market Azercell's network covers 99.8 percent of the country's population. The number of Azercell's subscribers reached 4.5 million people by late 2013. In 2011 Azercell deployed 3G and in 2012 the fourth generation network - LTE in Azerbaijan. The company is the leader of Azerbaijan's mobile communication industry and the biggest investor in the non-oil sector. Azercell is the part of the TeliaSonera Group of Companies, which has subsidiaries in 17 countries with total number of 186 million subscribers and 27,000 employees.

From http://en.trend.az/ 07/10/2014

TOP↑

 

Volume of E-Commerce Market Makes Up $1.6 Million in Azerbaijan

 

As of January-June 2014, the volume of the electronic-commerce (e-commerce) market totaled 1.3 million AZN in Azerbaijan, according to the report of the State Statistical Committee. The total volume of the retail e-commerce has increased by 15.8 percent in Azerbaijan compared to the same period in 2013, the report said. The participants of the e-commerce market are legal entities and individuals who are implementing electronic commerce and who are the buyers of goods and services. Some 78.7 percent out of the purchased goods by the Azerbaijani population in electronic form accounted for legal entities for the reported period and 21.3 percent - for individuals. Some 90.6 percent of the market turnover of e-commerce accounted for non-food products. Total retail sales in Azerbaijan amounted to 10.1 billion AZN for the first half of 2014. The sales of consumer goods in the country grew by 8.9 percent, compared with the same period last year. Herewith, some 5.1 billion AZN accounted for consumer goods (food, beverages and tobacco), and 5 billion AZN for non-food products. The specific weight of non-food products increased by 3.5 percentage points for the reported period.

From http://en.trend.az/ 07/12/2014

TOP↑

 

Revenues of ICT Sector in Azerbaijan Increase

 

Mobile communications have provided more than 60% of revenues. Information and communication services for a total amount of AZN 862 300 000 were provided to organizations and people of Azerbaijan in January-July, 2014 which is 12.4% more than the same period of 2013.  According to Oxu.Az, it was stated in the report of the State Statistics Committee on results of January-July 2014.  "Of the total amount of information and communication services 72.5% were services rendered to population. At the same time, 60.2% of the total volume of revenues accounted for mobile services ", the report says.  The total amount of income received from the mobile services in the country, for the noted period amounted to AZN 518 900 000, which is 9.3% more than in January-July 2013.

From http://news.az/ 08/15/2014

TOP↑

Azerbaijan, Turkey Joining Forces in Fight Against Illegal Import of Mobile Phones

 

Azerbaijan and Turkey are ready to join forces in the fight against illegal import of mobile phones, the Data Processing Center (DPC) of Azerbaijani Communications and High Technologies Ministry told Trend on Aug. 13. DPC said that here the matter rests on integration of IMEI-code registration systems of the two countries. This can have a positive impact on the reduction of illegal imports and elimination of mobile phone theft cases. This initiative was first taken by the ministry during the 9th International Electronic Communications Regulators Conference, held on May 29-30 in Istanbul. "At present, Azerbaijan and Turkey are discussing the technical aspects of the project's realization. The project has the full support of the Azerbaijani side. Initially, the project will be implemented with Turkey, and it is possible that in the future the project will involve other countries in the region," the DPC said. The IMEI-code registration system was launched in Azerbaijan on May 1, 2013. Mobile devices brought to the country for private use (in the networks of mobile operators of Azerbaijan) need to be registered within 30 days. These rules do not apply to tourists and visitors, whose mobile phones are served in roaming. Currently, more than 13 million mobile phones are registered in the IMEI-code database. DPC said that in addition to mobile phones, the system also includes devices using GSM (tablet computers, navigation devices, household appliances and others). The new system also makes it possible to obtain accurate information on the mobile phone market (market volume, the number of legal and illegal imported products). To check the IMEI code one needs to access the database using the imei.az website, where the information is publicly available. An information and referral service *1677 was also created for detailed information.

From http://en.trend.az/ 08/17/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

 

 

Digital Economy ‘Under Pressure’

 

The global digital economy is doing reasonably well, but is still suffering from the economic downturn, especially in Europe. European digital economy think tank IDATE has published the 14th edition of its DigiWorld Yearbook, an international reference for the current state of the digital world. It includes key data and the latest developments in the telecoms, Internet and digital media markets. DigiWorld markets reported a slight uptick in growth in 2013: going from 2.8% in 2012 to 3.2%, generating close to �3,500 billion in revenue. DigiWorld Yearbook’s editor-in-chief, Didier Pouillot, said: “This modest improvement is a reflection of the ongoing healthy momentum in key sectors, but with a still bleak economic climate, especially in Europe”. The first trend is driving a continual rise in consumption, traffic, and a steady rate of device (smartphones, tablets, smart TVs) replacement and upgrades, and is forcing hardware suppliers to work hard to keep up with demand. The second trend is tempering the first, as businesses and consumers are feeling the pinch and being careful with their spending. Suppliers too are being cautious about their investments, especially since, in a number of instances, the current state of the market and competition are cutting into their revenue and more importantly, their margins. It is the balance between these two opposing forces – inflationist in terms of volume and conservative in terms of value – that creates the biggest challenges for the industry today.

 

INTERNET SERVICES

Enjoying the strongest rate of progress, with growth rates of around 20% a year. At this pace (predicted to slow slightly to 16% in the coming years), online services compared to core DigiWorld markets will increase from 5% in 2012 to 10% in 2017. The markets are also being changed from the inside, from both a sectoral and geographical standpoint. Internet services comprises several sub-groups. Social media sites, mobile apps and OTT video are the most dynamic today: all reporting over 30% growth in 2013 – and more than 40% and even 50% for social networking sites, on average, over the past three years. Together, they account for around 20% of OTT markets. The cloud is another source of growth, with revenue rising by close to 30% per annum, and singlehandedly accounts for more than a quarter of online revenue, followed by search and e-commerce which are growing by around 20% a year.

 

EQUIPMENT

Global growth in core DigiWorld markets in 2013 varied from segment to segment: ranging from +6.2% for telecommunications hardware to -5% for consumer electronics. Between the two, computer hardware markets grew by 4.2% last year.

 

TELECOM AND TV SERVICES

Telecom services’ growth rate has been shrinking for the past five years and dropping to +2.5% in 2013. The other two services segments performed virtually on par: +4.5% for IT and software and +4.4% for TV services.

 

Over-The-Top (OTT)

OTT is in many ways making the rules. Any discussions about the future of the digital economy must focus on business models that are compatible with an all-IP value chain that places most applications and services outside the network. Despite the balance of power being tipped in favour of the top Internet platforms, the report says the future is still relatively open for the taking. Despite its demise being announced on a near daily basis, linear television will be with us for some time to come – not least because it generates more than 90% of all TV revenue. But profound changes, which are putting tremendous pressure on industry players, are redrawing the global TV landscape. These changes include:

# the swift development of on-demand services, and notably SVOD.

# the gradual disappearance of the technical distinction between distribution on managed networks and online distribution, which will open the way to increased competition for control of retail distribution.

# the IPTV model being called into question, and cord-cutting leading to the emergence of broadcast + OTT solutions.

 

European Telecoms: the three challenges

A long journey still lies ahead for Europe in its bid to achieve a single telecommunications market. To be successful, the regional consolidation that now appears to be properly underway will need to rise to three main challenges:

# price wars that threaten telcos’ ability to invest in new generation infrastructure;

# a single European telecoms market, which includes cross-border deals and the creation of truly pan-European players;

# achievement of the margins and critical mass needed to reinvent the telco business model, in an environment being dictated by powerful Internet companies.

From iTWire 06/05/2014

TOP↑

 

Asia-Pacific to Witness 17.9 pc Rise in Digital Advertising This Year

 

Just like in 2012 and 2013, the region will boast the second-biggest share of digital ad spending worldwide, trailing only North America, at 29.3% vs. 38.8%. Though we expect this trend to continue through our forecast period, Asia-Pacific will actually lose share in the coming years as North America widens the gap. With investments in online and mobile advertising totaling $18.96 billion this year, China will maintain the largest share of the region’s digital ad market, at 46.2%—a trend that will continue through 2018. Japan and Australia will rank second and third, with respective digital ad spending totals of $9.19 billion and $4.52 billion this year, eMarketer estimates. In Asia-Pacific, Indonesia will be the leading country for digital ad spending growth by a long shot, at a whopping 75.0% this year, compared with 30.0% in second-place India. Though Indonesia will still sit near the bottom when it comes to digital ad spending and share across Asia-Pacific throughout our forecast period, this growth will pay off somewhat, as we expect the country to surpass India in these categories in 2017. On top of that, Indonesia will near South Korea in digital ad dollars by 2018.

 

Despite its large share of the total digital ad market, China will also see impressive growth of 22.0% in 2014. Australia is the only other country in the region that will maintain double-digit gains this year. eMarketer bases all of its forecasts on a multipronged approach that focuses on both worldwide and local trends in the economy, technology and population, along with company-, product-, country- and demographic-specific trends, and trends in specific consumer behaviours. We analyze quantitative and qualitative data from a variety of research firms, government agencies, media outlets and company reports, weighting each piece of information based on methodology and soundness. In addition, every element of each eMarketer forecast fits within the larger matrix of all of its forecasts, with the same assumptions and general framework used to project figures in a wide variety of areas. Regular re-evaluation of each forecast means those assumptions and framework are constantly updated to reflect new market developments and other trends.

From http://www.medianewsline.com 07/17/2014

TOP↑

 

AUSTRALIA: One in 10 Turning to Internet for Cheaper Drugs - Research

 

More than one in 10 Australians aged between 18 and 34 had bought prescription drugs online in a bid to save money, a new health report launched Monday showed. The Consumer Health Management Trends Report indicated the worrying number of people risking their health by purchasing over- the-counter medicine through the Internet. The research, commissioned by Good Price Pharmacy Warehouse, also showed almost half (46 percent) of Australians had used the Internet to self-diagnose as it was quicker and cheaper than visiting a general practitioner (GP). According to the new budget from the coalition government last month, patients should pay 7 AU dollars (so-called "co-payment") for per GP visit in the future. The measure, described by the government as "a modest price signal," is designed to dissuade patients from claiming medicare benefits for unnecessary consultations, local media said. However, more and more people said this measure may become a burden of their life. Anthony Yap, Good Price Pharmacy Warehouse director, said the findings were a clear indicator of negative consumer attitudes towards high prescription charges and GP fees.

 

According to him, in this weakened economic climate, consumers are increasingly seeking out cheaper alternatives for what they perceive as over-priced treatments and services. "The seven dollar GP fee and increased script surcharge announced in last week's budget are likely to drive even more people to seek health advice and cheaper medication online," he said. "Unfortunately, the prospect of budget cuts and lower disposable incomes cause people to overlook the risks associated with buying online such as counterfeit products which could make them ill," he added. While the majority of people had opted for the Internet over a GP for health advice, doctors and pharmacists still topped the list when it came to the most trusted sources of health information. According to the findings, more than three-quarters of Australians said they trusted their GP above anything else for health advice and information compared to just five percent who named the Internet as their preferred source. The report also explored consumer attitudes and behaviors towards herbal medicine and revealed a growing preference for natural remedies as an alternative to over-the-counter medications. Some 54 percent had used a natural remedy to treat their condition with more than eight in 10 (83 percent) claiming it worked as well as or better than prescription or over-the-counter medicine.

From Xinhua 06/02/2014

TOP↑

NBN Co Sticks with Service Stream

 

Service Stream has retained its contract to connect premises to the NBN across most of Australia. NBN Co has renewed a contract with Service Stream for the connection of cables from the street to the outside of homes and business premises, and to install the NBN connection box and optional power supply. "Service Stream will continue to perform these tasks across five states and territories: Victoria, New South Wales, Western Australia, the Northern Territory and South Australia," NBN Co officials stated. The contract renewal will last for two years, with options for two one-year extensions. The estimated value of the contract is $140 million. NBN Co officials added that the company is working with its contractors to more closely coordinate installations with the rollout of cables in the street.

From http://www.itwire.com 06/12/2014

TOP↑

 

Mobile Coverage Complaints Down, but Excess Data Charges Up

 

The Telecommunications Industry Ombudsman (TIO) received 36,256 new complaints in the first quarter of the year. That is less than last year, but complaints about excess data charges have increased significantly. The volume was 8.7 % more than in October-December 2013, but 9.4% less than at the same time in 2013. The data is contained in the TIO’s quarterly TIO Talks report, released today. For the third quarter in a row, the TIO received less than 20,000 complaints about mobile services, which make up about half of all complaints. Complaints about mobile phones themselves have dropped 19.4% when compared to the same quarter last year. "The reduction in mobile phone complaints is mainly due to fewer complaints about faults, which have almost halved compared to the same time last year," Ombudsman Simon Cohen said. But an emerging issue in mobile complaints is excess data usage charges. The TIO data shows that while complaints about problems like slow data speeds have decreased 67% compared to last year, disputes over excess data charges have increased 30%. As the speed of phones and networks has increased, so has the data used by consumers,” said Cohen. “But the plans they sign up for may not be matching their needs.”

 

New complaints about Internet and landline services increased 20.6% and 15.9% respectively, caused by a higher number of fault and connection related complaints. Year on year, the increases were modest – 4.8% for Internet and 2.9% for landline complaints. One in three Internet billing disputes also included issues with faults or connections. A common theme in these complaints was dissatisfaction with having to pay for a service that was faulty or had not been connected by the agreed date. "Where services are not connected or operating, it is not fair for consumers to be charged for the service. This has been an emerging issue in the last year," Cohen said. TIO Talks also says mobile apps and in-app purchases charged through consumers’ mobile bills should be covered by Mobile Premium Services (MPS) Code, following complaints about apps that are hard to distinguish from MPS, but are not covered by the code. Victoria, South Australia, and NSW and ACT were the states with the most complaints in proportion to their population. Victorians made 1.8 complaints per 1,000 people; South Australians, 1.7 per 1000; and NSW and ACT residents, 1.6 per 1000.

From http://www.itwire.com 06/18/2014

TOP↑

Data Centre Market Booming

 

The Australian data centre services market recorded revenues of $698 million in 2013; a growth of 17.2% over 2012. Revenue from co-location services increased by almost 17% during 2013 and accounted for about 69 percent of total market revenue. Managed hosting services revenue grew by 18%.Analyst group Frost & Sullivan's ‘Australian Data Centre Services Market 2014’ report says there was just over 230,000 square metres of outsourced data centre space in Australia at the end of 2013. This is an increase of 16% from that available at the end of 2012. But Frost & Sullivan estimate that Australia still accounts for less than 1% of total global data centre space. “Given that Australian organisations prefer on-shore data centre services, there is certainly significant growth potential in the Australian data centre market,” says Frost & Sullivan’s Phil Harpur. To some extent Australia's data centre outsourcing levels are catching up with developed markets such as the USA, which has over 40 times the amount of outsourced data centre space currently available in Australia.

 

“A growing proportion of Australian companies are outsourcing their data centre requirements, so both co-location and managed hosting services are expected to grow strongly over the next few years,” says Harpur. Australia's data centre services market is expected to grow at 13.9% per year from 2013 to 2020, to reach $1,737 million by 2020. Frost & Sullivan's latest survey of IT decision makers in Australia revealed that over three-quarters of organisations that utilise a data centre are using an outsourced provider to some extent - 51% use an outsourced provider, 24% an in-house facility and 25% use a combination of both. “Organisations outsource data centre hosting for a number of reasons,” says Harpur, “mainly because they believe that an outsourced facility has better security features, as well as hosting not being their core competency, superior disaster recovery, better availability and lower operating costs from outsourcing.

 

“The most significant challenge faced by Australian organisations running their own data centres are the lack of IT manpower or lack of skills or resources internally. Factors compelling demand for data centre services include increased adoption of high-bandwidth consumer applications such as social media and high definition video, greater consumption of cloud-based solutions, the increasing number of cloud service providers and the complexity in managing IT environments and end-points which is a barrier to organisations operating in-house captive data centres,” says Harpur. Strong local demand for data centres has attracted investments from both local and global service providers, with significant new builds over the past few years in Australia. This additional capacity has pressured prices downward, further stimulating take-up of outsourced services. “This is particularly so for wholesale and co-location services, and is predominantly impacting the Sydney market, where there is a higher proportion of wholesale customers. However, over the next six to 12 months, there will be a slowdown in the addition of data centre capacity, and occupancy rates are likely to increase.”

 

The report found that the main reason users chooses data centre outsurcng is security (62%) – way ahead of cost (44%), which was only in fifth place. Frost & Sullivan predicts data centre services revenue growth in Australia will be strong over the next three to five years. Customers typically begin with co-location services, and then slowly migrate to managed hosting. The addition of capacity will be strong in 2014 and 2015. The total amount of outsourced data centre space available may approach 500,000 square metres by 2020. Older data centres with legacy IT architecture and low power densities will struggle to remain competitive, and will need to refit their older facilities to meet current and future customer requirements. Smaller data centres will continue to consolidate, while larger, more efficient data centres will be built. “A growing trend is for telcos and managed IT service providers to acquire data centre space in carrier neutral providers to supplement their existing data centres,” says Harpur.

 

“The main carrier neutral data centre service providers, especially NextDC, Global Switch, Equinix and Digital Realty, will be key drivers of growth. All major carrier neutral providers have established a strong presence across Australia by acquiring prime real-estate in and around CBD areas. Large, multinational cloud providers are typically able to negotiate lower pricing leasing deals than smaller providers. But carrier neutral providers can generally offset lower prices by attracting a significant number of additional smaller customers who will sign up for smaller but higher margin deals for rack space.”

From http://www.itwire.com 06/24/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

‘Digital Disruption’ to Cost Banks $27 Billion

 

Australia's big four could lose up to 30% of their business to non-bank Internet operators, predicts a leg investment bank. Macquarie Group has published research that forecasts that as much as $27 billion annually is under threat from ‘digital disruption’. The report, published for Macquarie’s clients, says that the Internet has disrupted many industries. “Financial services is no different, in the sense that many of the strategic assets of banking could easily be taken on by players in the new world. “To stave off competition and preserve trust, banks will need to build capabilities in delivery of real time banking, omni-channel presence, development of value-added services and make better use of their customer knowledge before someone else does.” But the report says that the banks will retain some of their advantages. "We expect the banks to be able to retain their dominance in areas where there are significant barriers to entry, such as accessing central exchange settlement, holding a banking licence and accessing liquidity from the RBA.”

 

The report says that to stave off the competition from online non bank organisations such as PayPal the banks will need to spend more than $1 billion in an “IT arms race” to upgrade their core banking systems over the next four years. The report says cloud and smart mobile devices as the main ‘digital disruption’ culprits. The biggest and most immediate threat is to the $9 billion payments market, where PayPal and various mobile payment systems are increasingly popular. In the longer term the $28 billion loans business is under threat, from players like Google and PayPal and massive Chinese e-commerce player Alibaba, which listed recently on the New York Stock Exchange and is moving into western markets. "Often these players understand their customers, perhaps because they run a market for their goods (e.g. Alibaba) or know their spending habits (e.g. Google Wallet, PayPal).

From http://www.itwire.com 07/07/2014

TOP↑

 

 

NEW ZEALAND: Government Increases Open Data Funding

 

New Zealand has provided an extra $300,000 funding for the next two years of its Open Government Data and Information Programme - with two thirds of the money being spent over the next year. The funding was provided in New Zealand’s recent Budget, and the programme will be led by the agency Land Information New Zealand (LINZ). “The funding will see LINZ accelerate work with public sector agencies to focus their efforts supplying and releasing public data that people want to reuse,” Michael Woodhouse, Land Information Minister said. In particular, the programme will look at new tools, services and applications using public data, efficiencies gained by agencies using other agencies’ data, and how data reuse contributed to better public services. The money will also go towards maintaining the New Zealand Open Access and Licensing framework, and providing support to Creative Commons Aotearoa New Zealand.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 06/06/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/e-Society.gif

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

 

 

AFRICA: Swaziland - Users Bypass Censored Media with Social Media

 

Tech savvy individuals have turned to social media websites like Facebook and Twitter in order to access news that is not censored or governed in any way. Individuals also utilise the service in order to bypass mainstream media which includes: television, radio and newspapers. This is according to a report jointly published by the Media Institute of Southern Africa and the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO). With the media being state controlled, media based in Swaziland can be heavily censored. The report called “Youth Usage of Social Media in Swaziland” has claimed that, “The young people have welcomed the emergence of social media because, among others, it affords them an opportunity not only to interact, but also enjoy the fundamental right to freedom of expression provided in Section 24 of the Constitution of the Kingdom of Swaziland adopted in 2005.”

 

“Much to the delight of the young social media users, social media has changed the face of the media landscape by making information sharing ‘easier, faster and quicker. They can now easily and freely bypass the severely censored mainstream media to access, produce, distribute and exchange information and ideas. More importantly, the social media has afforded the young people an opportunity to speak in their own voices, not mediated by the mainstream media.” The research surveyed 100 people aged between 10 and 24 years old in all four regions of Swaziland. It found the most popular social media sites were Facebook, Whatsapp and Mxit. Social media is used now days in not just a personal capacity, by everyday individuals, but also as an outlet for news publications, businesses, and even retail and take-away stores. The vast amount of news sources grows by the day, which means that any user can select what news or articles they would like to see, no matter their location.

From http://www.itnewsafrica.com/ 07/29/2014

TOP↑

 

EUROPE: Connecting Underserved Communities to Broadband

 

The benefits of broadband Internet are well-documented: for each 10-percent increase in penetration, a country’s gross domestic product (GDP) can increase by as much as 1.5 percent. In addition, broadband Internet brings citizens access to new job opportunities, health services and possibilities for digital engagement with their government. However, citizens of the European Union (EU) who live in rural and economically disadvantaged areas have little access to broadband Internet, and therefore miss out on the wide range of opportunities it offers. Today, only 18 percent of rural households in Europe have access to these services. As a result of these gaps and challenges, the European Commission is partnering with the World Bank and others on a new “Connected Communities” initiative. This large-scale project will connect towns and cities to broadband partnerships and operators, offering critical advice and specific business models to finally bring fast Internet to underserved communities.

 

 “Our partnership with the EU on broadband Internet is of core strategic importance to the World Bank and its clients,” said Carlo Maria Rossotto, Lead ICT Specialist for the World Bank’s Transport and ICT Global Practice. “We see an opportunity to collaborate on knowledge generation and innovative funding mechanisms that can accelerate high-speed Internet access in developing countries.” The World Bank will bring deep technical assistance and global experience to the “Connected Communities” initiative. Our team of seasoned practitioners and policy experts will cooperate with the European Commission to help develop business models, scale up project components, and explore private and public financing options. “Through the introduction of competition and appropriate regulatory incentives, a country like Lithuania has now the highest fiber-to-the-home penetration in Europe, and Romania has some of the fastest Internet infrastructure in the continent,” explained Randeep Sudan, ICT Practice Manager. “The chance to cooperate with the European Union to share our global knowledge, while learning from these and other best practice cases, will be highly beneficial for developing countries that wish to embrace the digital economy.”

 

The initiative’s targets for its digital agenda include:

100 percent of EU households have 30 megabits per second (mbps) broadband by 2020 (currently 64 percent of households)

50 percent of EU households have 100 mbps broadband by 2020 (currently only three percent of households) 

The “Connected Communities” initiative will bring together a diverse range of governments, organizations, companies and other parties to collaborate on key local, national and regional challenges. Through this cooperation, the European Commission, World Bank and other partners will offer practical solutions and financing to help isolated and underserved communities achieve their vision for broadband Internet.

From http://blogs.worldbank.org/ 08/22/2014

TOP↑

 

Russia Bans Anonymous Access to Wi-Fi

 

Russian Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev has signed an order prohibiting anonymous access to Wi-Fi in public places. The order Medvedev signed on August 8 requires users of Wi-Fi in restaurants, parks, the subway, and other public areas to register when logging onto the Internet. Access will only be available after users provide their full names, confirmed by an ID. Hardware must be identified also. Russian authorities have been tightening controls over use of the Internet and access to the World Wide Web. A recent law requires bloggers with more than 3,000 daily readers to register with the country's mass media regulator, Roskomnadzor, and conform to the regulations that govern Russia's regular media outlets.

From http://www.rferl.org/ 08/08/2014

TOP↑

 

LATIN AMERICA: Argentina to Distribute 5,200 Digital Portable Classrooms

 

The government of Argentina plans to distribute 5,200 digital portable classrooms across public schools in the country. Last year, the government had distributed a total of 2,000 portable classrooms. Each portable classroom includes 30 notebooks, a server, a wireless router, a printer, a projector, a camera, three pen drives and a digital board. The government said that total investment in this project reaches ARS 890 million.

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 07/07/2014

TOP↑

 

 

NORTH AMERICA: Canada - Free Wi-Fi Pilot for Vancouver Buses

 

When I regularly rode public transit to work I’d quickly scan email and the news headlines on my smart phone to get a head start on the day’s work. (The rest of the time I’d read a newspaper — I’ve told readers before I’m a Luddite). I wouldn’t spend a lot of time online because I was conscious of not getting close to a data limit. But I always wondered if my habit would change if municipal buses had free Wi-Fi. If I lived in Vancouver I’d find out. Vancity Buzz reports that this week TransLink, the city’s transit service, and Telus have started a pilot project offering free Wi-Fi on three routes. The test will run six months before the partners decided if it will be extended. Telus spokesperson Liz Sauve said in an email that one of the routes is the busiest, while two others are long routes where people will be sitting for a while. To use the service riders only have to click ‘accept’ on an agreement page. The service is managed by Telus. At the moment Telus has paid for the access points on the buses, which connects to its network. How it will be funded if the system is expanded to more routes has yet to be determined. Free Wi-Fi is increasingly being offered by a number of transit-related organizations. It’s common in airports (for better or worse, because of the huge demand. I’ve had trouble this year at Toronto’s Pearson International Airport logging on. I assume it’s because of the hundreds of people around me), and on southern Ontario’s GO Transit train network.

From http://www.itworldcanada.com/ 08/12/2014

TOP↑

 

U.S.: E-prescription Hit 1 Billion for First Time in 2013

 

Electronic prescriptions in the United States hit 1 billion for the first time in 2013 and eclipsed the number of written new and renewal prescriptions of 800,000 by 200,000, the Office of the National Coordinator for Health information Technology reported. This spike marked a ten-fold increase from 2008 when only 7 percent of prescriptions were written electronically, Meghan Hufstader Gabriel and Matthew Swain wrote in an ONC issue brief published July 11. They pulled data from an e-prescription network operated by Surescripts and used by the majority of community pharmacies in the United States. From 2008 through 2014, the number of community pharmacies able to receive electronic prescriptions increased from 76 to 96 percent, ONC reported. ONC spokesman Peter Ashkenaz said the e-prescription count did not include those done electronically by the Defense and Veterans Affairs departments and Kaiser Permanente. These three largest health care systems in the country collectively serve 27 million patients or 8.5 percent of the U.S. population of 318 million and operate their own, closed e-prescribing systems.

 

ONC reported e-prescriptions recorded such a huge jump over the past five years because of financial incentive programs for doctors to adopt the technology, including the Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act and the Electronic Health Record Incentive Programs, which went into operation in 2011 and through this April paid doctors and hospitals just under $24 billion to adopt health record technology. Minnesota had the highest rate of physicians prescribing through EHR systems in 2014, followed by Iowa at 95 percent, Massachusetts at 94 percent and Delaware at 79 percent. At the low end of the scale, 48 percent of physicians in Alaska used EHRs for e-prescriptions, followed by California at 53 percent, Hawaii at 60 percent and Idaho at 62 percent. The ONC report said nationally, 57 percent of new and renewal prescriptions were sent electronically in 2013 and in 45 states over half of all prescriptions were handled electronically.

From http://www.nextgov.com/ 07/17/2014

TOP↑

 

Turning Big Data into Better Health Outcomes

 

Population health management is a multifaceted, many-layered endeavor that nevertheless has a common theme: the need for data and the ability to mine it for actionable information. A broad spectrum of health care players -- individual providers, hospital systems, payers, local public health departments and federal agencies -- are all in some way addressing population health management. The approach involves identifying populations, assessing their disease status and developing appropriate responses, such as management programs for chronic diseases. Those activities require access to data -- and plenty of it. "You can't do population health management without data," said Fred Goldstein, interim executive director of the Population Health Alliance. Dr. Jon White, director of the health IT portfolio at the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, said data -- or the lack thereof -- influenced his decision to leave his medical practice and join the government. AHRQ's work in population health includes evaluating hospital safety via data analysis.

 

"It became painfully obvious that having the right information at the right time is really important for delivering great care," White said. "I didn't have the information where I needed it when I was in practice." The good news for organizations pursuing population health is that they have more data than ever. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services have provided financial incentives for the adoption of certified electronic health record (EHR) systems by physicians and hospitals through its meaningful-use initiative. Information formerly confined to paper charts is now in electronic form, and a new generation of wearable health-oriented devices promises to generate another stream of data. However, privacy and security considerations complicate the collection of data, and technology also contributes to the problem. Although EHRs free data from paper records, they can inhibit the aggregation of data across medical providers using different systems. Other issues are quality and the "normalization" of data so analysts can make meaningful comparisons. And then there's the need to build an infrastructure capable of crunching all those numbers.

 

Why it matters

Population health management is a key element of the Obama administration's efforts to reform health care. The Medicare shared-savings component of the Affordable Care Act (ACA), for example, focuses on Medicare beneficiaries as a population. Under the law, accountable care organizations -- groups of providers who coordinate the care of Medicare patients -- receive a portion of the savings that result from better quality and lower costs. According to the law, the program "promotes accountability for a patient population." In general, population health management dovetails with the ongoing shift from reimbursing providers for the number of procedures they perform to paying them based on the value they deliver. "Part of that value is measuring your ability to manage the health of the population that has been assigned to you," said Cynthia Burghard, research director for accountable care IT strategies at IDC Health Insights. In a report released in April, IDC Health Insights said the increasing interest in population health and data analytics is also being influenced by the objectives of the "Triple Aim," which the Institute for Healthcare Improvement defines as improving the patient experience of care, enhancing the health of populations and reducing the per-capita cost of care.

 

More than 75 percent of health care costs can be attributed to chronic conditions such as diabetes and heart disease, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. White called chronic diseases the foundational problem in health care and said chronic disease management and population health programs share a common IT remedy. "The tools we need to more effectively attack it are the same ones we need for population health," he added. The Department of Veterans Affairs is among the federal agencies building IT systems for population health management. Last year, VA's Business Intelligence Service Line consolidated regional data warehouses into a central Corporate Data Warehouse. VA uses the data to identify high-risk populations that need extra care and examine readmission rates, among other activities, said a spokeswoman for Microsoft, which is working with the VA on the project. The Corporate Data Warehouse uses Microsoft's SQL Server, business intelligence tools, Windows Server and System Center management tools.

From http://fcw.com/ 07/21/2014

TOP↑

 

 

Smart Cities on the Rise, Report Says

 

According to a new report, the number of smart cities is expected to increase four fold over the next 11 years. More cities are reaching into their coffers for smart infrastructure investments. By 2025, there will be at least 88 smart cities worldwide, up from 21 in 2013, according to a new report by IHS Technology, which also states that annual investment on smart city projects is expected to surpass $12 billion by 2025. The report, Smart Cities: Business Models, Technologies and Existing Projects” defines a smart city as one that has implemented or is piloting technology across three or more “functional areas,” which include things like transportation, energy or safety. The Asia-Pacific region is expected to lead in smart city technology, with an estimated 32 cities by 2025, followed by Europe with 31, and the Americas with 25. The report showed that American smart city projects are typically narrower in scope than those found in Europe, often focusing on just one functional area. In May, Governing magazine, a sister publication to Government Technology, featured “the smartest smart city,” Santander, Spain, in May, showing how 12,500 sensors measure trash in cans, cars in parking spaces, crowds on sidewalks, and particulates in the air. Computers analyze the real-time information to give city officials a better informed vantage point from which to make decisions. Among the 21 cities IHS currently categorizes as smart, five are in the United States: Boston, Chicago, Los Angeles, New York and San Francisco.

From http://www.govtech.com/ 07/31/2014

TOP↑

 

Philadelphia Boosts Digital Connections with Citizens

 

Philadelphia taps Salesforce and Unisys to ensure its "Philly 311" cloud and mobile program stays on top of all nonemergency requests from potholes to noise complaints. The city of Philadelphia is showing its citizens brotherly love with improved digital services and data insights. "Philly 311," a program used by residents to get information about municipal services and make non-emergency requests -- about potholes, graffiti, noise -- will get a facelift with the help of Unisys and Salesforce.com. Based on Salesforce.com's Service Cloud CRM platform, the new system is designed to streamline data culled from Philly 311 call center technologies, the website, mobile app, and social media under one platform to simplify how citizens interact with city hall. [CalCloud aims to streamline services for 400 California government agencies. Read IBM & California Partner On Private Cloud.]

 

"We think of it as 'one customer, one city'," says Rosetta Lue, the city's chief customer service officer and director of Philly 311. "Philly 311 was created five years ago to stop the transferring of calls and blame games that hurt city government credibility. And we're using technology to take that process to another level." Having one short number,  311, to call for all city government services has improved phone communications, but as Philadelphia residents moved to using social media, mobile apps, and more feature-rich websites, the city has had to expand the service to meet increased demand. The Philly 311 mobile app, in particular, has become a handy item for residents, says Lue. The app, developed and managed by popular mobile startup Public Stuff, allows citizens to quickly make requests -- such as to remove graffiti or replace a burned-out street light -- and attach photos with the request. The request is routed to the correct administrator in the appropriate department. City agencies can post updates about fixes and answer questions via the app. Other users can "like" and comment on requests. The Philly 311 app will be integrated with the enhanced Salesforce.com CRM platform so staff can better manage requests and track and analyze data.

 

For its part in augmenting the Salesforce.com CRM platform, Unisys is building new interfaces to connect current work order systems with Philly 311. It will also provide post-production support, improve the search functionality on the phila.gov site, and train call center agents and city neighborhood liaisons. The overarching goal of the new Salesforce.com CRM app and environment, says Lue, is to keep all the data coming in from different sources in sync. "We'll be better able to aggregate data to get the most accurate picture of what the pain points and needs are in specific neighborhoods," says Lue. In addition to better data analytics, Lue points out that the updated system will include more detailed city maps on the website and the mobile app as well as integrate the work order systems of city departments with Philly 311. "So a reported pothole will be put into the 311 database, but it will also be included as part of the streets department's work order system. The streets department doesn't currently have access to submitted photos and cannot update citizens about fixes, but they'll be able to do those things." A pilot project for the enhanced Philly 311 service was completed in June using groups of city employees and citizens. A citywide rollout will be completed by the end of the year.

From http://www.informationweek.com/ 08/14/2014

TOP↑

OECD Launches Interactive Website on Regional Well-being

 

Life expectancy, air quality, safety and other indicators of well-being can vary dramatically within countries, depending on which region you live in. Looking beyond national averages is vital to get an accurate picture of quality of life and to guide local government policy. The OECD today launched a regional well-being website based on an interactive map covering the Organisation’s 34 member countries. It rates 362 sub-national regions with a relative score out of 10 in eight categories: income, health, safety, services, civic engagement, education, jobs and environment and reveals some large disparities. In the UK, Northern Ireland has the cleanest air but the lowest voter turnout. Scotland has the shortest life expectancy, 3 years and 4 months less than southeast England. In the US, people in Hawaii live six years longer than those in Mississippi, the same difference in life expectancy as that between the US and Mexico. Australia is the most unequal OECD country in terms of how household income varies from one region to another, while Austrian regions see the least variation in pay.

 

“Where people live has a huge effect on their quality of life,” said Rolf Alter, OECD Public Governance and Territorial Development Director, presenting the website at a conference of the EU Committee of the Regions in Brussels. “By zooming in like this, we can really see the big differences that exist between regions and work out what local and state governments must do to reduce them.” The eight well-being factors, shown as different-coloured petals, are based on data measured at regional level on household income, life expectancy, homicide rates, broadband access, voter turnout, level of education in the workforce, employment rates and particulate matter in the air. Read more. The score out of 10 indicates how a region is doing relative to others in the country and across the 34 OECD member countries. Clicking on a petal reveals the underlying indicator and a more detailed scoreboard positioning the region in its country and in the OECD. The website classifies regions as the first administrative tier of sub-national government, for example Provinces in Canada, Länder in Germany and States in the United States. The new website is part of the OECD’s Better Life Initiative, which looks beyond economic growth to measure overall well-being. This includes the Better Life Index, which enables users to compare well-being across countries according to their own priorities.

From http://www.oecd.org/ 06/24/2014

TOP↑

 

Global Passenger Information System (Display, Announcement, Emergency Communication, Infotainment, Mobile Applications, Devices and Components, Services) Market Report - Forecast to 2019

 

Passenger information systems are solutions from IT vendors to transport service providers which helps these operators to provide real time scheduling information to the passengers. These solutions act as a medium for interaction between transport service providers and the passengers. In this report passenger information systems refer to the IT solutions and systems which are used to provide real-time information on arrival and departure, and other features such as news broadcast, emergency communication, and in-transit entertainment. With the evolution of new telecommunication technologies and increased adoption of smartphones, the demand for in-transit connectivity also increased. Technologies such as 3G and other higher generation communication fuelled this demand. On the other hand transport service providers are readily accepting the smart transport/traffic solutions being offered from IT vendors. The deployment of these solutions also distinguishes one service providers from others. Requirement of such solutions is significantly high in cities which are observing very high growth in urbanization. As the urban population is increasing the requirements for public transport is also increasing.

 

In the airways segment, the adoption was very high in early stages but later the adoption was observed quite high in railways and now in roadways. Railways segment accounts for highest revenue generation but the growth rate is significantly high in roadways segment. The same trend will be followed for next few years. In 2014 railways segment is the highest contributor in passenger information systems market revenues and it will remain on top for the next 5 years. As mentioned above, high growth in urbanization is one of the prime factors driving this market. In the geographic regions, such as Asia Pacific and Latin America, which are observing high growth in urbanization, adoption and deployment of passenger information systems will be significantly higher than other regions. In terms of revenue, North America and Europe will lead the chart and remain on the top during the forecasting period.

 

Major challenges in this market include legacy systems, and poor infrastructure. The cost of replacing old legacy systems or up gradation will be high which hamper the overall adoption rate of passenger information systems. On the other hand, there are region which still lacks the basic networking and communications infrastructure which is backbone for passenger information systems. In near future, both of these factors will affect significantly the adoption rate but with time the impact of these two factors will be diminished. For the market sizing and forecasting, several assumptions have been taken into consideration such as economic, regulatory, and technological. For instance, exchange rates, one of the economic factors, are expected to have a moderate rating of impact on this market. Therefore, dollar fluctuations are expected to not seriously affect the forecasts in the emerging APAC regions.

From http://finance.yahoo.com/ 07/11/2014

TOP↑

 

New Spectacular Room Designs Website Launches with Key Information for Homeowners

 

New website with up-to-date information on Spectacular Room Designs has been launched by Real Room Designs. The company is encouraging Homeowners to visit the site to leave feedback for future interior room design topics and updates. Warrington, United Kingdom – /PressCable/ — Homeowners interested in Spectacular Room Designs will find relevant and useful information on the recently launched Real Room Designs website. This new website launch takes into account several of the most requested features including tips & hints on interior room designs. Simple to follow navigation makes viewing the website easy. On the website there are actual in depth examples of spectacular room designs and installations recently completed by Real Room Designs. Homeowners can view these room designs and gain inspiration for their own projects.Real Room Designs has invested considerable time and effort to ensure an enjoyable user experience while providing timely and relevant information on Spectacular Room Designs.

 

Additional updates and new features can be expected in the future. Interested parties can view the website at http://realroomdesigns.co.uk.Partner Derek Johnston described the new website in this way:”There has been a lot of positive feedback surrounding http://realroomdesigns.co.uk and the information that it provides. Real Room Designs is committed to making continual improvements and adjustments so that all Homeowners have access to the latest information on Spectacular Room Designs. It is the goal of Real Room Designs to become the leading resource for reliable information on issues of interior room design impacting Homeowners.”Real Room Designs welcomes new website visitors to take a look at the numerous features available, and to submit feedback for the next round of updates.

From http://www.nbc26.tv/ 07/31/2014

TOP↑

APEC Turning to ICT to Support Aging Populations

 

Better information and communications technology access and service delivery is needed to boost living standards and innovative growth as populations age within the Asia-Pacific and increase pressure on shrinking workforces and budgets. Senior policy officials from APEC member economies and private sector representatives confronted the scope of the demographic challenge facing the region’s economies during an APEC workshop this week in Singapore on strengthening ICT applications for the elderly and people with disabilities. “A demographic shift of epic proportions is underway in Japan and across many developed and developing economies in the Asia-Pacific,” said Yasushi Yoshida, Director General of ICT Strategic Policy Planning at Japan’s Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications and a keynote speaker at the workshop. “It is incumbent upon governments and the business community to work together to bridge the digital divide by harnessing data analytics for greater citizen engagement and further improve public service delivery,” Yoshida added. “This is particularly the case in areas like healthcare which will put greater strain on financial and human resources through the coming years.”

 

Japan’s aging rate – the ratio of the population 65 years old and up – is the highest among advanced economies and continues to steadily increase. Its working age population is expected drop by 13 million during the 2010-2030 period and by more than 30 million by 2050, according to the National Institute of Population and Social Security Research in Japan. Developing and emerging economies are also facing a demographic crunch. China, Korea and Singapore’s aging rates are each expected to exceed 30 per cent by 2050 compared to around 10 per cent in 2010, the United Nations reports. The rate in Indonesia is predicted to jump from around 5 per cent to nearly 20 per cent during this same period. “We are collaborating to better position our economies to take advantage of unfolding ICT industry developments and help mitigate the effects of population changes in the region in the process,” said Nur Sulyna Abdullah, Chair of the APEC Telecommunications and Information Working Group.

 

“Massive increases in digital data, the rise of cloud computing and public use of smart phones are among the game changing factors guiding the direction of our cooperation,” explained Nur Sulyna, who is also Head of International Affairs, Legal and Commission Secretariat at the Malaysian Communications and Multimedia Commission. “By making ICT more accessible to a greater number of people, including the elderly and people with disabilities, and enhancing public and private data use, we can do a lot to create paperless environments and reduce operating costs for businesses and economies,” added Professor Toshio Obi, Director of the APEC e-Government Research Center at Waseda University and overseer of member economies’ multiyear project on ICT for aging society. “We are creating new e-APEC strategy.” APEC economies are focused on the development of training courses for ICT trainers of the elderly and disabled, assessing the impact of wider ICT adoption and fostering policies that accelerate the production and commercialization of industry innovations that cater to people with special needs.

 

Further emphasis is on the strengthening of online government services. This includes the exchange of strategies and best practices for optimizing technology infrastructure, back office speed and data use based on inputs from companies and citizens. “The clock is ticking for Asia-Pacific economies to address the dual challenges of aging populations and declining birthrates,” concluded Dr Alan Bollard, the APEC Secretariat’s Executive Director. “Coordinated efforts to widen ICT access and improve service delivery are helping to raise living standards for the region’s seniors. They are also opening new opportunities for businesses and the next generation of entrepreneurs vital to long-term productivity and growth.” The APEC Telecommunications and Information Working Group will meet on 29 September-3 October in Brisbane, Australia to take APEC’s ICT development agenda another step forward.

From http://www.apec.org/ 06/19/2014

TOP↑

 

ADB-funded E-trike Project Hits Snag Due to Higher Costs

 

The Department of Energy’s electric-tricycle (e-trike) program has hit another bump in the road towards initial rollout, further delaying the Asian Development Bank-funded $504-million project. In an interview, Energy Secretary Carlos Jericho Petilla told The STAR that the government will likely rebid the supply contracts of the first 3,000 e-trike units this year following issues raised against potential suppliers and the lack of off-takers. Petilla said majority of the interested local government units (LGUs) which are the potential beneficiaries of the project have backed out upon learning that suppliers have increased the cost of the e-trike units. Based on initial talks between the suppliers and its off-takers, a DOE source explained that manufacturers offered each e-trike unit at only P200,000. But during recent negotiations, the source said qualified suppliers have raised indicative prices per e-trike unit to about P305,000.

 

Still, the source said the price the suppliers are offering the LGU beneficiaries is still cheaper than the commercially available e-trikes which cost at least P400,000 a unit. “Most likely we will rebid the supply contracts because the prices have gone up dramatically resulting to plenty of negotiations becoming problematic,” Petilla said. The recent problem on the hike of e-trike prices being offered by manufacturers came on top of the DOE’s recent decision to put on hold the awarding of the supply and delivery contracts of the first 3,000 units due to lack of qualified off-takers “Most of the LGUs did not qualify, especially when it comes to the seal of good housekeeping. Financially they are okay, they have the money and they can be trusted with the loan. They just don’t have good housekeeping,” Petilla said. The DOE earlier tried to negotiate with the Department of Finance (DOF) to relax the stringent loan requirements of Landbank on the LGUs. The DOF was the agency that laid out the loan requirements.

 

Petilla, however, said their request came to no avail and as such, the DOE will not consider anymore LGUs with no seal of good housekeeping as beneficiaries once the the supply contracts are finalized. The energy chief said they are targeting to rebid the supply contracts this year, with the rollout of the first 3,000 units seen by next year. Under the program, the DOE was supposed to roll out the first batch or 3,000 e-trike units this year. An auction was held in August last year with manufacturers from Korea, Japan and Taiwan. The awarding of the contract to the winning e-trike manufacturer which would have paved the way for the initial rollout was initially set in December last year but was delayed following reviews made by the ADB. The ADB’s clearance eventually came in the first quarter, with the bank issuing its “No Objection Letter” on the auction.

 

The $504-million e-trike project is a joint undertaking of the DOE and the ADB. The program is funded through a $300-million loan from the ADB, $105-million loan and grant from the Clean Technology Fund, and Philippine government’s $99-million counterpart funding. The project seeks to reduce the country’s fuel imports and lessen annual carbon dioxide emissions by replacing 100,000 of the 3.5 million gasoline-powered tricycles currently operating in the Philippines with the e-trikes. According to the DOE, the program aims to rollout as many as 100,000 e-trikes in a five-year period, with the initial 3,000 units for rollout during the first year. With the delay in the program’s implementation, the DOE said it will try to catch-up next year with the project’s timetable. The e-trikes run on an electric motor and rechargeable lithium-ion battery. It will be introduced in Metro Manila and other urban centers across the Philippines under a lease-to-own arrangement in which drivers will be required to pay a daily boundary to their respective LGUs.

From http://www.abs-cbnnews.com/ 08/16/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

 

 

CHINA: Internet Expands Freedom of Speech

 

A government report on China's human rights said Monday that Internet has "dramatically" expanded the space of freedom of speech.Chinese netizens post and forward 250 million microblog messages and over 20 billion WeChat and other instant messages every day, said the report on China' s human rights in 2013, issued by the State Council Information Office.Internet has become one of the most important channels for the public to express its opinion, the report said."Chinese people enjoy extensive freedom of speech," the report said. "Within the range allowed by the Constitution and other laws, the public can discuss political issues freely."The public can express opinions through Internet forums, blogs, personal webpages, social networks, online literature, online videos and other Internet platforms, according to the report.The report quoted the statistics from seven websites including Sina and Tencent as saying that, among the 20 topics that received the most attention on line in 2013, the top 12 received over 2 million posts each, and the top one over 45 million posts.

 

Chinese netizens discussed a wide range of topics, including lawsuits, people's livelihood, individual rights and interests protection, doctor-patient disputes, and corruption, the report said.By the end of 2013, the number of netizens in China reached 618 million and Internet coverage rate 45.8 percent, according to the report.The country now has about 120 million Internet forum or bulletin board system (BBS) users, 437 million blog and personal webpage users and 278 million social network users.Effective realization of freedom of speech ensures that the public oversee the government, the report said.Many local government websites in China have mailboxes to receive letters from the public, while the central discipline inspection agency, Supreme People's Court and Supreme People's Procuratorate have opened tip-off websites.

From http://www.news.cn/ 05/26/2014

TOP↑

 

China to Issue 40 Bln in E-Savings Bonds Next Week

 

Two rounds of electronic savings bonds worth up to 40 billion yuan (6.56 billion U.S. dollars) will be issued by China's Ministry of Finance (MOF) next week.They will be the third and fourth issuance of such bonds this year, according to a ministry statement on Wednesday.The third issuance is worth 24 billion yuan and carries a term of three years with a fixed annual interest rate of 5 percent. The fourth issuance of five-year bonds is worth 16 billion yuan at a fixed annual interest rate of 5.41 percent, the MOF said.The bonds will be issued from June 10 to 19. Interest will be calculated from June 10 and paid annually, the statement said.The bonds will be available to individual investors at the Industrial and Commercial Bank of China, Agricultural Bank of China, Bank of China, China Construction Bank, Bank of Communications, Bank of Beijing, Bank of Shanghai and China Guangfa Bank, it said.Electronic savings bonds are considered more convenient than other types, as interest can be paid directly into investors' accounts.

From http://www.news.cn/ 06/04/2014

TOP↑

 

Big Data Could Help Battle Flu Outbreaks

 

The Chinese Center for Disease Control and Prevention is working with online search giant Baidu to tap its huge user database to help forecast flu outbreaks.Gao Fu, deputy director of the center, said a data-crunching prediction tool might be available as early as this year to track flu outbreaks nationwide. "Big data will play a major role in safeguarding and improving public health."The tool is expected to provide the public with estimated flu epidemic levels and help boost prevention measures as well as aid authorities with more targeted responses, said Lai Shengjie, a researcher at the CDC's infection prevention and control department.Previous reports said that Baidu's search engine had more than 100 million users a day, making it the most popular site of its kind in the country.Users often search for flu-related information like symptoms and medications when they come down with the ailment and the data gleaned from such activity can be faster than that collected through traditional flu surveillance based in hospitals, Lai said. Keywords in searches such as "cold" and "fever" as well as a combination of these can be applied to gather useful data."There might be an outbreak following a surge of related search queries. Global positioning devices can then be used to locate any such outbreak and its real-time movements," he said.

 

Other search data involving population movements, weather conditions and geographical factors can also help with flu predictions through scientific analysis, Gao said. "These are gaps that the data can help fill to supplement the traditional flu monitoring system."US search giant Google launched a similar predictive tool in 2008 called Google Flu Trends, "which inspired us to create a Chinese one", Lai said.Gao added that other medical conditions and issues such as digestive tract diseases, food poisoning, smoking control and infectious outbreak response might be included in the project.But some experts questioned the credibility of such analysis, saying huge datasets do not necessarily guarantee validity.Last year, science journal Nature reported that Google Flu Trends had overestimated the peak Christmas flu season in 2012 by 50 percent.Lai said that the project will adjust and fine-tune the data by repeatedly comparing the data-generated trends with traditional flu surveillance results.Other factors affecting the validity of the analysis, like the rapidly increasing use of smartphones, the rural-urban gap in Internet access and segmented search engine users, will all be considered to increase accuracy, he said.

From http://www.news.cn/ 06/09/2014

TOP↑

 

60% of Mobile Internet Users Are Male: Report

 

The number of Chinese Internet users who use their mobile phones to get online hit 686 million by June 2014, up 5 percent from December, consultancy EnfoDesk said Monday in a statistical report.Of all the 686 million mobile Internet users, 60.2% are male, said the statistical report on China's mobile Internet for the first half of 2014.People under the age of 30 account for 61 percent while the ratio of the young and middle aged users is on the rise.33.2 percent of male users have a high school education and 22.5 percent serve in the manufacturing or service industry. It was also discovered that 20.6 percent are without a stable income.Instant messaging services are the most preferred among China's mobile Internet users, who spent 84.1 percent of their online time using them.The latest data from EnfoDesk also shows that active WeChat users numbered at 359.87 million by May, finally surpassing QQ Mobile (307.33 million users). By the end of 2013, QQ Mobile enjoyed the highest number of active users among all mobile apps.

From http://www.news.cn/ 07/01/2014

TOP↑

 

China's Internet Society Proposes Good Faith

 

China's Internet industrial association on Thursday issued a proposal on credit building and good faith in the cybersphere.The proposal by the Internet Society of China and 22 Chinese websites called on Internet businesses and netizens to use the Internet and operate their websites in accordance with law, honestly and in good faith, while resolutely opposing the fabricating and spread of false information, malicious libel, fraud, piracy and other online mischievousness.It also urged the websites not to provide a platform for illegal and discredited activities.The proposal is said to be part of the industry's efforts to implement a State Council plan released last month for building social credit system, the country's first special national plan in this area.Major news portals and commercial websites should take the lead in promoting the value of good faith and credibility and enhance their self-discipline, said Ren Xianliang, vice director of State Internet Information Office.

From http://www.news.cn/ 07/11/2014

TOP↑

 

China's Online Population Rises to 632 Mln

 

China's netizen population, the world's largest, reached 632 million by the end of June, an industry report showed on Monday.Figures from the China Internet Network Information Center (CNNIC) showed that there were 14.42 million new Internet users in the first six months of the year.Compared to the 53.58 million new Internet users added last year, the increase in the first half of this year was relatively small.According to Liu Bing, the center's deputy director, this is partly because declining smartphone sales have led to fewer new netizens.Official statistics showed that in the first three months of 2014, shipments of smartphones hit 100 million, down 24.7 percent from the same period last year.According to the report, about 178 million Internet users were rural residents, accounting for 28.2 percent of the entire online population, the report said.The number of mobile Internet users totaled 527 million as of June 30, up 26.99 million from the end of 2013, the CNNIC report said.According to the report, the 34th of its kind since 1997, Chinese netizens spent a weekly average of 25.9 hours on the Internet, an increase of 0.9 hour from the figure recorded in the second half of 2013.In addition to online shopping and entertainment, China's online population also surfs the Internet for financial and medical services, according to the report.

From http://www.news.cn/ 07/21/2014

TOP↑

 

Majority of Chinese Minors Under 10 Use Internet

 

More than 60 percent of minors are exposed to the Internet before they are 10 years old, and 23.8 percent before the age of 6, according to a 2013 report on minors' use of the Internet released by Chinese Young Pioneers Business Development Centre.Earlier reports revealed that 17.5 percent of minors used the Internet before reaching 6 in 2012 and 15.4 percent in 2011. As Internet penetration grows in China minors are exposed at increasingly younger ages.The top three things urban minors do when online are play games, listen to music and QQ chat while suburban minors play games, listen to music and other activities.Reports were first released in 2006 and are written after surveying 16,530 students ranging from primary school first graders to high school sophomores in 108 primary and high schools in 10 provinces.

From http://www.news.cn/ 07/21/2014

TOP↑

 

Chinese Courts Open Tip-off Websites

 

Chinese courts at all levels have launched websites for collecting tip-offs of illegal conduct by staff, the Supreme People's Court (SPC) has said.All intermediate courts and most of grassroots courts have launched their websites in recent days, and connected to the sites already run by the SPC and all higher people's courts.The SPC launched its site in May 2009. In February 2011, all higher people's courts had tip-off websites of their own and the SPC started to push the concept at all four levels of courts.People can access tip-offs websites of all courts through the SPC (jubao.court.gov.cn). Upper courts can guide and monitor lower courts through the system.Zhou Qiang, president of the SPC, said each tip-off should be taken seriously to establish the authority of the law and judicial credibility.

From http://www.news.cn/ 08/03/2014

TOP↑

 

Chinese Classified Listings Website Closes USD200 Million Round

 

Chinese lifestyle information website Ganji.com has gained new investments of USD200 million with investors such as Tiger Fund and Carlyle Group.Yang Haoyong, chief executive officer of Ganji.com, revealed that the company plans to launch its initial public offering in June 2015.Yang said Ganji.com will "not be listed with the second position" and the company aims at three firsts. It eyes the first position for operating revenue in the classified information industry in China; the first position for mobility in the classified information industry; and the first in the recruitment industry. Ganji.com's current monthly income claims to be about CNY100 million and it growth rate in 2014 is about 150%.At present, Ganji.com's major businesses with the largest traffic include recruitment, real estate, lifestyle services, and used car listings. According to Yang, the commercialization of the first three businesses is smooth and the revenue of recruitment sector accounted for 40% to 50% of total revenue of the company. In addition, the company claimed that the number of resumes in its recruitment channel is twice as the sum of 51job.com and Zhaopin.com, two mainstays in the Chinese online job search marketRecruitment and mobility have been listed as the two differentiators by Yang. The newly financed capital will be used to rapidly extend its market share and make further investment in the mobile sector.

From http://www.chinatechnews.com/ 08/19/2014

TOP↑

 

JAPAN: Softbank to Cut Smartphone Charges

 

SoftBank Corp, Japan’s No. 3 mobile carrier, will cut its smartphone charges in Japan with a flat rate for unlimited voice calling and cheaper data plans, in a sign that price competition may be starting to pick up in Japan’s mobile market. The lower rates, to take effect next month, are similar to reductions this month by rival NTT DoCoMo Inc, Japan’s largest wireless provider. Regulators have grown increasingly critical of the three dominant carriers, blaming them for high smartphone fees and oligopolistic practices. The authorities’ complaints came at an awkward time for SoftBank CEO Masayoshi Son, as he tries to convince U.S. regulators that a proposed acquisition by his Sprint Corp, the No. 3 U.S. mobile carrier, of No.4 T-Mobile US Inc would boost competition in the U.S. market, by giving the top two carriers more of a run for their money. In addition to flat-fee unlimited voice calling, SoftBank will offer options allowing users to roll over unused data communications to the next month or to share them with family members. It also will launch special offers or discounts for family plans, long-term users and subscribers aged 25 and under. A voice-only smartphone service will be priced at 2,700 yen per month, while data plans will run from 3,500 yen per month for 2 gigabytes up to 22,500 yen for 30 GB. Japan’s wireless carriers had typically offered only high-end smartphone plans with minimum charges of 5,700 yen per month for 7 GB of data communications. The communications ministry has charged that the uniformly high fees showed there was insufficient competition in the industry. KDDI Corp, the second-largest carrier, is also considering offering flat-rate, unlimited calling, sources familiar with the matter have said.

From http://www.japantoday.com 06/09/2014

 

TOP↑

 

Govt Looks to Robots to Solve Nation’s Woes

 

The government plans to use robots as a key measure in dealing with labor shortages and the nation’s aging society, and will boost support for development in several priority areas, The Yomiuri Shimbun has learned. According to the government’s robot strategy, which is aimed at achieving the widespread adoption of inexpensive, user-friendly robots before other countries, the government will focus on four fields—nursing care, agriculture, infrastructure inspection/disasters and factories. Through subsidies and other support measures, it aims to take the initiative in the field of robotics, where international competition is increasingly fierce.  The strategy also sets a target for boosting the scale of the domestic market for robots, aiming to increase it from about ¥700 billion in 2012 to about ¥2.4 trillion in 2020. The government will announce the plans this week and include them in its new growth strategy to be compiled in late June. In step with the 2020 Tokyo Olympics and Paralympics, the government plans to hold an event tentatively called the “Robot Olympics,” where countries from around the world would compete over the efficiency and performance of their robots.

 

According to a government estimate, the nation will need about 1 million more caregivers than it will actually have in 2025. With this in mind, the government will promote efforts to reduce the cost of robotic power-assist suits, mechanical exoskeletons that can be worn to make caregiving physically easier. Such suits can help a caregiver hold and move a person in need of nursing care. As more than 60 percent of the nation’s farmers are 65 or older, the government will also support the development of unmanned tractors and other devices. Regarding infrastructure inspection, the government will accelerate efforts to develop small unmanned helicopters that can confirm cracks in the inaccessible parts of bridges using cameras or sensors. The government believes that efforts over the next several years will be critical. Last year, U.S.-based Google Inc. acquired robot development companies in both the United States and Japan. Robots are expected to play a central role in the next industrial revolution after the Internet. Japan is a world leader in robotics technology, but the adoption of nursing-care robots is hindered by their high price of about ¥20 million each. The government believes that a robot with a narrower range of functions costing about ¥100,000 would be rapidly adopted in many nursing care facilities, making it possible to increase the number of such robots to more than 1 million. The government is also considering establishing a panel comprising robot development companies and users to enhance the user-friendliness of robots.

From http://the-japan-news.com 06/16/2014

TOP↑

Machines to Talk via Mobile Networks

 

Mobile phone companies are focusing on providing wireless communication services through their mobile networks for such machines as vending machines and gas meters. Although the consumer market for mobile phones has become saturated, there is significant room for growth in “inter-machine communication” services and the area is expected to yield new business opportunities. NTT Docomo Inc. is providing mobile connections for about 150,000 vending machines owned by Suntory Beverage & Food Ltd. The machines are wirelessly connected to a data center, and maintenance staff are notified through e-mails to their mobile phones in the event that products sell out or machines malfunction. NTT Docomo will also provide mobile networks for a trial involving the shared use of power-assist bicycles, to be conducted by Tokyo’s Chiyoda Ward from October. Riders will be able to pick up and drop off the bicycles at more than 10 parking areas, and the ward can use location data transmitted from terminals attached to the bicycles to distribute them efficiently. Ymobile Corp., a unit of SoftBank Corp., will provide PHS networks for gas meters that Tokyo Gas Co. will set up for about 50,000 households. The households’ gas use will be monitored by an operations center, and people who forget to turn off their gas will receive alerts.

 

According to the Fuji Chimera Research Institute, Inc., the market for intermachine communications is expected to reach ¥276.2 billion by fiscal 2017, or 2.3 times its level in fiscal 2012. Communication fees are quite low at several hundred yen per month. However, “more than 50 billion machines will be connected to the Internet in 2020, five times the current number,” according to SoftBank President Masayoshi Son, so intermachine communications are expected to yield stable revenue. Mobile phone companies are also working to upgrade their communication capabilities. KDDI Corp., for example, will apply Long Term Evolution communication, which can quickly send large volumes of data, to intermachine transmissions from next May. However, it will be difficult for mobile phone companies to create systems that fulfill companies’ various communication needs on their own. SoftBank therefore formed a development tie-up in April with General Electric Co. of the United States. Such cooperation with different industries will likely be key to expanding mobile phone companies’ operations.

From http://the-japan-news.com 08/18/2014

TOP↑

 

SOUTH KOREA: Mobile Broadband Subscribers Reach 7 Bln Worldwide in 2014

 

The number of mobile-cellular broadband subscribers is expected to reach 7 billion worldwide by the end of this year on the back of a brisk increase in developing countries, a report showed Friday. According to the annual "World 2014: ICT Facts and Figures" report released by the International Telecommunication Union (ITU), the number of mobile-cellular subscriptions will approach the number of people on earth, with a penetration rate of 96 percent, by end-2014.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 06/06/2014

TOP↑

 

Science Ministry to Cut Telecom Costs for Households

 

South Korea's science ministry said Monday it will have mobile carriers slash their enrollment fees and smartphone prices and offer more diverse service plans to help lower telecommunications costs for households. In measures that precede detailed policy guidelines due in November, the Ministry of Science, ICT and Future Planning said it will first slash the enrollment fee of carrier service by 50 percent in the third quarter, and also cut the price of universal subscriber identity modules (USIM) by 10 percent.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 06/30/2014

TOP↑

 

Global Reactions Flow in as Korea’s Internet Speed Ranks First

 

Korea has the fastest Internet speed in the world. According to the latest quarterly report “State of the Internet” on July 1 from Akamai Technologies, a cloud services provider in the U.S., Korea topped all other countries in the last quarter in terms of average Internet connection speed, with a speed of 23.6 megabits per second, or Mbps, and a year-on-year increase of 145%. The new report suggests that average Internet speeds have been steadily increasing internationally, and among those in the top ten, Korea has seen the biggest jump in the first quarter of 2014. Rounding out the top ten are Japan, Hong Kong, Switzerland, Netherlands, Latvia, Sweden, the Czech Republic, Finland and Ireland. On top of that, the nation has recorded an “average peak connection speed” of 68.5 Mbps, taking over top spot from last year’s winner Hong Kong. The nation also comes in at No. 1 in terms of high-speed Internet and high broadband adoption rates, up 146% and 25% year-on-year, respectively. Since the report was made public, reactions have flooded in from all around the world.

For example, a British Internet user reacted with, “I pay $30 every month for this snail-slow 4 Mbps connection. Having at least 20 Mbps speed would feel like being in heaven, I believe.” Another user said, “Korea [the people] does not ‘surf’ the Internet, as things come up with just one quick click. And it will get faster, no doubt.” A Canadian commented that, “We [Canadians] usually don’t complain about the status on the Internet, but these results make some difference to the way we think.” Meanwhile, an American user said, “We have thought only about movies, games and music when we are on cyberspace. But the Korean government takes into consideration economic effects. They must think that increasing the speed of data transmission is just like establishing the national infrastructure such as highways and railways, which, they think, plays a pivotal role in the national development. I think it is such a wise and brilliant idea.”

There was a flood of reactions from China, too. “I feel envious. I’m eager to emigrate to Korea,” “Living in a small country is good, as you can get the fastest Internet lines at such a low cost. We [China] still have a long way to go until we keep up with the speed,” and “With that speed, I could download a movie in a twinkle,” to name just a few. The first access Korea had to the Internet world dates back to 1982. Later, in 1994, PC communication services by the names of Hitel and Chollian came out in Korea for the first time, and were hugely popular. Since then, the government has made an all-out effort to set up the Internet infrastructure by putting in place a variety of public internet services, including e-commerce, electronic civil services and electronic news & broadcasting. As a result, life has become a lot more convenient as the government has computerized all administrative procedures and transformed itself into an “e-government.” Thanks to these efforts, it ranked first among U.N. member countries from 2010 until 2012 on the e-Government Development Index and e-Government Participation Index of the United Nations e-Government Survey. The efficiency and rapidity of information use across the Internet has helped the nation open a new chapter in information and communications technology (ICT).

From http://www.korea.net 07/08/2014

TOP↑

 

Carriers Invest Over 5 Tln Won Per Year for Faster Network: Report

 

South Korean mobile carriers spent an average 5.15 trillion won (US$5.01 billion) every year since 2011 into developing faster mobile networks, raising concerns that excessive competition may erode profit, a report said Monday. The investment in what is called long-term evolution (LTE) network between 2011 and 2013 is nearly 55 percent more than the yearly 3.33 trillion won the carriers put into the previous 3G network in the 2006-10 period, according to the report by DigiEco, a research arm of KT Corp.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 07/21/2014

TOP↑

 

S. Korea's High-speed Wireless Internet Penetration Ranking Falls

 

South Korea saw its global ranking in the high-speed wireless Internet penetration rate drop one notch in December last year from six months earlier, data showed Sunday. South Korea's high-speed wireless Internet penetration rate came to 103.8 percent as of December, ranking sixth among the 34 members of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), according to the data by the Paris-based club of advanced economies.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 08/10/2014

TOP↑

 

S. Korean IPTV Subscriptions Top 10 Mln

 

The number of subscribers of Internet Protocol TV (IPTV) services in South Korea broke the 10 million mark this month, data showed Tuesday, maintaining stable growth since they were first launched here in January 2009. KT Corp., one of the country's fixed-line operators, had 5.48 million subscribers, trailed by SK Broadband Co. with 2.5 million and LG Uplus Corp. with 2.02 million, the data compiled by Korea Digital Media Industry Association (KDMIA) showed.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 08/19/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

 

 

MALAYSIA: ICT Courses in Local Varsities Don’t Serve Industry Needs, Say Experts

 

The curriculum of ICT programmes in universities will be revised to reflect industry needs in an effort to tackle the perennial problem of skills mismatch among graduates. With only 10% of new entrants to the workforce directly employable while the rest require training before they can start work, Multimedia Development Corporation (MDeC) is working with universities, the National ICT Association of Malaysia (Pikom), the education ministry as well as other industry players to breathe new life into the current syllabus to make it more reflective of the industry's needs. "The curriculum was revised six years ago but with technological changes, you really need to revise it," said MDeC talent division director Muhammad Imran Kunalan Abdullah. While he did not mention when the new curriculum is expected to take off, Muhammad Imran said there are already some efforts put in place ways to improve the employability of ICT students. These include getting industry players to lecture in universities, introducing short-term professional courses and engagements between the universities and industry players to match employee-employer needs.

 

"Universities should not be teaching about products. Students should be taught about disciplines and analysis such as techniques of programming as opposed to learning about certain products. "Unfortunately, a lot of universities today are training ICT students on products because these certain products are widely-used in the market, which is fine but when they graduate, it does not give them the overall skill set of a computer science graduate," said Pikom's research committee chairman Woon Tai Hai. The National ICT Association of Malaysia's (Pikom) ICT Job Market Outlook 2014 revealed that fresh ICT graduates are still struggling to command higher salaries due to a mismatch of skills and higher employer expectations, with salaries only recording an average amount of RM2,344 between 2011 and last year. The survey found that the salary gap between the freshies and their more experienced counterparts had widened from 2.83 times in 2012 to 2.92 times last year.

 

It also noted that fresh graduates saw a slim salary rise of RM2,238 in 2011 to only RM2,451 last year. In contrast, wages for ICT executives with one to four years experience went up from RM3,151 to RM3,439 in the same period, while those with more than five years experience saw their salaries bumped up from RM5,039 to RM5,744. Semiconductor and water fabrication industries paid the highest salaries to fresh graduates at RM3,280 a month in 2013, but the percentage has not changed much since the year before. The automotive and heavy industries manufacturing sector registered a 27% rise in the monthly salary for fresh graduates, from RM2,175 in 2012 to RM2,763 last year, followed by the construction and building industry from RM2,023 to RM2,394 for the same corresponding period and education (from RM1,983 to RM2,305). – July 4, 2014.

From https://my.news.yahoo.com/ 07/04/2014

TOP↑

 

Philippines: Government Recognises Urgency for 3D Hazard Mapping in Disaster Mitigation

 

The Department of Science and Technology (DOST) of the Philippines is now focusing on 3D flood mapping of Davao Oriental, a province in the Davao Region in Mindanao with over 517,000 people. This is part of the Disaster Risk Assessment, Exposure and Mitigation - Light Ranging and Detection Technology (DREAM-LiDAR) project, a collaboration between DOST and University of the Philippines to create high resolution hazard maps to improve disaster preparedness. According to Dr. Eric Paringit, Project Leader of DREAM, the Province is in need for updated hazard maps due to the evolving threat. The major concerns in the 2012 Typhoon Pablo were strong winds and landslides. However, flooding became the main challenge in the recent Typhoon Agaton in January this year. “It is not just a matter of saying how resilient your house is against strong winds, it also matters where the house or the structure is located,” Paringit said. He added that areas or structures which were assessed to be safe previously were damaged or hit during the flood. Therefore, Davao Oriental and other regions in the Philippines is in need for more detailed and higher resolution 3D mapping that will help the government and community better understand hazardous areas and mitigate risks.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 05/27/2014

TOP↑

 

Philippine Government Officials Train Open Data Skills with Open Knowledge Foundation & World Bank

 

Open government does not end with setting up an open data portal, Philippine Government officials learnt during a week-long data skills training session organised by Open Data Philippines, Open Knowledge Foundation (OKF) and the World Bank. After the portal is set up, the data needs to be constantly cleaned, shared and updated, while promoting citizen participation, to fulfill the ultimate goal of making information not just open, but also useful, Anders Pedersen, Community Coordinator and Business Developer, OpenSpending told the officials gathered across agencies. Moving away from traditional formats like .pdf towards more open formats such as .csv and .txt mean that the data can be accessed by a wider variety of programmes and allow for manipulation of data. One of the most important parts of opening up data is simply getting the data across to the public in an effective way. Pedersen provided hands-on training for these open data advocates to clean, scrape and visualise data. Datawrapper, Raw, D3.js, Tableau, and ThingLink are some tools that help with visualising data. Sergio Araiza from School of Data joined in to highlight OpenRefine, a data cleaning tool for intermediate users. The government officials were particularly impressed by the simplicity of OnlineOCR and ILovePDF, free online tools that allow users to liberate data from .pdf files. Pedersen noted that opening up data means that more people are looking at the data, so governments will set higher data standards among its agencies and citizens will help further validate the data that is published.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 06/04/2014

TOP↑

 

Tablets vs Paper: How the Philippines Halved the Cost of Healthcare Delivery

 

A project in the Philippines has reduced the cost of collecting healthcare information and delivering public health messages to the poorest families by almost half over five years, a university study has found. FutureGov caught up with Mary Rose Rontal, Health Innovations Programme Manager at ACCESS Health International-Philippines, to uncover the story behind the success of the project: e-Action for Universal Healthcare Coverage. ACCESS, a non-profit think tank, has trained the government’s community health teams to collect health information on families using tablets, replacing paper forms which they had been using since 2011. The health workers can now use a mobile and web app to summarise the data collected and automatically generate reports. The City Health Office can also directly access the reports online and share them with other government agencies. An economic evaluation of using the app versus paper forms by the University of the Philippines Econ Foundation found that “using the [app] is nearly half as expensive as using the paper-based approach over a five year period”, including less time spent on collecting, processing and reporting data.

 

The Philippines’ healthcare system is devolved, so the budget comes from local government units, explained Rontal. This means that reducing costs at the local government level is important to make the country’s healthcare system more efficient. The community health worker profiles the household, develops health plans for each member of the family and shares healthcare information and messages. He or she also schedules check ups and then follows up to make sure the family is adhering to the plan. The worker visits each household every month. Previously, they had to carry up to nine kinds of forms to every household they visited in the day, she said. The community health centre consolidated the health reports every month and shared the information with the City Health Office, which then submitted it to national government departments like the Department of Health and the Department of Social Welfare and Development, Rontal said. Now, they just need to carry a tablet with them on which they can update the household’s profile, deliver video messages and track family members’ progress with health plans. Not all survey areas have an internet connection, so every community health centre has been equipped with a connection. Once the workers return to the centre, they sync the data on the tablet to a server that automatically generates the required reports. “The City Health Office can [directly] access the reports through the web application,” she added.

 

“So far we have trained 100 health workers [to use the app],” said Rontal of the total 100,000 health workers deployed by the government. With the mobile app, they can deliver standardised healthcare messages to families using videos, which makes the message more visual and easier for families to understand, she noted. The lower cost of implementing this project means that it can be scaled up more easily and can allow the local government to better allocate their funds and human resources. The project was first introduced in Caloocan City. Although it has shown successful results, the city government is having difficulty sustaining the project due to funding concerns. Since the country’s health system is devolved, such projects depend on the priorities and budgets of local government units. The ultimate objective of the project is for the national government’s “Department of Health to adopt this innovation and endorse it to the local government units”, Rontal concluded.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 07/30/2014

TOP↑

 

SINGAPORE: Public University Cuts 30 Per Cent in Costs with Open Hybrid Cloud

 

Nanyang Technological University (NTU), one of the two largest public universities in Singapore, has cut costs by 30 per cent by leveraging an open hybrid cloud infrastructure to support the university’s 35,200 students and researchers. The University was recently awarded for its successful illustration of cutting-edge deployment and business value from emerging technology at the Red Hat Innovation Awards 2014. “Choosing open source was not by accident, but by design. We needed an open hybrid cloud setup for scalability and flexibility,” highlighted Professor Soh Yeng Chai, Director of the High Performance Computing Centre (HPCC) at NTU. “At the HPCC, we work with public and private organisations on a regular basis. The centre provides high-end compute-intensive IT resources to support research and development work,” he explained. To meet high computing demands of its researchers and students, NTU implemented an open hybrid cloud infrastructure to link the school’s private cloud with the Amazon Web Services public cloud. This allowed NTU to move workloads from the private cloud to the public cloud during peak hours while keeping the data secure, and also allowed it to monitor resources in both the private and public clouds. NTU now makes better use of its existing computing resources while saving costs. The University deployed Red Hat Cloud Infrastructure, a solution for building and managing an open, private Infrastructure-as-a-Service cloud based on data centre virtualisation and management technologies. The deployment was the first Red Hat open hybrid cloud deployment in ASEAN.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 05/28/2014

TOP↑

 

Singapore University Achieves Global IT Service Management Certification

 

The Nanyang Technological University (NTU), one of the biggest universities in Singapore with 33,500 students, has become the first higher education institution in Australasia to achieve the international ISO 20000 certification, demonstrating excellence and best practice in IT service management, CIO Tay Kheng Tiong told FutureGov. ISO 20000 is an internationally recognised quality standard that describes an integrated set of management processes which form a service management system for the effective delivery of services to the organisation and its stakeholders. “It was a two year rigorous process which required close collaboration among our end-users and a cohesive and responsive IT team. We had to learn to do a lot more with less, realign IT to business processes, and adopt best in breed technology to ensure that our provision, delivery and support services are at their optimal,” Tay said. The certification process defines and assesses requirements for a service management system, which includes design and transition of new or changed services as well as processes for service delivery, relationship, resolution and control. “The biggest challenge is in changing our mindset to do things differently. We overhauled several processes. When managing a problem for example, we wanted to streamline what used to be a 10-step approach to a two-step process,” added Tay, who is a certified ITIL Expert, a qualification for individuals who demonstrated superior knowledge of IT service management.

 

Since the certification process is stringent and tedious, it naturally leads to some resistance from staff. When asked what motivated him to take on the challenge, Tay commented that it is a worthwhile initiative because it gives the University and its stakeholders confidence in the IT team’s ability to deliver high quality services at the most cost-effective and efficient manner. Richard Hong, CEO of TÜV SÜD ASEAN, the certification service provider, said, “We thank NTU for trusting TÜV SÜD to support them in this journey. It is indeed an honour for us to work alongside one of Asia’s top universities. By being ISO 20000-certified, NTU has set a very good example to the rest of Singaporeand the world. Other organisations will be more motivated to follow in NTU’s footsteps and do their part in elevating IT service delivery quality.” While the University celebrates this recent achievement, Tay and his team are already planning to scale the next mountain. “We are now working towards the Information Security Management Systems ISO 27001 certification, which we target to achieve in 18 months,” Tay commented. If successful, NTU will again be the first university in Singapore to achieve this international information security certification, and the second in the Singapore public sector after Agency for Science, Technology and Research (ASTAR).

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 05/29/2014

TOP↑

 

Singapore Plans Sensor Network to Track Transport and Energy, Promote Local Services

 

Singapore’s Infocomm Development Authority (IDA) has just officially launched a plan to invest in a network of sensors to boost the city’s connectivity and enable further initiatives in transport, healthcare and localised public service delivery. The city will install 1,000 above-ground sensors in part of the city to pilot a range of new applications, including traffic sensors, anti-smoking monitors, autonomous cars and smart street lighting. This pilot work will then be used to develop a broader infrastructure across the city, which will connect to citizens’ personal devices, and in the future not only connect to smart phones but wearable technology, citizens’ personal medical sensors and household appliances. The sensor network will also enable Singapore to develop location-based services, Steve Leonard, IDA deputy executive chairman told FutureGov. “The goal would be that as we have more knowledge about what’s happening in any particular place, the location-based services can be more tightly defined - so location within x metres versus y kilometres,” he said.

 

Asked how Singapore’s ‘Smart Nation’ strategy differed from other cities’ use of sensors, he told FutureGov there are three factors that make Singapore’s plan unique. First, he said, “how we’re trying to do this across the whole of government… what we think makes us unique is the ability to have all the parts of government working together, so there’s been many discussion that have included transport, health and education.” Second, he said that Singapore already has good connectivity and plans to increase its broadband capacity further. And third, they can easily discuss the privacy and data concerns that citizens have and quickly find solutions because “we have unambiguous support from senior leaders”. Concern about data protection is an ongoing topic of discussion, Leonard told a press conference. Currently Singapore agencies are excluded from data protection requirements, and he said that “was originally contemplated for the outcome of making sharing easier for serving citizens. As we evolve, we’ll always have to reconsider whether there’s a different better or improved way for us to structure personal data protection.” Another challenge will be retrofitting older housing stock with sensors, he admitted. The Singapore Government declined to provide budgetary details about their new plan.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 06/18/2014

TOP↑

 

Singapore Government to Build National IT System for Social Services

 

The Singapore Government has awarded a S$26.5 million (US$21 million) contract to Accenture to develop a national case management and information system that will coordinate the delivery of social services to individuals and families in need. Implementation of the system, called the Social Service Net (SSNet), will start in the third quarter of 2015, the Ministry of Social and Family Development (MSF) and Infocomm Development Authority of Singapore announced. The SSNet will allow service providers to manage and share information about individual cases, and also host assessment tools. Safeguards will be put in place to ensure that information is shared on a needs basis and used responsibly, according to the MSF. Chan Chun Sing (pictured), Minister for MSF, said: “Even after it is developed, it will take time for help agencies – from voluntary welfare organisations as well as the government - to transit to the new system. We will provide the necessary support, and work closely with all partners to ensure a smooth transition.”

From http://www.futuregov.asia 06/23/2014

TOP↑

 

Singapore Government Partners Students to Use Mapping Technology on Urban Challenges

 

For the first time, students taking part in the Singapore government’s annual geospatial challenge worked with town leaders to solve problems such as improving mobility for the disabled, promoting healthy lifestyle among residents, and encouraging community bonding. The government recognised 22 student teams from the Singapore Geospatial Challenge last week for their use of mapping technology to solve such urban challenges. “In Nee Soon [a suburban town], participants analysed how people use public spaces, to create maps that help the elderly and disabled find communal spaces where they can socialise and connect with one another,” said Vincent Hoong, Chief Executive, Singapore Land Authority (SLA) at the awards ceremony last Wednesday. In other towns, teams used geospatial analytics to create accessibility maps, based on factors such as locations of sheltered pathways, time taken to walk between destinations and wheelchair-friendly areas. “These apps will enhance mobility for the disabled, helping them to access different amenities and stay connected with the community,” he added. These student projects are great examples of being ‘Smart Citizens’ in preparation of Singapore’s intent of becoming a Smart Nation, said Hoong. “Our goal of becoming a Smart Nation is not to be technologically advanced for its own sake. Fundamentally, it is about Smart Citizens, such as yourself, who are able to use geospatial skills to identify the challenges in our living environment and create solutions to address them. It is about encouraging Singaporeans to be innovative, participative and willing to apply our minds to participate in our city’s development and use data to improve our everyday life.” SLA is a winner of Esri’s Special Achievement in GIS Award. It received the award at the 35th annual Esri User Conference in San Diego, USA.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 07/30/2014

TOP↑

 

Technology to Address Dengue Outbreak, Public Transport Woes, Says Singapore Public Sector Outcomes Review

 

Singapore will explore the use of technology to fight dengue outbreaks in the city, the Ministry of Finance has said today in a review of public sector performance over the last two years.  A 2013 outbreak of dengue resulted in 22,000 cases - 50% higher than the previous worst epidemic in 2005. Although the government has stepped up efforts to eliminate mosquito breeding sites, it “will explore the use of new methods and technology to sharpen the surveillance and control of mosquito activity”, said the Singapore Public Sector Outcomes Review published today. Singaporeans’ satisfaction with public transport has fallen to its lowest in five years, “primarily due to concerns about reliability and overcrowding of train services”, the report said. Singapore’s Land Transport Authority has already announced plans to analyse farecard data and video feeds to manage overcrowding, the report added.

 

The government has also accepted all recommendations made following an inquiry into the Little India riots in December 2013. The inquiry found that police were not able to coordinate with each other during the riot due to out-of-date technology. It recommended that the police use better technology to pull video feeds from multiple sources and gather data from social media. The review noted the government’s efforts to ensure that agencies are working more closely so that citizens have “a more seamless experience when they interact with the government”. For instance, social service agencies will be able share information more easily after it implements an integrated case management system and database, Social Service Net, in 2015. The government also has a ‘No Wrong Door’ policy, it said, which“ channels misdirected feedback and service requests from a member of the public to the appropriate agency”. The government is looking to increase opportunities for Singaporeans to work with government agencies. In April 2014, the government launched a new ‘eCitizen Ideas’ portal to crowdsource ideas from citizens on public sector problems.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 08/08/2014

TOP↑

THAILAND: 'Smart' Classrooms to Replace Tablet Project

 

A committee, comprised of 10 agencies, yesterday agreed to build "smart" classrooms that will be equipped with iPad-standard devices and will cost between Bt300,000 and Bt600,000. The project will replace the previous government's "One Tablet Per Child" policy. After a meeting with the panel yesterday, Office of Basic Education Commission (Obec) deputy chief Kamol Rodklai said the first step would be to rename the project to "IT Development for Education" as the Bt4 billion earmarked for the tablets would be spent on the 'smart classroom' project. He explained that agencies would build smart classrooms for schools under their supervision, adding that an Obec-proposed model would be used as the minimum standard. Under the Obec model, schools would be equipped with portable computers of equivalent to iPads, he said. Smart classrooms would come in three sizes: a 20-device room (costing Bt300,000), a 40-device room requiring Bt400,000 and a 50-device room requiring Bt600,000. Based on this, funds earmarked for the tablet project could be used to build smart classrooms in 15,000 schools. Details would be submitted to the Social Psychology Group and the National Council for Peace and Order for consideration this week, he said

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com/ 06/24/2014

TOP↑

 

Govt Help Sought over Classification of Telecom Towers as Buildings

 

The national telecom regulator is seeking government help to solve the difficulty telecom operators face when trying to expand their network coverage in the provinces because of the Interior Ministry's regulations governing building construction. Many provinces have just introduced the regulations, which define telecommunication towers with a height of over 10 metres and a weight of more than 40 kilograms as buildings. This means that permission from provincial authorities is needed before the towers can be built, and this has affected the telecom operators' attempts to roll out new or expanded networks upcountry quickly. Korkij Danchaivichit, deputy secretary of the National Broadcasting and Telecommunications Commission, said the operators did not experience this problem in Bangkok as the city was yet to introduce the regulations. In May, three operators of third-generation telecom service on the 2.1-gigahertz spectrum asked the NBTC to help solve the problem. It in turn has asked the Department of Public Works and Town and Country Planning to see if telecom infrastructure should be classified as buildings.

 

The department then asked the NBTC to raise the matter formally, and the commission made its submission on June 26. NBTC data reveal that as of April, Advanced Wireless Network had finished installing 10,380 3G-2.1GHz base stations nationwide out of the 12,869 approved by the NBTC, while DTAC Network had finished installing 6,680 bases out of the 7,032 approved. Real Future had finished installing 1,358 bases out of approved 1,358. NBTC licensing regulations oblige these three 2.1GHz licence-holders to finish covering 50 per cent of the population with 3G networks within two years. They obtained the licenses in December 2012.  So far only Real Future has failed to achieve the goal but it promised the NBTC it would meet the obligation by the end of the year, when it would have more than 6,000 base stations, Korkij said. True Group has mainly focused on expanding its 850-megahertz network nationwide and now has 13,500 3G base stations on that spectrum.

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com/ 07/15/2014

TOP↑

 

Thailand’s Water Authority to Join Up All Data Across Three Provinces

 

The Thai water authority plans to consolidate all location-based data across its departments into a central system within the next five years, the Metropolitan Water Authority (MWA) has told FutureGov. “For a long time now, each division has been keeping their own record, which makes it challenging to share information and plan across the organisation. The central system will also allow us to generate a dashboard for quicker and more informed decision making,” said Somsak Saranopakul (pictured), Director of Engineering Standard and Geographic Information Department of MWA. The consolidation will join up various systems, including customer information, water loss system, and the system that enables remote control over water infrastructure. MWA officials should also be able to access all data via mobile devices with the new consolidated system, added Phakpoom Pirachai, Senior Engineer, Pipeline System Information Section, Geographic Information Division, of MWA.

 

MWA has been investing in GIS technology for the past 10 years, spending approximately THB147 million (US$4.6 million) to improve the management of over 31,000 kilometer of water pipes across Bangkok and two neighbouring provinces. The authority has come a long way since 2000, from hand-drawn maps to digital spatial drawings. “We used to rely on paper maps and make markings by hand. Today, we use Esri’s ArcGIS which saves us up to 10 working days for each engineering survey project,” said Pirachai. GIS has been particularly helpful when planning for expansion of water pipelines, said Saranopakul. “When we want to invest in a new water pumping station for the next 5 to 7 years, we input the forecasted demand into a GIS-based software to analyse the size of the pipes we need, the water pressure based on the landscape, and how much it will cost.” MWA is a one of the winners of the Esri’s Special Achievement in GIS Award. It received the award last week at the 35th annual Esri User Conference in San Diego, USA.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 07/23/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

 

 

BANGLADESH: 3G Subscribers Now 4.85 Mn

 

The number of 3G (Third Generation) mobile-phone subscribers increased by 530 percent in the last eight months. The number of 3G (Third Generation) mobile-phone subscribers increased by 530 percent in the last eight months.

From http://newsfrombangladesh.net/ 08/15/2014

TOP↑

 

INDIA: Technological Problems That Can Be Solved in a Few Minutes

 

BANGALORE: Homegrown IT firm Innovazion which has named its new antivirus software ‘NaMo’, the popular short name of Prime Minister Narendra Modi will provide free protection to PC users against malware and virus attacks. While the current version offers basic protection, the company plans to launch advanced versions of the software as well as those for Apple’s Mac PCs. The current software will also get regular updates. “India is the third largest country globally in terms of Internet users. However, statistics show that only 13 per cent are using valid license of antivirus software and 30 per cent tend to re-install trial versions of same or other antivirus software,” Innovazion CEO Abhishek Gagneja told PTI. However, the remaining 57 per cent systems either have no protection or are using unknown applications for protection oftheir devices and this is the segment that NaMo AV is targetting, he added. Gagneja, however, clarified that the company has no association with any political party or its leaders.

 

“By building this software, we wanted to … congratulate the current government. We also want to pass a message to the government that the nation has high expectations from them,” he said. The anti-virus has features like real-time detection of infections, intelligent scanning, custom detection and islight on hard drive. Started in 2007, Innovazion has a presence in seven countries including India, the US, the UK, Germany, Canada, Romania, China and Singapore with over 500 employees. Its primary services are application development, business consulting, IT infrastructure management and marketing research. Asked about the revenue model, Gagneja said the company would continue to offer the security software for free. “We have other businesses that are doing well. Last year, the group’s revenue was $16 million, which we expect will grow 100 per cent this year. NaMo AV will continue to be a free product,” he said.

From http://www.siliconindia.com/ 06/22/2014

TOP↑

 

Linking Farmers to Markets Through ICTs

 

Agricultural market information services usually make their services available via websites, though some also distribute their information via radio, newspaper and television. Linking farmers to markets helps farmers to escape the greed of middlemen and traders as it improves their knowledge of market prices and increases their bargaining power. Better roads in rural areas, for example, will encourage them to transport their produce to distant markets themselves and bypass middlemen. Similarly, the expansion of mobile network services into rural areas will effectively connect farmers to local and distant markets. Agricultural market information services (AMIS), several of which have been launched across Africa (see box), hold great promise for enhancing agricultural value chains.  

 

Agricultural market information services are a set of tools for collecting and processing agricultural and livestock market information and delivering this information to farmers, as well as traders, food processors and government functionaries. These services aim to increase the transparency of the agricultural marketplace. Informed farmers can make better business choices, for instance which crops to plant or how long to store their produce until prices improve. Information from local and distant markets also helps farmers to decide how to price their products and where to sell them. Eventually, better business decisions improve their bargaining power and increase their income. Many AMIS initiatives make more than just market information available to farmers. Indeed, they also provide agricultural extension advice, weather forecasts and prices for agriculture-related inputs. Some services even help farmers to find buyers for their produce and buy their farm inputs directly from manufacturers at favourable prices.  

 

Learning quickly Agricultural market information services usually make their services available via websites, though some also distribute their information via radio, newspaper and television. But increasingly their services are available as mobile agricultural value-added services through mobile networks and social media such as Facebook and Twitter. The number of farmers using agricultural market information services is on the rise. Many of these services, such as Esoko, Manobi, LINKS, KACE and M-Farm, have been successfully employed by farmers. Many more of these services, however, have been less successful, often because they have either failed to provide timely, accurate and cost-effective market information or have not made their information easily accessible for the intended users. 

From http://www.digitalopportunity.org/ 07/14/2014

TOP↑

 

Skilled Indians to Benefit from New Job Portal

 

The National Institute for Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development (NIESBUD) Naukri portal is the first initiative taken for the benefits of skilled job seekers with the help of dedicated web portal. The National Institute for Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development (NIESBUD has launched its Naukri portal recently. The NIESBUD Naukri portal (www.niesbudnaukri.com) is a dedicated web portal designed for the unemployed skilled persons. This is the first initiative taken for the benefits of skilled jobseekers who are not yet covered under conventional placement system.  It is a common platform for Prospective Employer and Employees. The web portal would facilitate easy registration for all the prospective employees with their detailed background.  The prospective employer would find it easy to search their requirement on the web portal.  It is expected that all the persons so far trained by different organisations of Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprise and who are still looking for job, would at least register on the website.

 

The National Institute for Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development (NIESBUD) is an apex training Institute under the aegis of Ministry of Micro Small and Medium Enterprise and is engaged in providing training, consultancy, and other support system for promotion of entrepreneurship and employability.  It has so far trained more than 2,70,000 persons which includes more than 2,600 foreign participants hailing from  25 countries of the world.  During the last three years, NIESBUD has enhanced its capacity to train more than 1,00,000 persons per year and the same is expected to increase further.  A need was felt to provide common platform to our trained persons, so that they could find job at least in the sector where they are available.According to NIESBUD, the portal would benefit both the employees in many ways. The employee has the opportunity to update their Profile on niesbud naukri portal without any charge which can be edited as per their convenience. They can apply in multiple companies at one time as this portal has pool of employers from various fields. Moreover, through the website employees can improve their skill, if they require.

 

The portal will also help employers as they can get skilled persons from different sectors and fields. The portal has gives an option to employers to indicate their preferences of skill which they require for their enterprises. NIESBUD can help the employer through this portal for accessing job seekers in different   geographical locations as per their need or requirement. In fact, employers can hire trained and young persons belonging to the rural areas. Apart from the launch of the portal, the Rojgar Mela is being organised by NIESBUD presently which will start catering to the pool of job seekers. NIESBUD can now keep a tab on activities of employers and employees critically. It can also evaluate the market trend and thus devise suitable courses.

From http://www.digitalopportunity.org/ 07/15/2014

TOP↑

 

Mobile Application for Expectant Mothers

 

The application named ‘Aama ko Maya’ (mothers love) plays a key role in mitigating infant and maternal mortality rate. BHARATPUR, JUL 21 - In an era where mobile phones have become indispensable, programmers have devised a mobile application to keep a track record of expectant mothers. Jhuwani Community Library in Bichauni VDC has been practising it since the past one and a half months, relieving women of having to travel long distances for regular check-ups. The authorities have provided each of the female medical volunteers in all nine wards with a mobile phone and pre-installed application. The application named ‘Aama ko Maya’ (mothers love) helps the medical personnel keep track of the development of expectant mothers including vital information pertaining to pregnancy in audio, visual and text.

From http://www.digitalopportunity.org/ 07/21/2014

TOP↑

 

Mobile Apps for Farmers to Gain Access to Markets

 

A 2013 study entitled Market in their Palms conclusively shows that the use of mobile apps by smallholder farmers in Kenya has helped them to gain access to markets and market information and improved their businesses. Agriculture plays a key role in reducing poverty. The World Bank’s World Development Report 2008 estimated that growth in the agricultural sector is twice as effective in reducing poverty in developing countries as growth in other sectors. Commercialising smallholder farmers’ production by introducing ICTs would give them better access to markets and boost growth in the agricultural sector. In Kenya, agriculture is the mainstay of the country’s economy. According to the Kenyan government’s 2009 Agricultural Sector Development Strategy, agriculture accounts directly for 24% of the country’s GDP and another 27% indirectly as a result of business with the service, manufacturing and distribution sectors.

 

Agriculture is responsible for 65% of Kenya’s total export revenue, and in rural areas it provides work for over 80% of the population. These figures make agriculture the single-most important sector for Kenya’s general economic and rural development. One of the most persistent problems for smallholders in Kenya’s agricultural sector is accessing information and markets, which prevents them from pushing through commercialisation. But attempts are being made to tackle these problems through the introduction of ICTs, such as mobile phones, the internet and mobile phone applications.

From http://www.digitalopportunity.org/ 07/21/2014

TOP↑

 

Online Course to Help Fight Sexual Harassment at Workplace

 

The objective of the course is to provide individuals with a well-informed understanding of all the elements constituting sexual harassment. New Delhi: The Centre for Social Research (CSR) in partnership with Rainmaker has launched India’s first online course against Sexual Harassment at Workplace. The course, a Massive Open Online Course (MOOC), is a free course featuring lectures by Dr Ranjana Kumari, Director, CSR, accompanied by written course material explaining the content and nuances of the Sexual Harassment Act. This online course is available to anyone with an internet connection and can be accessed via PCs and mobile phones. MOOC will provide the participant with a fundamental understanding of the Sexual Harassment Act in a concise and comprehensive manner. An introduction to the mechanisms and procedures instituted by the Act, to enable a safe working environment for women, is followed by a study into the various avenues available to deal with workplace harassment. The objective of the course is to provide individuals with a well-informed and holistic understanding of all the elements constituting sexual harassment—the act, the prevention and the solutions to combat it.

 

Speaking about the need for effective implementation of the law, Dr Ranjana Kumari, Director of CSR stated, “To have effective, healthy and productive working environments, every institution/organization/unit, where more than ten people work together, should be responsible for ensuring the compliance of the Sexual Harassment at Workplace Act. What happened at ‘Tehelka’ recently was a big reminder that even reputed organizations do not comply with the Act, and these crimes go unreported for a long time.” Sexual harassment is one of the most under-reported crime in most societies and most cases of sexual assaults are against women. Sexual harassment at the workplace typically ranges from mildly distasteful sexist comments and jokes, pornographic material, provocative electronic mail and X-rated computer software all the way to outright assault and rape in extreme cases. There is a growing clamour for the need to maintain a secure work environment and the implementation of these policies is of utmost importance. CSR’s Gender Training Institute also helps organisations create gender sensitive workspaces in compliance with the Act.

From http://www.digitalopportunity.org/ 07/23/2014

TOP↑

 

 

India Endeavours to Fight AIDS with ICTs

 

India is all set to combat AIDS using Information and Communication technology like e-governance, mobile telephony and social media. New Delhi: The Indian Health Ministry’s Department of AIDS Control and the Department of IT and Telecommunications have collaborated to ‘mainstream’ AIDS awareness among people by disseminating information on prevention and services related to HIV with the help of Information and Communication Technology (ICTs). The networks of Mahanagar Telephone Nigam in Mumbai and Delhi and Bharat Sanchar Nigam in rest of India will be the chief vehicles ‘for’ mainstreaming’ awareness on AIDS. This partnership is expected to create awareness in a society with heightened knowhow on HIV infections. At the signing ceremony of a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) with the Ministry of Communication and Information Technology (MICT), Harsh Vardhan, India’s Minister for Health, said, “Big hospitals may lead to better treatment, but if state-of-the-art IT education tools are used to disseminate information that will prevent killer infections, the investment is more worthwhile.”

 

This strategic tie-up will give a boost to the Ministry’s entrenched activities like putting up banners, posters, etc., in areas dominated by risk groups and display of other promotional material in public spaces, claims Harsh Vardhan. Combating discrimination of HIV-AIDS victims is also a part of the drive. Talking about government’s efforts to fight against the incurable disease, the minister informed that the Department of AIDS Control is already providing preventive care and support treatment services through 1,873 targeted interventions, and its network of 1,131 Sexually Transmitted Infection (STI) Clinics, 1,137 blood banks, over 15,000 integrated counselling and other infrastructure. He also emphasised that such services should reach all people in the country especially those who are most at the risk for HIV. “The goal of zero-HIV incidence cannot be achieved only unless the disease’s spread is addressed holistically. Mainstreaming and partnership building are key in the national AIDS control programme’s multi-sectoral response,” Harsh Vardhan said. At present, India has about 2.1 million people with HIV infections that consititues roughly 0.27 percent of the population.About 90 percent are in the 15-49 age group while those falling under the age group of 15-49 are the most vunerable.

 

The minister believes that the targeted 15-49 age group population is quite savvy in contemporary forms of connectivity and it is easy to create AIDS awareness among this group through mobile telephony and social media. Stating the importance of ICTs in creating awareness, the minister noted that the Ministry of Communications and Information Technology (MCIT) has a major role to play in spreading information on prevention of the deadly disease. He added, “Big is not necessarily beautiful, small messages for awareness building with prevention as focus works better in the case of AIDS control,” The Ministry of Communication and Information Technology (MCIT) is going to facilitate effective management of strategic information through National e-governance, Community services centres, and through push-based SMS, etc. Ravi Shankar Prasad, Minister, MICT, said that the collaboration will work through Common Service Centres which, apart from spreading knowledge, will also encourage voluntary blood donation and facilitate access to Social Protection schemes. He added that MICT plans to connect 50,000 panchayats with a broadband optic-fibre network during the current financial year. Over the next two years another 100,000 would be added.

From http://southasia.oneworld.net/ 07/24/2014

TOP↑

Web Portal on Blood Banks Coming Soon

 

The status of stock, information on the availability of blood of specific groups in state-run blood banks will now be a click away as the West Bengal government is now all ready to roll out a web portal linking them together. "The state government is determined to help people with information on blood banks in the state. That's why we've thought of linking them together through online and work has already been started," West Bengal Health Services Director Biswaranjan Satpathy said. Hopefully the website would be ready very soon, Satpathy said. State Blood Transfusion Council Joint Director (Blood Safety) Dr Arabinda Bala said that Webel had been given the responsibility to build the portal and it was expected to be launched by next January. The portal would provide complete detail of the stock of blood in the 58 state-run blood banks specifying its group. So a person requiring blood of a specific group would be able to know from which blood bank he could get it without visiting them.

 

There were cases in which a patient could not be saved because the specific group of blood he needed was not available in certain blood banks, though it was available in another, an official at the state Health department said."This portal will help one to track the stock and get the blood in time," he said. It would also provide a donor's details, which would help officials to contact him in time of blood shortage, he said.  In fact, once the portal was ready organisers of blood camps would have to apply online for holding camps, he said. Apart from assisting donors and patients, the portal would also help the state government monitor the blood banks' mode of operations. "Once the portal comes up, it would help us operate things in a more transparent manner," Dr Bala said. "There have been reports of refusal by blood banks and also cases of theft of blood units. But this portal would not only help us monitor the stock but also improve the services," Bala said. The blood banks, linked online, would be connected with the state Health Ministry Department at its Salt Lake office and Webel would be entrusted with the task of running it in the first six months, after which ministry workers would take over charge

From http://www.digitalopportunity.org/ 08/08/2014

TOP↑

 

 

eChunav.com Releases Its Mobile App

 

eChunav app will be compatible with phones, phablets and tablets running android operating system. New Delhi: An online voting and opinion portal, eChunav.com, announced the release of its first android application available for download in the Google Play store. The application, which will be released in a beta version, will be available to all the members residing in markets. eChunav app will be compatible with phones, phablets and tablets running android operating system 4.2 & higher. "We know consumers have been waiting a long time for an eChunav android application and today, we're happy to announce its release," expressed Malini Das, Product Manager of echunav.com.

 

 "At eChunav, we believe consumers should have more platforms to raise their voices and control over how they want to bring a change in the society. This year, our focus has been on growing our footprint across the country. It's been an exciting year for our team as we've expanded the product across the country. Our future is bright and we remain as committed and passionate as ever to create innovative and simple to use technology for our consumers and for the society,” added the project manager.

From http://www.digitalopportunity.org/ 08/11/2014

TOP↑

 

PM to Launch Various Roads and Ports Projects in Maharashtra

 

Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi who will be on a day-long visit to Maharashtra tomorrow will launch various Roads and Ports projects. These include Foundation laying of four laning for the Solapur-Maharashtra/Karnataka border section on Pune-Solapur stretch of National Highway-9 (NH-9.) at Solapur. The NH-9 connects the state of Maharashtra with Karnataka, Telangana & Andhra Pradesh and is taken up under the National Highways Development Project (NHDP). This is one of the major high-density traffic corridors in India connecting Northern & Western India with Southern India. Prior to this function, upon his arrival in Mumbai, the Prime Minister will lay the foundation of a Port Connectivity Highway Project at the Jawaharlal Nehru Port Trust (JNPT). This project to be completed by December 2017 will cost about 1927 Crore rupees. The Ministry of Shipping under the National Highway Development & Port Connectivity Programme will execute this Project on Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode through a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV).

 

Shri Narendra Modi will also lay the foundation for a Port- Based Multi-product Special Economic Zone (SEZ) at the JNPT. This is also to be developed through JNPT-SPV (Special Purpose Vehicle) in 277 hectares under the Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode and is to be completed in three years. This is planned to be a Self-Sustainable Integrated Development Project with an investment of about 4,000 Crore rupees and an employment generating potential of about 1.5 lakh direct and indirect jobs. With a focus on collaborating with upcoming sectors of India, the SEZ will develop Free Trade Warehousing Zone for Engineering Goods Sector, Electronics and Hardware Sectors, Non- Conventional Energy Sector, Multi Services (IT and Healthcare) Sectors and Apparel and Textiles Sectors. Shri Narendra Modi will also participate in a function to allot land to JNPT- Project Affected persons (PAPs) under the 12.5% scheme. Now this land is being allocated to those land owners of the Navi Mumbai Project from which JNPT was given land in 1980s. Land owners were given assurances at the time of land acquisition that developed land would be given to them to the extent of 12.5% of the land acquired. The Ministry of Shipping has now transferred 12.5% of the 1172 hectares of land earlier transferred for the JNPT project. This land will now be handed over to the JNPT- (PAPs) to resolve the issue to the satisfaction of all.

 

The Union Minister of Road Transport & Highways & Shipping, Shri Nitin Gadkari, has expedited clearance for all these these projects during a series of review meetings undertaken by him over the last couple of months. The Maharashtra Governor Shri K. Sankaranarayanan, the State Chief Minister Shri Prithviraj Chavan, the Union Minister of Heavy Industries & Public Enterprises, Shri Anant Geete, the Union Minister of State for Coal & Power Shri Piyush Goyal, Senior officials of the concerned Ministries, Members of Parliament & senior politicians from the state are expected to attend the functions in Mumbai & Sholapur.

From http://pib.nic.in/ 08/15/2014

TOP↑

 

 

SRI LANKA: E-waste Management Week Begins Today

 

The National E-waste Management Week declared by the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) commences today under the theme 'E-waste free Sri Lanka'. The inauguration ceremony will be held at the BMICH today with the participation of Environment and Renewable Energy Minister Susil Premajayantha as the Chief Guest. CEA Director General Dr. Saranga Alahapperuma said the aim of this is to draw the attention of the people on the importance of safe disposal of e-waste and to facilitate their collection. He said all its district and provincial offices including the Head Office will be kept open 24 hours during this week for the people to handover e-waste. "We have also allocated one district for each and every private company partnered with us. Their sales outlets will also be kept open for the public to handover the e-waste. We are determined to collect over 200 metric tons of e-waste during the week from May 26 to June 2. We have reserved the hot line number 0719 692005 and email ewastecea@gmail.com for the public to obtain information about this program or to get details of the closest e-waste collecting points from their location," Dr. Alahapperuma said.

From http://www.dailynews.lk/ 05/26/2014

TOP↑

 

 

SLT to Share ICT Infrastructure

 

A strong, reliable and islandwide ICT broadband infrastructure and global connectivity are key to the efficient functioning and development of the telecommunication industry, businesses and the economy. According to sources at Sri Lanka Telecom (SLT), the flagship national ICT solutions provider and the national backbone network operator, Sri Lanka is marching towards achieving the country’s ICT objectives, to accelerate economic development targeting the global model which projects that a 10% increase in Broadband penetration will lead to a 1.38% increase in GDP. Since 2007, SLT has invested over Rs. 57 billion (US $ 485 million) to improve the country’s telecommunication infrastructure, the sources said. Group CEO, SLT, Lalith de Silva said, “In line with the Government roadmap, we have invested heavily in setting up the National Backbone Network (NBN) to enable all operators to benefit through economies of scale. We believe in sharing communication and ICT infrastructure to achieve the development goals of the country.”“The very tenets of our corporate strategy are underpinned by the vision of a SMART Sri Lanka and a Digital Economy that is being driven by the State,” he said

 

.“From inception, we have been sharing our infrastructure such as global connectivity, national backbone, towers, data centre, cloud services, coverage and building spaces and ICT infrastructure under the wholesale business unit for other operators and service providers and ISPs while ensuring that the highest standards are met in terms of quality and reliability,” the CEO said. “We are proud that leading public institutions and private sector businesses that include large enterprises, SMEs and micro businesses around the country are using our shared ICT resources to maximise their potential,” de Silva said. “SLT has placed emphasis on ICT infrastructure to ensure economic empowerment through the National Backbone Network and connected ‘Lanka Government Network’ with the integration of all e-Applications,” he said. “We provide any type of ICT backbone solution or broadband services to any of the operators in the telecommunication industry and other organisations around the country,” the CEO said. “We strongly believe the country's national broadband plans are a key policy instrument to leverage and realise the full potential of broadband as an enabling infrastructure to accelerate sustainable development and optimise on the giant investments already made,” de Silva said.

 

“We are fully support the regulator to implement QoS based cost structure and infrastructure sharing including frequencies. Frequency use, a scarce resource, needs to be done with the public interest in mind. It is also in the public interest that we have always offered services at prices which are within reach of the average consumer,” the CEO said. The company has taken proactive steps to invest in a futuristic global connectivity option exceeding 24 Tera bits per second (24Tbps) bandwidth via the new cable system SEA ME WE 5 and expanding the terrestrial backbone network (National Fibre Optic Backbone Network) to bring gigantic capacity to users in Sri Lanka. SLT has partnered the SEA ME WE consortium from the inception and presently connects globally via SEA ME WE 3, SEA ME WE 4 and two other private cables to India and the Maldives. The SEA ME WE 5 cable system, due to be launched in early 2016, will provide upgradeable transmission facilities by adopting the latest state-of-the-art 100 Gbps technology. The SEA ME WE 5 cable system could carry 24,000 Giga bits per second (24 Tera bits per second) the equivalent of transmitting around 4,800 high definition movies every second.

 

SEA ME WE 5 can handle traffic from the cable starting point to its end from Singapore to France at lightning speeds of less than 90 milliseconds which is the fastest speed achieved interconnecting Asia Pacific to Europe. Sri Lanka has been offered the 'full landing' or 'double landing' status by the SEA ME WE 5 consortium, to set up a Global POP in Sri Lanka in the future. The SEA ME WE 5 cable station being set up in Matara facilitates double landing, thereby enhancing the reliability of Sri Lanka’s connectivity to the system. The SLT was awarded the NBN Service Provider licence in Sri Lanka in 2013 has embarked on a massive network modernisation and expansion project. The company’s fibre optic transmission network now covers most parts of the island, including rural areas and the North and the East. NBN supports sustainable national progress by connecting all 329 Divisional Secretariats to strengthen government activities.

 

The 100% fibre optic coverage of electorates was achieved well within the NBN target date and fibre optic network exceeds the NBN needs of at least one point of interconnection per electorate. One of the key strategic objectives of the SLT Group is to drive broadband based consumer and enterprise services by expanding the broadband footprint via Next Generation Network and National Backbone Network and Next Generation Access via ADSL2+, VDSL2, Optical Fibre, Carrier-grade WiFi and both fixed and mobile 4G LTE technologies. SLT continues to roll out VDSL2, ADSL2+, fixed 4G/LTE and FTTH services to enhance customers’ experience while ensuring that investments are future focused. As the national telecommunications service provider, SLT is actively engaged in increasing ICT availability and affordability through a range of broadband offers and cloud services. To facilitate the improvement of broadband penetration and to enhance user experience, SLT introduced data volume enhancements of up to 100% and peak data volume enhancements up to 70% at no extra cost in the beginning of this year and also further expanded its broadband portfolio, enabling customers to choose the ideal package that suits their specific needs and budgets.

From http://www.sundayobserver.lk/ 06/15/2014

TOP↑

 

eDoctor Team Takes Dengue Fight to the Hills

 

The school health education program on dengue which focuses on improving the knowledge and attitudes of schoolchildren towards the prevention of dengue through environmental conservation is one of the main priorities of a program conducted by the eDoctor team. The eDoctor team has successfully conducted this program in several leading schools in Colombo. The most recent program was conducted at Hemamali Balika Vidyala, Kandy. Students participated in a discussion about what is dengue fever, its symptoms and signs and how to recognise a person with dengue, its possible complications, the life cycle of the carrier of dengue, the Aedesaegypti mosquito, where the mosquito breeds and how to destroy those places and what they can do as schoolchildren to protect themselves and others from mosquito bites.

 

As girls who inherently prefer a clean environment with beautiful gardens and homes, the importance of recognising the commonly missed and unrecognised threats related to dengue mosquito breeding places around the home and gardens were highlighted and the need for actively recognising these places and preventing mosquito breeding was explained in detail. The main lecture of this program was delivered by Dr. Sanjeewa Malinda. Principal of Hemamali Balika Vidyalya, Kandy, Sriyalatha Sarathchandra commended the team for conducting such programs recognising the currents needs of the society. A special thanks was delivered to former Vice Principal Irene Bennett who coordinated the event. eDoctor continues to conduct their health promotion programs for 'A healthy life for a better tomorrow'. Those interested in being part of the mission and educating the school or institution free of charge, contact through the website www.edoctor.lk.

 

According to Health Ministry Epidemiology Unit statistics, during January to June 2014 there have been 17,839 reported cases of patients suspected of dengue fever. Of this, 58.99 percent of patients were reported from the Western province. The other areas with high dengue incidence are in decreasing order, the Sabaragamuwa, North-Western, Sothern and Central provinces. With recognition to this need, upholding their motto to provide "A Healthy life for a better tomorrow", the eDoctor team is conducting island-wide health education programs focusing on the high dengue prevalent areas while working with the national scheme to eradicate the deadly virus from society. These programs are conducted free, which extends the extensive service of eDoctor provides beyond the internet towards schools, institutions and city gatherings. The school health education program on dengue which focuses on improving the knowledge and attitudes of schoolchildren toward prevention of dengue through environmental conservation is one of the main priorities of this program by the eDoctor team.

From http://www.dailynews.lk/ 07/10/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

 

 

AZERBAIJAN: Bakcell Company Provides Inclusive Education Opportunity for Children Through CSR Programs

 

On the occasion of the International Children's Day, Bakcell - the First Mobile Operator and the Leading Mobile Internet Provider in Azerbaijan, has organized a festive event for the children in need for special care. Approximately 100 children fostered by the "United Aid for Azerbaijan" and "SOS Children's Village"have participated in the special entertainment program. Children in need for special care are constantly in the spotlight of Bakcell's Corporate Social Responsibility programs (CSR), carried out within the frames of partnership with various organizations. Within the frames of the "ICT Academy" project implemented in association with SOS Children's Villages, courses on computer literacy, accounting 1C, job interview skills, CV composition, cell phone and computer repair, audio video recording and other very useful trainings were organized in the special training rooms of Baku SOS Children's Village, equipped with technical facilities.

 

Bakcell, paying special attention to the corporate social responsibility programs, has implemented several successful projects over the last year. 20 children with different degrees of disability have participated in trainings aimed at developing computer skills and knowledge within the frames of "A Way to Inclusion through Equal Opportunities" project implemented jointly with "Sport for Development" Organization. The trainings were held at the Caucasus Research Resource Center of the Khazar University and served as a basis for the integration of children with disabilities to the institution of higher education for a period of 3 months. The next phase of this project implies the provision of Assistive Computer Technology (equipped to satisfy the special needs of children with disabilities) to secondary schools providing inclusive education and Child Development Centers functioning in Azerbaijan. Within the frames of cooperation between Bakcell and Junior Achievement Azerbaijan, the students of higher education institutions were provided with trainings on Business Ethics, work-readiness and other important components of career-building.

 

Moreover, business simulation and special management programs were provided for the students. Along with obtaining knowledge within the frames of this project, the students were also offered an opportunity to obtain work experience at Bakcell. From year to year Bakcellexpandsthe list of CSR projects aimed at supporting the integration of the children in need of special care to the societyand programs that are useful for student's future careers. About Bakcell Bakcell, The First Mobile Operator and the Leading Mobile Internet Provider of Azerbaijan, offers a variety of products for modern mobile communications customers. Bakcell provides class leading 3G mobile internet experience in the country under the Sür@ brand name. As one of the largest national non-oil investors, Bakcell today continues making large investments in the economy of Azerbaijan through its investments in state-of-the-art telecommunication technology and its people who service our customers. Bakcell's network covers more than 99% of the population and 93% of the land area of the country (excluding occupied territories). Bakcell is a leader in innovation and it focuses on bringing the best of the mobile internet to Azerbaijanis through new partnerships and itsSür@ services.

 

With more than 1000 3G base stations Bakcell 3G service is available in all regions and covers 80% of population and 55% of the territory of the country (excluding occupied territories). For more information about Bakcell products and services, please visit www.bakcell.com or call 555.For press releases please see www.bakcell.com/az/news (or www.bakcell.com/en/news for press releases in English). If you are not a Bakcell subscriber, but wish to find out about Bakcell and its services, please call 055 000 05 55.

From http://en.trend.az/ 06/06/2014

TOP↑

 

Another Provocation Against Azerbaijan on Google Maps

 

Azerbaijan's occupied lands have been shown on Google Maps (a service from Google) in the Armenian language as territories of the so-called Nagorno-Karabakh Republic. Starting from June 18, the names of Nagorno-Karabakh and Azerbaijan's other occupied lands have been shown on Google Maps in Armenian as the territories of the so-called Nagorno-Karabakh Republic, the Seismic Service Center at Azerbaijan National Academy of Sciences (ANAS) said. The ANAS Seismic Service Center, as the seismological centers in other countries, uses Google Maps in its work, and such provocations against Azerbaijan by Google cause great concern and are strongly condemned, according to a message posted on the seismic service center's website. It was also noted that this is not the first provocation on the part of Google. Such things happened before, and after persistent requests from the Seismic Service Center the names of Azerbaijani territories in the Armenian language were taken out from the Google Maps. "With regret, we would like to say that such provocative acts are periodically taking place on the part of Google," according to the message. The conflict between the two South Caucasus countries began in 1988 when Armenia made territorial claims against Azerbaijan. As a result of the ensuing war, in 1992 Armenian armed forces occupied 20 percent of Azerbaijan, including the Nagorno-Karabakh region and seven surrounding districts. The two countries signed a ceasefire agreement in 1994. The co-chairs of the OSCE Minsk Group, Russia, France and the U.S. are currently holding peace negotiations. Armenia has not yet implemented the U.N. Security Council's four resolutions on the liberation of the Nagorno-Karabakh and the surrounding regions.  

From http://en.trend.az/ 06/19/2014

TOP↑

BSA Survey Finds Unlicensed Software Use at 85 Percent

 

Computer users cite the risk of security threats from malware as the top reason not to use unlicensed software. The intrusions by hackers and loss of data are among their specific concerns. Yet a striking 85 percent of the software installed on personal computers in Azerbaijan in 2013 was not properly licensed. These and other findings released today in the BSA Global Software Survey underscore the need for effective software management practices, especially in business settings. "Awareness of risks for using unlicensed software increases from year to year, and the rate of unlicensed software use has decreased by nine percentage points since 2005," spokesperson for BSA in Azerbaijan, Nariman Ramazanov, said. "Nevertheless, the rate at 85 percent is still too high. Now it is time for government, business and users to reduce the use of unlicensed software. Systematic work and control over software assets will not only decrease the overall level of violations of Copyright act, but will also avoid risks and reduce a company's own expenses," he added/

 

The BSA Global Software Survey is conducted every other year for BSA by IDC, which this year polled computer users in 34 markets including nearly 22,000 consumer and business PC users and more than 2,000 IT managers. Among the findings: • The percentage of software installed in Azerbaijan without licenses was 85 percent in 2013, which is two points lower than in 2011. • The main reason due to which computer users around the world avoid working with unlicensed software are their concerns about security threats from malware. Some 64 percent of users believe there is the possibility of unauthorized access by hackers and 59 percent loss of data. • IT managers around the world have expressed understandable concern that unlicensed software can cause harm. But less than half of them can confidently say that their companies use properly licensed software. • Only 34 percent of the companies globally have written policies requiring the use of properly licensed software. "Unlicensed software use is an organizational governance issue - and this study shows there is a clear need for improvement," BSA President and CEO Victoria Espinel said.

 

"There are basic steps any company can take to ensure it is fully compliant, like establishing a formal policy on licensed software use and maintaining careful records. Companies also should consider implementing more robust software asset management programs that follow internationally-accepted guidelines," she added. "These SAM programs can deliver substantial value by ensuring adequate controls are in place to provide a full view into what is installed on a network. That helps organizations avoid security and operational risks, and it ensures they have the right number of licenses for their users." Other conclusions made by BSA study: • The global rate at which PC software was installed without proper licensing rose from 42 percent in 2011 to 43 percent in 2013, as emerging economies, where unlicensed software use is most prevalent, continued to account for a growing majority of all PCs in service. • The total commercial value of installed unlicensed software was $62.7 billion in 2013. • The highest level of unlicensed software usage is observed in the Asia-Pacific region (62 percent). This figure increased by two points compared to 2011.

 

The commercial value of installed unlicensed software reached $21 billion. • Central and Eastern Europe (61 percent) is the second largest region of unlicensed software. Last, another regions are Latin America (59 percent), the Middle East and Africa (59 percent as well). • The share of unlicensed software dropped by three points and stood at 29 percent in Western Europe, and its commercial value totaled $12.8 billion in 2013. • The share of unlicensed software decreased by two points and stood at 31 percent In the European Union, while its commercial value totaled $13.5 billion in 2013. Full text of BSA global study, including regional data, can be downloaded from BSA website: www.bsa.org/globalstudy About BSA: BSA | The Software Alliance (www.bsa.org) is the leading advocate for the global software industry before governments and in the international marketplace. Its members are among the world's most innovative companies, creating software solutions that spark the economy and improve modern life. With headquarters in Washington, DC, and operations in more than 60 countries around the world, BSA pioneers compliance programs that promote legal software use and advocates for public policies that foster technology innovation and drive growth in the digital economy.  

From http://en.trend.az/ 06/24/2014

TOP↑

 

Delay to Be Granted for E- Registration of Labor Contracts in Azerbaijan

 

The Azerbaijani employers will be granted a delay for the registration of employemnt contracts in the electronic system of the Ministry of Labor and Social Protection of Population of Azerbaijan , Minister Salim Muslimov said. The Azerbaijani employers had to introduce data over all existing employment contracts in the ministry's electronic information system until July 1, 2014, otherwise would be fined in the amount ranging from 7,000 to 10,000 AZN, or sentence to imprisonment up to three years. In accordance with the changes, the electronic notice should enter the base, not only in case of signing the employment contract, but in the case of changes in this document, as well as its cancellation. Once the system launches completely, notice will be recorded in a day. "It was preliminary planned that the registration of existing employees should be completed before the start of the system, that is, until July 1. Unfortunately, there were delays in the approval of this registration form - an appropriate decision was approved by the Cabinet of Ministers on June 6. Thereby, I think we will grant entrepreneurs a delay of three months to conduct all the necessary measures for the registration of all existing employment contracts, " Muslimov said.

From http://en.trend.az/ 06/24/2014

TOP↑

 

Large-Scale Project on Deploying Free Wi-Fi Access to Be Launched in Baku

 

Azerbaijani Communications and High Technologies Ministry developed an action plan to deploy Wi-Fi access in Baku, a source in Azerbaijan's telecommunications market told Trend on June 23. The source said that currently discussions are underway on the aspects of the action plan's implementation. The works for expansion of the wireless Internet access will start shortly. The project for deployment of the wireless access is included in the ministry's action plan on preparation of Azerbaijan's telecommunications infrastructure for the First European Games - Baku-2015. "The project is large-scale and provides the coverage of all public places in the capital with free Internet access via Wi-Fi. Internet will be available in parks, stadiums, shopping centers and others. The created infrastructure will be in the future used to provide continuous Wi-Fi services," the source added. Wi-Fi is the most appropriate technology for users, as there are lots of devices in the market (laptops, phones, smart phones) supporting this standard.

From http://en.trend.az/ 06/24/2014

TOP↑

Bus Stops in Baku to Be Equipped with Free Wi-Fi

 

Free access to Internet will be provided to the bus stops in Baku. Oxu.Az reports with reference to abc.az that the statement came from the spokesman of the Intellectual Traffic Management Center of Transport Ministry Shafa Mehmangyzy. According to her, the center is currently working actively on creating maps to ensure the quality of transport services during European games. "The development of maps is conducted with representatives of Organizing Committee for the European Games planned to be held in Baku in summer 2015. In addition to providing quality services to guests of the event, one of the points to provide quality transport services is to ensure free  internet access at the bus stops on the route to the stadiums where the games will be held", Mehmangyzy said. According to her, work on installing Wi-Fi will be conducted at the second stage, after the approval of the follow-up map. Will access to the Internet be constant, or will apply only during the European games is not yet known.

From http://news.az/ 06/30/2014

TOP↑

 

Azerbaijan Strives for Wider Use of Digital Technologies in Culture

 

Azerbaijan cooperates with Europe Council to create an enabling environment for more effective use of digital technologies in culture. An international conference on this topic, which opened in Baku on Friday, held under the chairmanship of the Committee of Ministers of Azerbaijan in the Council of Europe. The conference was attended by representatives from more than 30 countries.  Minister of Culture and Tourism Abulfas Garayev said at the conference that digital word became a part of everyday life. According to the minister, it is important to direct this continuous technological boom into a positive way, to contribute through the Internet not only to communication and entertainment, but also address important issues for society.  Garayev noted that Azerbaijan has free internet and access and 70% of population have access to it.  "The development of digital technology is unstoppable. For this reason we have to keep up with its development, "  said the minister, drawing attention to the importance of the work of many official institutions and agencies on a digital basis. In this context, he also asked whether these institutions are ready to such a technological breakthrough.  The Minister stressed that Azerbaijan is ready to cooperate actively with partners in the organization within the framework of its Presidency in the Council of Ministers from May to November .  Managing director of the Council of Europe Democracy Department Claudia Luciani also spoke at the conference opening ceremony. She talked about the relations in culture and the strengthening of democracy in society.  "There is a strong relationship between culture and democracy", she said. "The digital revolution that is happening in the world today, opens up great opportunities for the approximation of our peoples to democracy through the development of culture".  C.Luciani noted that during the two-day conference in Baku it is planned to develop the overall strategy of the Council of Europe on the use of digital technologies in the development of culture. In this context, she stressed the importance of universal access to the Internet and sustainable economic development.

From http://news.az/ 07/04/2014

TOP↑

 

Baku University in Ranking of CIS Best Universities

 

The Baku State University was rated among universities of Russia and the CIS.  Oxu.Az reports citing AZE.az that domestic State University ranked among the universities in Russia and the CIS with a sufficient level of training of graduates. The rating agency "Expert RA" has prepared annual ranking of universities in Russia and the CIS in 2014.  A comprehensive study during which the statistics were analyzed and the extensive surveys of respondents - employers, representatives of the academic and scientific community, students and alumni were conducted. The list includes 153 institutions of universities, representing Russia, Ukraine, Kazakhstan, Belarus, Moldova, Uzbekistan, Azerbaijan and Kyrgyzstan.  Universities are divided into five categories in ranking  - from A to E, where A is the class of an exceptionally high level of graduates, B - very high level, and rating classes C, D and E reflect the high, acceptable and adequate levels of training.  Baku State University was in category D.  In addition, the agency promulgated the shortlist of universities of the CIS by results of 2013.  Sufficient grounds for the inclusion of the university to shortlist include: if the institution is one of the three most highly regarded universities in the country rated Webometrics or if the institution is in the top 5000 universities world ranking Webometrics. For Russian universities, an additional filter selection was applied: a university is excluded from the short list, if it is not in the top of 100 ranking universities of Russia "Expert RA". The university “Caucasus”- Qafqaz University, Khazar University, Azerbaijan Diplomatic Academy and Baku State University were shortlisted from Azerbaijan.

From http://news.az/ 07/15/2014

TOP↑

 

Public Voice Traffic Usage in Azerbaijan's Phone Network Down by 35 Percent

 

The volume of consumed voice traffic over the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) of the Aztelekom Production Association (PA) fell by 35 percent since early 2014, Aztelekom told Trend.  Aztelekom PA said the reduction is due to the growth of broadband internet connections and the popularity of internet telephony service, which is characteristic today for many countries.  "A single rate of 0.15 AZN in all directions is being implemented today from the phone card sales in order to maintain the profitability of international telephony. Meanwhile, the optimal way out of the situation is to develop broadband services, where there is a great potential for growth," Aztelekom said.  Azerbaijani state provider - AztelekomNet is expecting a 50 percent growth in the broadband connections before late 2014. In 2013, this figure was approximately 80 percent.  Currently, the state-owned provider's share in the Azerbaijani internet services market is about 20 percent, and this figure is planned to be increased to 40 percent in the near future.  "The main goals are to improve the quality of services, which is to get a special attention, as well as to minimize the problems faced by the end-user," Aztelekom PA added.

From http://en.trend.az/ 07/21/2014

TOP↑

Over 36,000 People Visit Azerbaijani www.b2b.Az Portal

 

Over 36,000 people have used e-commerce portal www.b2b.az since 2008, created in Azerbaijan to support entrepreneurs' smooth entry to the market, the Azerbaijani Ministry of Economy and Industry said on July 30. More than 10,000 people used the portal in the first half of 2014, according to the report. Besides Azerbaijani citizens, citizens from other countries use this portal. Thus, more than 1,800 users from the U.S., Russia, Ukraine, Turkey, China, Germany, Great Britain, India, Indonesia, Brazil, Italy, Kazakhstan, Estonia, Georgia, Denmark, Greece, Latvia, France, the UAE and other countries used the portal in the first six months. www.b2b.az portal was created by the Azerbaijani Ministry of Economy and Industry with the support of the German Society for International Cooperation (GIZ).

From http://en.trend.az/ 07/30/2014

TOP↑

 

Smart Start Internship Program of Bakcell Creates Opportunities for Students and Graduates

 

Bakcell - the first mobile operator and the leading mobile internet provider in Azerbaijan has selected 22 young persons to participate in its "Smart Start" internship program. Within 10 days after the announcement of the program, more than 1,500 students and graduates have applied for the internship in Bakcell. Some 450 out of 920 applicants invited for the initial interview have demonstrated their knowledge during the testing phase. Around 55 candidates who managed to demonstrate good results were invited to participate in the final selection round. About 22 students who demonstrated exceptional results have started their internship in Bakcell. After participating in the training sessions on various topics, the participants will get acquainted with the work environment in the relevant departments, gain practical experience, as well as develop work-readiness skills. The selected interns will undertake an internship in HR, Marketing, Business Technologies, Accounting, Service and Product Development, Enterprise Resource Planning, Retail Sales and Distribution and Customer Service departments. The duration of the internship is two months, with five complete business days a week. Bakcell will provide the program participants with a stipend during these two months. Bakcell - the first mobile operator and the leading mobile internet provider in Azerbaijan offers a variety of products for modern mobile communications customers.

 

Bakcell provides class leading 3G mobile internet experience in the country under the Sür@ brand name. As one of the largest national non-oil investors, Bakcell today continues making large investments in the economy of Azerbaijan through its investments in state-of-the-art telecommunication technology and its people who service our customers. Bakcell's network covers more than 99 percent of the population and 93 percent of the land area of the country (excluding occupied territories). Bakcell is a leader in innovation and it focuses on bringing the best of the mobile internet to Azerbaijanis through new partnerships and its Sür@ services. Bakcell was announced The Mobile Internet Provider of the Year by the famous international The Business Year publication. With more than 1000 3G base stations Bakcell 3G service is available in all regions and covers 80 percent of population and 55 percent of the territory of the country (excluding occupied territories). For more information about Bakcell products and services, please visit www.bakcell.com or call 555.For press releases please see www.bakcell.com/az/news (or www.bakcell.com/en/news for press releases in English).

From http://en.trend.az/ 07/30/2014

TOP↑

 

KAZAKHSTAN: Introduction Terms of Mobile Number Portability Service Announced

 

The opportunity to take advantage of number portability, allowing use of another mobile operator's network will appear in Kazakhstan in 2015. Kazakh First Deputy Prime Minister Bakytzshan Sagintaev made the remarks at the joint 49th meeting of the Council of heads of Regional Commonwealth in the field of Communications. "Today within the framework of the "Information Kazakhstan" state program the problem to ensure the availability of innovative communication infrastructure is being actively resolved in Kazakhstan. With the purpose to enhance competition in the cellular market, we started work on the introduction of number portability services in cellular networks. We expect that subscribers in Kazakhstan will be able to use the service in 2015," he said. Today, every second citizen of the country has access to digital television, the deputy PM said. "The coverage is about 51 percent. We expect completion of the program in 2015, covering 95 percent," Sagintaev added. During his speech, Deputy Prime Minister of Kazakhstan noted that today there is a noticeable improvement of Kazakhstan's position in the world rankings.

 

Thus, according to him, Kazakhstan was ranked 28th out of 190 countries in the UN ranking on "E-government for the people" in 2013, whereas in 2012 the country was on the 38th place. Kazakhstan was ranked 38th out of 148 countries on networked readiness index in the world in 2013, and in 2012 - 43rd. The country is on the 17th place (in 2012 - 42nd) for cellular tariffs. Furthermore, in 2013 Kazakhstan ranked eighth on the fixed Internet, whereas in 2012 was ranked 47th. "The development of effective information communication industry and its progressive integration are the determinants of economic growth for Kazakhstan. The share of the communications industry in GDP is about 2.5 percent. In 2013, the volume of rendered services in the country rose to $4.7 billion," Sagintaev said. Chairman of Kazakh Communication and Information Agency Askar Zhumagaliyev, Russian Minister of Communications and Mass Media Nikolai Nikiforov and others attended the joint 49th meeting of the Council of heads of Regional Commonwealth in the field of Communications which was held for the fist time in Kazakhstan.

From http://en.trend.az/ 07/18/2014

TOP↑

 

UZBEKISTAN: Population’s Digital TV Coverage to Be Increased by 50% by End of Year

 

Chairman of the Uzbek State Committee of communications, information and communication technology and vice president of the Japanese NEC Corporation Takayuki Morita discussed the primarily measures for further development of digital television in Uzbekistan, the press service of the committee told Trend. "The parties agreed to intensify work for bringing the coverage of the population with digital TV up to 50 percent from the current 45 percent by the end of the year," the report said. The exchange of views on the state and prospects of cooperation in the field of telecommunications and information technologies was held during the meeting, according to the source. The sides also discussed the expansion of cooperation in the spheres of new telecommunications and information technology, and qualification improvement of the field's specialists. The leadership of the state committee noted the long-term cooperation with NEC Corporation and its significant contribution to the digitization of the telecommunication network and TV broadcasting in the country. Today, gradual transition to digital television, which should be completed by the end of 2017 is being continued in Uzbekistan in collaboration with NEC corporation. The head of the NEC Corporation arrived in Uzbekistan within the delegation of Japanese business circles. The delegation included representatives of Japanese companies operating in the fields of trade, engineering, aviation, electrical engineering, ICT, energy and petrochemical industries.

From http://en.trend.az/ 08/11/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

 

 

Digital Literacy in the Developing World: A Gender Gap

 

In the pervasively connected world of the 21st century, creating and sharing knowledge has never been easier. But the fact remains that many people still lack the skills required to access this information and an inequity gap is growing. Consider this quote: "You know you're from the '90s if you remember being disappointed when the CD's leaflet didn't have the lyrics to the songs. How else were you going to learn that damn line on track three?" For those of us with smartphones in our pockets, we simply Google the lyrics and voila! The answer materialises in less than a second. Yet this is a privilege available only to those who have access to the internet and the means to use it.

 

Inequality of access

Two-thirds of the world's population do not have access to the internet, many of whom are women. These 4.6 billion people rely on the lyrics in the CD case to learn that song, assuming they have a CD player at all. This is a representative issue on the far side of the great digital divide between the technically literate and illiterate. The benefits of digital technology can only be realised if people are empowered with the knowledge and skills to access and use them. In developing countries, women are 25 percent56 less likely than men to be online. This gap soars to 45percent in regions such as sub-Saharan Africa. By way of comparison, in both France and the US, women's internet use exceeds that of men. Illiteracy is a barrier to online access that affects women more than men. Averaged across all developing countries, 75% of women are literate compared to 86% of men. In India, as few as 51% of women are literate compared to 75% of men.

 

Internet-based economic activity in India accounts for more than 5 percent of GDP growth. Without access to the internet, and the fundamental skills required to use it, women cannot benefit from the tools, resources and opportunities that the internet affords. Bringing women into the mainstream of the digital revolution can empower them with access, information, choices and opportunities that they have never had before. Not just for themselves, but for their families, communities and nation. But what might this look like? Being digitally literate means more than simply knowing how to operate a computer. Digital literacy means having the ability to find resources, critically evaluate and create information, and to do this by using digital technology. UNESCO considers it a necessary life skill.

 

Technology is knowledge and power

Digital literacy promotes democracy by giving access to a vast repository of knowledge. It also provides a platform from which to speak out and make your views heard. An Iranian woman, for example, who posted a scarf-less photo of herself on Facebook, now has over 230,000 followers who are supporting her crusade of bareheaded subversion. These women want to voice their opposition to the compulsory hijab. Facebook gives them the means. Social networking sites greatly increase women's understanding of what is possible, giving them a powerful tool that can be used to change their situation. For women in developing countries, the internet is an open doorway to tangible benefits; education and employment opportunities. According to Plan UK, an extra year of education increases a woman's income by 10-20 percent. It is a necessary step on the road to breaking the cycle of poverty.

 

A number of worthy initiatives are underway to develop women's digital literacy skills. The Women's Annex Foundation was established to train women in digital literacy so they can create a viable economic model for themselves and their families. The She Will Connect project, an initiative by Intel, is similarly committed to improving the digital literacy skills of women in developing countries. Intel recognises the role that technology plays in improving the quality of and access to education.

 

Closing the gender gap

There is a recognised link between a woman's level of education and the size of families. The more educated she becomes, the fewer children she is likely to have. With over-population being one of the principle difficulties faced by developing countries, digital literacy has the potential to give women access to education and the means to begin reversing the trend towards ever-expanding populations in the developing world. The inequality of internet access around the world is compounded by where you live and your gender. If you are a woman in a developing part of the world, you are likely to be coming up very short on access to the kinds of digital resources that are readily available elsewhere. This can make a big difference to the quality of life for your whole family. The authors do not work for, consult to, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article. They also have no relevant affiliations.This article was originally published on The Conversation.

From http://www.nzherald.co.nz 07/08/2014

TOP↑

 

AUSTRALIA: E-Waste Controls Needed to Manage Cloud Transition

 

A University of Sydney professor has warned that the move to cloud computing could exacerbate Australia's e-waste problems. As Australian organisations transition to cloud computing, existing equipment is likely to join the e-waste stream and should be processed properly. "Much of what is currently being used in data centres - server hardware for example - will simply be stripped of its precious metals and then used as landfill in developing nations," said Albert Zomaya, professor of high performance computing and networking at the University of Sydney. He suggested a hybrid computing model for small businesses can be beneficial for those firms as well as the large providers. But Professor Zomaya is also concerned about the energy efficiency of IT equipment. He urged people in the IT industry to comment on an Australian Department of Industry report recommending servers, storage and other data centre equipment sold in Australia and New Zealand be subject to an energy rating scheme similar to fridges and other household goods, before submissions close in July. That's not to say that he has a negative view of cloud computing. Small businesses benefit from savings on hardware, people and power, while providers gain revenue and operate their facilities closer to capacity, he said. "Combined usage of public and private infrastructure creates a win-win for both providers and clients," Professor Zomaya observed.

From http://www.itwire.com 06/02/2014

TOP↑

 

Call for Urgent Action to Correct IT Industry ‘Gender Imbalance’

 

Men working in IT in Australia outnumber their female colleague by a ratio of five to one, prompting a major recruiter to call for the industry to urgently address the ‘severe’ gender imbalance. IT recruitment firm Greythorn says gender imbalance is getting worse and the IT industry needs to address the issue with ‘significant urgency’ if it’s to prosper through the impending period of IT skills shortages. According to Greythorn, its recent survey of 2,928 Australian IT professionals revealed that male professionals outnumbered their female colleagues by a huge margin - 84% to 16%. Greythorn also cites a recent report by IT recruitment industry body ITCRA which found that in the past 12 months, 78% of candidates placed into ICT roles have been male. Richard Fischer, Greythorn’s APAC Managing Director says gender imbalance has always been the IT industry’s ‘white elephant’, and continues to worsen.

 

According to Fischer, a survey conducted four years in 2010/11 ago by Greythorn on gender in ICT produced results of 78% male to 22% female – or a decrease in females of 27% over the four year period. And, Fischer says the research showed the gender gap becomes even more pronounced at management level, with females accounting for just 12% of respondents currently employed at IT Team Leader/Manager level or above. “IT has always been a heavily male dominated industry. Everyone in the industry knows it’s an issue but it’s always been a significant challenge with very few companies having success in addressing this problem,” Fischer said. According to Fischer, ‘surprisingly’, when respondents were asked whether they expect to remain in the IT industry for the duration of their career, only 47% of females said yes. Female respondents were also asked whether they believed there was a gender gap in salary with 56% stating yes and only 19% stating no, with the remainder unsure. Fischer says employers of IT professionals would be well advised to look at, and address the gender imbalance within their own teams as a “matter of urgency in light of the looming skills crisis.”

 

“I’m not suggesting that by solving the gender issue in the industry we will be able to combat the skills crisis, but it is one way to open the industry up to a talent pool that has until now only been very lightly utilised. The research tells us there is a large segment of the population that the IT industry has never been an option for. Finding ways to open the IT industry up to this underutilised group can only be a positive step in addressing the industries skills shortage.” On the issue of attracting females to IT, Fischer says the research gives employers insight into specific benefits that appeal to female IT professionals. “The research shows that compared to their male counterparts, female IT professionals are more attracted to benefits around workplace flexibility including flexible start/finish times, the ability to work remotely and extended maternity leave options. Lending weight to the above point is the fact that more female IT professionals are engaged in part-time employment and contract employment compared to males who are more heavily represented in full time and permanent employment situations.”

 

And, Greythorn suggests employers consider the following workplace initiatives in order to attract and retain female IT professionals:

• Flexible working conditions

• Generous maternity leave programs

• Transparent and equal remuneration packages

• Create a family-friendly work culture

• Provide 'return to work' skills upgrade programs

• Offer part-time or job-share opportunities

• Profile female role models in senior IT positions

From http://www.itwire.com 07/09/2014

TOP↑

 

Now Is the Time to Get on Social Media, Says Australian Government CTO

 

The public sector should not wait to get on social media - now is the right time, John Sheridan, Australian Government Chief Technology Officer has said. Government should also understand that engagement on social media is two-way, he added. Speaking at the Australia and New Zealand School of Government, Sheridan said: “Now is the right time to be engaged in social media to provide government services”. Conversations on social media continuously evolve, he added, and if agencies are not already part of that conversation then citizens are “probably asking questions about your particular department and what it is that it’s doing”. Government also has to “understand that this is a two-way conversation” on social media, he said. If agencies are only broadcasting information and not engaging with people or responding to questions, they will not get the maximum benefit out of social media - “the ability to actually get involved in discussions with people and help them in that regard”, Sheridan explained.

 

The Queensland Police Service has been one of the best in using social media to actively engage with people, he said. The Australian state experienced a series of natural disasters from 2010 to 2011, and the agency’s social media engagement saw an “enormous increase”, “because what people found was an active way of engaging with the police service and getting information about the sort of things in which they were interested”. Agencies need to trust their staff to engage with citizens responsibly through social media, Sheridan said. If staff engage with citizens everyday on the phone, across the counter, in the street and in other ways, and “they do that without creating enormous difficulties for the department”, “why shouldn’t we trust them therefore, to do the same online?”, he said. The lesson here is that if “we do trust them [to do things well], they respond very well as a consequence”.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 07/01/2014

TOP↑

 

NEW ZEALAND: Network Starts Free Wi-Fi Service Trial

 

New Zealand based 2degrees says that it is about to begin a Wi Fi trial in central Wellington, which will give a select group of 2degrees customers unlimited Wi Fi data for free. 2degrees has partnered with CityLink and will invite around 20,000 Wellington based customers to take part in the three-month trial. 2degrees CEO Stewart Sherriff says the partnership is quite different to other existing mobile Wi-Fi offerings in New Zealand. "This trial gives customers commercial-free Wi-Fi access across a concentrated geographical area of the Wellington CBD rather than just random "hotspots" that people need to be in very close proximity to," says Mr Sherriff. "Working with an established provider like CityLink who already has a Wi-Fi presence across the Wellington CBD makes a potential commercial offering a lot easier to establish. If the trial is successful, it has the potential to be used as a blueprint for 2degrees' Wi-Fi offerings in other parts of the country. 2degrees customers involved in the trial will be given a password specific to their device which is valid for three months. 2degrees says it expects to make a decision on the viability of Wi-Fi as a commercial service later in the year.

From www.cellular-news.com 06/06/2014

TOP↑

 

NZ's Big 4G Mobile Rollout - Progress Report

 

More New Zealanders are making the switch to the super-fast 4G mobile network and as the coverage areas increase, the way we are using our smart devices is also changing. Last week, 2degrees flicked the switch on its 4G mobile internet network in central Auckland with 72 sites going live, while Vodafone quietly launched 4G at Ohakune, Ruapehu, Cardrona Valley, Tukino, Franz Josef, and Fox Glacier ski fields. During June Telecom switched on 4G sites in Dunedin, Queenstown, Wanaka, Masterton, Hutt Valley, Rotorua, Ohakune, Blenheim, Nelson, Rangiora, Rolleston, Lincoln, Hamner Springs, and extensions in Auckland, Wellington and Christchurch. 4G boasts speeds up to 10 times faster than standard 3G services, delivering theoretical data speeds of up to 150Mbps, but this varies depending on handset, location and load on the network.

 

To access 4G, mobile users need to be in a 4G coverage area serviced by their provider and have a 4G-capable phone, such as the newer models of Apple's iPhone, the 5S or 5C, Samsung's Galaxy S4 or S5, or an HTC One. Vodafone consumer director Matt Williams says there are now more than 400,000 active 4G devices in their network and that number is expected to grow as more 4G devices hit the market. "This year we boosted 4G capacity in central Auckland, allowing more 4G data users simultaneously to experience the fast mobile service, without performance degradation. This is a direct response to our customers' rapid adoption of the 4G service," Williams said. 2degrees chief executive Stewart Sherriff said its customers have been waiting patiently and their launch of 4G was slightly ahead of schedule. "With the rise in connectivity and exploding demand for data services like video, music streaming, online access and mobile gaming, 4G is now an enabler that opens up a whole new world of opportunity for our customers," Sherriff said.

 

Telecom retail chief executive Chris Quin says more than a hundred additional 4G sites will go live before the end of the year, but added that the number of 'sites' measure doesn't clearly demonstrate Telecom's full capability as different types of cell sites have different coverage reach. Instead range and quality of coverage was the focus for the company. "We think these faster speeds will quickly become the 'new normal' for New Zealanders, just as 3G speeds did when they were introduced a few years ago," Quin said. Telecom says more than 60 per cent of its customer base uses a smartphone and that over the past year data use for the average customer had grown by 52 per cent. Quin says a real change in behaviour is starting to emerge among mobile users. "In particular, we're seeing a lot more uploading of data - often driven by people posting photos or videos to social media to share their experiences with friends," he said.

 

Unsurprisingly, Vodafone's own customer insights echo similar changes to the way New Zealanders are using the mobiles. Vodafone says its 4G users stream four times more content than 3G users and are more likely to make online purchases with their device. Vodafone, Telecom and 2degrees all offer apps to customers that measure 4G data usage, so there are no nasty surprise bills if/when you chew through your data allotment.

 

Competition drives new mobile plans

As New Zealand's smartphone addiction deepens, competition in the mobile space is heating up. Telcos are all launching increasingly innovative mobile plans as they seek to hang onto and gain new customers. It's tough being a telco. According to IDC senior telecommunications analyst Glen Saunders, New Zealand's rugged terrain makes building mobile networks difficult while competition means investing sizeable amounts of money on networks is a must. "Designing network solutions for growing data demand and meeting customer expectations for performance is driving further investment," Saunders said. It's good news for consumers though as cheaper and more value packed plans keep being launched. Add to this number portability (being able to keep mobile numbers when swapping telcos) which has removed a barrier hindering competition. This has seen telcos adding as much value as possible in a bid to hang on to existing customers. Adding further complexity in an already competitive market are the large number of prepaid customers. Because they're not tied into contracts, mobile operators have to stay especially sharp says Skinny general manager, Ross Parker.

 

"We only do prepay, and we don't have contracts, we always look after our existing customers because they're always free to leave," Parker said. This has seen Skinny targeting talkers. Their $16 Big Value plan provides unlimited calling between Skinny customers. The $40 Big Talker plan offers unlimited calls/texts to Australasian landline and mobiles on all networks. 2degrees, who've long had rollover data and shared mobile data plans are also innovating. Their latest offering is a free SIM with 200MB of free mobile data per month. The offer is aimed at 3G or 4G tablet users wanting to use their tablet anywhere there's mobile coverage. Vodafone's Red Share is designed to both acquire and retain customers says Matt Williams. "We know that a lot of our customers have family members on Prepay plans or another provider, and more than half of consumers have decision input into someone else's plan so Red Share is another reason to join Vodafone if you're not already with us," Williams said. Aimed at families, Vodafone's Red Share plans allow parents to share mobile data with family members. Red Share also has unlimited calls and Texts to New Zealand and Australian landlines and mobile numbers.

 

Not be outdone, Telecom are offering access to the Spotify music service for customers on the $29 prepaid plan plus selected Ultra Mobile plans. Access to their national Wi-Fi network of 1,000 wireless hotspots is also available for all Telecom mobile customers. Data caps may be getting bigger and the cost of calls and texts has plummeted but Kiwi telcos have yet to offer what most of us really want. Although unlimited calling/texting is available from many operators, unlimited data is not - yet. - Pat Pilcher

 

The 700 MHz spectrum and Rural 4G rollout

The New Zealand government raised $259 million from the auction of the 700MHz spectrum, which became available as a result of the switchover to digital television from analogue last year. Telecom, Vodafone and 2degrees all secured lots in the spectrum which is especially well-suited to pushing fast mobile broadband into rural areas because it requires fewer repeater stations to achieve coverage and into densely populated urban settings, such as commercial buildings. Telecom bought the fourth 2x5 MHz lot for $83 million in the second round of a government auction, having secured three lots of 2x15 MHz spectrum for $66 million in the first round. Vodafone bought three 2x15 MHz lots for $66 million in the first round, while 2degrees bought two lots of 2x10 MHz spectrum for $44 million, BusinessDesk reported in May. Telecom's network capability manager Tonie De Vries says the economics of bringing fast mobile services to areas outside of the main centres have been challenging, but the reallocation of the 700MHz spectrum will speed up the roll-out significantly.

 

"Telecom has just finished a successful trial of 4G on the 700MHz spectrum in the Waikato. For our regional customers it's going to mean city speeds for rural NZ," De Vries told the Herald. Telecom has committed to ensuring 4G services are available to at least 90 per cent of New Zealanders within five years. Vodafone says as part of their rural 4G rollout, at least 300 existing rural cell towers will be upgraded to 4G within the next five years, and five new towers each year will be built, for five years, in areas where Vodafone's network does not currently reach. 2degrees said 4G rollout to provincial areas would begin in 2015, while Hamilton, Wellington and Christchurch customers should expect 4G coverage by the end of this year.

From http://www.nzherald.co.nz 07/08/2014

TOP↑

 

Aussie Govt Report Eyes Potential to Copy NZ's Realme Online ID Service, Mutually Recognise IDs on Both Sides of Tasman

 

The New Zealand Government's RealMe identity verification service is cited as something Australia could copy in an interim report from the Australian government's Financial System Inquiry. The potential for mutual recognition of online identities between the trans-Tasman neighbours is also highlighted. Issued yesterday, the report notes Australia lacks a single government identity credential. Instead there are 20 government agencies managing more than 50 million core identity credentials. This decentralised model is described as a federated identity system, which emphasises market-based solutions where multiple identity credentials are produced by government and private sector providers to give access to both public and private sector services. In contrast under a syndicated model, a single identity credential is issued, generally by government, providing single sign-on access to public and private sector services. A joint venture between the Department of Internal Affairs and Kiwibank's parent New Zealand Post, RealMe launched last July. It was touted as the new and secure way for New Zealanders to access services and prove their identity online, and was developed with tens of millions of dollars of taxpayers' money. Banks using it to date include BNZ, Kiwibank and TSB.

 

"If Government was the default provider of digital identities to Australians, there would be economies of scale and other potential benefits, such as ease of access to Government information sources. This approach is reflected in New Zealand’s RealMe service, in which the government conducts high-integrity identity verification, including biometric capture, equivalent to passport application processes, before issuing individuals with their government digital identity," the report says. "Equally, Government could help guide and stimulate a commercial market of digital identity products and services. It could work with industry to establish minimum standards in more of a federated ‘trust framework’ model. In this approach, similar to that of the United Kingdom and United States, consumers could choose between government and commercially issued identity credentials. Allowing people to use multiple trusted credentials would have privacy benefits. It would also help reduce the potentially severe consequences where an individual only has a single digital identity, which is then compromised."

 

Trans-Tasman recognition of online IDs?

The report goes on to say Australia’s approach to developing trusted digital identities needs to take into account a wider international context. "This will help Australian businesses compete in a global identity services market and benefit Australian consumers by facilitating wider acceptance of their digital identities. The Australian and New Zealand Prime Ministers have recently recognised these benefits and agreed to investigate options for mutual recognition of trusted online identities in both countries." The mutual recognition reference stems from a joint statement issued by John Key and Tony Abbott in February that said; "Many New Zealanders and Australians today validate their identities securely, using a range of online identity services, for sensitive transactions such as accessing social services and bank and health records . They (Key and Abbott) agreed to investigate the option of a mutual recognition agreement to enable trusted online identities to be accepted in both countries." The interim report asks for feedback on the costs, benefits and trade-offs of developing a national Australian strategy for promoting trusted digital identities, in consultation with financial institutions and other stakeholders.

From http://www.interest.co.nz 07/17/2014

TOP↑

Govt Promises $100m for Urban Cycleways

 

The Government is muscling in on Green Party turf by promising an extra $100 million over four years for urban cycleways. Its initiative has been announced from the top today by Prime Minister John Key, who early in 2009 allocated $50 million - since topped up by a further $8m - towards a national cycleway being built in regional sections, to create jobs and assist economic development. The new money for urban bikeways - to be drawn from the Government's consolidated fund - will be in addition to between $45 million and $103m already announced for the next three years for walking and cycling from road fuel taxes. Transport Minister Gerry Brownlee said the extra funding followed recognition by National that cycleways in New Zealand's largest cities were fragmented and offered varied levels of service. He said that was despite the health benefits offered from commuting by bike, and the pressure it took off other transport networks.

 

"Many people cite safety concerns and a lack of infrastructure as reasons for not cycling so we're going to begin building cycleways to a standard that delivers real incentives for commuters to make a change," Mr Brownlee said. "Building more comprehensive cycling networks will require new infrastructure to connect existing routes and expand the network into wider urban areas. This funding package also strongly complements other aspects of the Government's ambitious transport infrastructure programme, which is designed to ensure people and freight can reach their destinations quickly and safely." The minister said an urban cycleway investment panel would include government and local body officials sitting with representatives of organisations yet to be nominated, in time for draft terms of reference to be presented to the Cabinet by October 31.

 

His officials estimate that $10 million will be allocated for this financial year, to be followed by respective annual instalments of $35m, $30m and $25m. The announcement follows a Green Party proposal for $100m to be spend on walking and cycling improvements for each of the next three years, before ramping up to $130m by 2024-25. The Automobile Association predicts more money for bikeways will offer benefits for all road users, saying existing facilities are not well connected, resulting in "dangerous pinch points when traffic converges." Spokesman Mike Noon said safe cycling infrastructure encouraging more people into the saddle would ease congestion as well as "most importantly reducing the risk of cycling crashes and injuries."

From http://www.nzherald.co.nz 08/18/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/e-Security.gif

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

 

 

EUROPE: How Europol Battles Cybercrime and Prepares for the Future

 

Europol, based in The Hague, Netherlands, is the European Union’s police office. Staffed by high-level police officers from the 28 EU member states, John Occhipinti says it functions as the “hub of a liaison network” that manages a database of criminal intelligence. The Canisius College political scientist has written extensively on the internal security policy of the EU, including the book, The Politics of EU Police Cooperation: Toward a European FBI? He says by increasing communication between law enforcement in the different EU member states, Europol is helping police “catch up to what the criminals are doing.” Today, this is especially important because of increasing threats to international cyber security. “In terms of future cross-border crime” Occhipinti says, cybercrime is definitely “the newest and the biggest priority now.” To respond to this threat, Europol has expanded to include the new European Cybercrime Center, or EC3.

 

“It's a newer crime,” Occhipinti says. “Drug trafficking has been around for a long time, so there's actually bureaucratic turf there … it was kind of a change for [member states] to go to Europol for assistance. Cybercrime's not like that. Cybercrime is so new, and some member states really don't have the capability to deal with it on their own, that they actually look to kind of a European response to this problem that affects everybody.” Since most cybercrime originates in countries outside of the EU, Occhipinti says, the emphasis is on mitigating its effects – not making arrests. “By sharing information, you can let different companies in the private sector kind of know what the risks are and how they can address them, and what the trends are in terms of cyber-attacks,” Occhipinti says. According to Occhipinti, the standardization of European criminal codes in recent years has also helped to make Europol more effective.

 

“Because the member states that belong to Europol are very similar – they're all democracies, they all have more-or-less common views on various kinds of crimes – the information flows better,” Occhipinti says. Even though the EU is still a long way from a “federal approach to policing,” Occhipinti says Europol has achieved a lot in a short amount of time and that further integration and expansion is likely. “The big challenge, I think, that they face in Europe is this balance between providing security and then dealing with things that we value in a democracy,” Occhipinti say. “Whether it’s freedom of movement, whether it’s privacy, whether it’s human rights, this is always the big issue. … It's this tension between liberty and security.”

 

On the need for the European Police Office

The police are allowed in hot pursuit across borders, but as soon as they cross a border, they have to get in contact with the authorities there and bring them in in any kind of arrest. What the European Police Office, Europol, does is to try to coordinate investigations of cross-border crimes. … Europol plays a key role in coordinating international investigative teams and, you know, try to bring all of the resources together so that, if say, a trafficking network is stretching across three member states, this may be drugs might be entering through Spain, and then being trafficked to, say, Amsterdam, and then distributed in Germany, that law enforcement from all three of those member states can be involved in this. And it eliminates the ability of criminals to kind of have a safe haven.

 

On the integration of criminal law in the EU

The other thing the EU is doing, actually, is that they are trying at a certain level to harmonize criminal law. So they are trying to make sure that there are common approaches to cross-border crime, things like human trafficking, drug trafficking, even terrorism. So, they're trying to eliminate these differences among the member states so that everyone kind of approaches these crimes the same way, takes them as seriously, and, you know, are willing to devote resources to them.

 

On cybercrime

You can think of cybercrime one way in terms of just facilitating crime, similar to money laundering or any other kind of way of facilitating crime. Cybercrime is simply using computers, using the internet, to commit another crime, say the buying and selling of drugs or laundering of money, etc. But cybercrime also entails cyber security, which involves attacks on information systems, attacks on infrastructure, attacks on a power company. So cyber criminals who are out there are either trying to make money, or they're trying to promote a political agenda, or they're just trying to sort of be cyber vandals. And they can be operating outside of the European Union, they could be operating, say, in Russia or China, and so this makes it very difficult to apprehend them because they're never physically present.

 

On working with the United States

The Europeans and the Americans share the same kinds of vulnerabilities and priorities when it comes to cybercrime. And by working together they can try to set the common global standard for cyber security and sort of alert the public sector and the private sector to the threats of cybercrime by sharing information with each other. So that's also an area of increased transatlantic cooperation.

 

On trafficking networks

Any trafficking network has, or any criminal network, source countries where drugs may be cultivated or immigrants may originate from, has a transit state where it passes through, and has a destination country. When it comes to sort of crimes in general, you have to pay attention to all three. It's similar to the United States: you have to pay attention to the demand side of the drug problem and not just the source of the drug problem.

 

On the success of Europol

And cooperation was actually pretty slow in the beginning. There wasn't a sense of urgency about any of this, even with the end of the Cold War and the spread of cross-border crime. It actually, interestingly, really took 9/11 for Europe to realize the threats at hand. And it was after 2001 that there was really expanded progress. So if you think of the fact that the Europeans have not been working on this all that long, it's pretty remarkable what they've achieved. They have this European Police Office I've already talked about. They have an external border management agency called Frontex, which provides assistance to all of the different border patrols of the member states that deal with the problems like refugees and immigration. They have a virtual police training academy to provide training for high-level police officers. There is now what I call a legal and institutional infrastructure of crime-fighting and counterterrorism in Europe that didn't exist twenty years ago. … But it doesn't quite amount to a United States of Europe, or a true federal approach to policing.

From http://kgou.org/ 08/03/2014

TOP↑

 

 

German: Bosch Insures Against Cybercrime

 

Robert Bosch has taken out a 100 million euro insurance policy to safeguard its operations against cybercrime, according to a report in the German newspaper Sueddeutsche Zeitung. The policy was issued by a consortium led by German insurer Allianz, according to the report. It also includes industrial insurance specialist Ace ad the Zurich Group. The Sueddeutsche said Bosch, one of the world’s largest automotive supplier groups, is paying around 1 million euros to cover risks of as much as 100 million euros per attack. According to a survey by insurance broker Marsh, 54 percent of European companies were hit by cybercrime in 2013.

From http://www.automotiveit.com/ 08/01/2014

TOP↑

 

Russian Hackers Stole 1.2 Billion Internet Credentials

 

A cybersecurity firm said it has uncovered about 1.2 billion Internet logins and passwords and more than 500 million email addresses amassed by a Russian crime ring, the largest known collection of such stolen data, the New York Times reported on Tuesday. Hold Security of Milwaukee, Wisconsin, which discovered the credentials, said they were stolen from some 420,000 websites, according to the report. Hold Security declined to identify the sites that were breached, citing nondisclosure agreements and concerns that they remained vulnerable to attack, the paper reported on its website. “Hackers did not just target U.S. companies, they targeted any website they could get, ranging from Fortune 500 companies to very small websites. And most of these sites are still vulnerable,” the New York Times quoted Alex Holden, the founder of Hold Security, as saying. Reuters could not independently confirm the details of the report. Dmitri Alperovitch, chief technology officer of the cybersecurity firm CrowdStrike told Reuters that the stolen passwords could be used to access other accounts beyond the ones on sites that were breached because people commonly use the same passwords for multiple sites. "A compromise like this could mushroom," said Alperovitch. Hold Security in February said it had uncovered stolen credentials from some 360 million accounts that were available for sale on cyber black markets.

From http://www.huffingtonpost.com/ 08/06/2014

TOP↑

 

Someone Hacked the Russian Prime Minister's Twitter Account and Announced His Resignation

 

Someone apparently took control of Russian Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev's Russian-language Twitter account early on Thursday morning. @MedvedevRussia, a verified account with more than 2.5 million followers, first raised suspicion with a tweet sent out at 11:12 pm PDT which reads (translation via The Interpreter): "I am resigning. I am ashamed of the actions of the government. Forgive me."

 

The Interpreter notes:

Medvedev's account, which was made for him during his historic visit to Twitter headquarters in Silicon Valley in 2011, has a verified blue check, so it is indeed his account. But the statement is so out of character for a top Kremlin official -- even one whose modest reform efforts have been sidelined as he castled roles with President Vladimir Putin -- that everyone assumes the account is hacked. Kremlin-backed RT was also reporting the account as hacked. Medvedev's English-language account did not appear to be affected. On the hacked account, updates and other retweets seemed to express anger at Russian government policies. "Maybe better to ban electricity? Promise in the near future the government and think about it. But without me," another tweet read (via Google Translate). "I have long wanted to say. Vova! You are wrong!" read another (Vova is a Russian nickname for Vladimir). And later: "Russian citizens shouldn't suffer from the problem of perception of common sense in the top leadership of the country."

From http://www.businessinsider.com/ 08/14/2014

TOP↑

 

Belarusian Opposition Website "Blocked" in Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan

 

The Belarusian human rights group Charter-97 says the Russian telecom giant Rostelekom has blocked its website in Belarus, Kazakhstan and Russia. "Yesterday, Russian backbone operator Rostelekom blocked access to our website," Charter-97 said on its site on 8 August (bit.ly/1kOg8T9). "Instead of the website, users get to a page with the message that the site has been added to the combined register of the domain names, URLs and IP addresses that lets one identify the websites containing the information the dissemination of which is banned in the Russian Federation," it said. Charter-97 said a number of its pages were blacklisted by the Russian Federal Service for Supervision in Telecommunications, Information Technology and Mass Communications (Roskomnadzor), but "there was no talk of the complete blocking of the website". It said the blocking was faced by the customers of Belarusian providers Dzelavaya Setka (Business Network), Life, Velcom and others. BBC Monitoring was not able to find Charter-97 in Roskomnadzor's register (eais.rkn.gov.ru) as of 1425 gmt on 8 August.

From http://www.i-policy.org/ 08/16/2014

TOP↑

 

U.K.: New Cyber Security Competition Launched

 

The Cyber Security Challenge UK group has partnered with defence and security company Northrop Grumman to bring the 'Cyber Patriot' cyber education programme to the UK. The programme has already involved over 250,000 budding cyber defence professionals across the US. The competition begins in October with a practice round, followed by two competition rounds - one later in October and one in January 2015. The programme is designed to inspire young people towards careers in cyber security and science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM). It will be called CyberCenturion in the UK and sit between the existing Cyber Security Challenge schools programme for secondary schools, and the main Challenge competition programme.

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 08/12/2014

TOP↑

 

NORTH AMERICA: Canada - A Tool for Canadian SME’s in Their Battle to Improve Cyber-security

 

According to Industry Canada’s 2012 analysis of small and medium enterprises in Canada, over 7.7 million employees, or 69.7 percent of the total private labour force, worked for small businesses; 2.2 million employees, or 20.2 percent of the labour force, worked for medium-sized businesses. In total, SMEs employed about 10 million individuals, or 89.9 percent of employees. In that same year, Statistics Canada reported “Almost nine  out of 10 (87 per cent ) of Canadian enterprises reported using the Internet…. Among enterprises with 10 or more employees, Internet use was almost universal, at 96 per cent.” In its 2013 study on the impact of cybercrime on Canadian businesses, The International Cyber Security Protection Alliance (ICSPA) found that over a 12-month period in 2012, 69 per cent of 520 Canadian  businesses surveyed reported some kind of cyber-attack. The cost: approximately $5.3 million or about $15 thousand per attack. The study found that while almost 70 per cent report taking cyber security seriously, only 60 per cent undertake steps to raise awareness of cyber security among employees. They often do so passively, by use of emails and/or company manuals. Only 22 per cent reported having a rigorous, pro-active risk assessment process.

 

Taken all together, it would seem that in Canada, almost all medium and many small enterprises use the internet and so are vulnerable to security threats. The breakdown of respondents in the ICSPA report makes it clear Canadian SME’s are being hit by cyber-crime events and other security breaches. A survey of current security literature warns of an increase in these kinds of attacks with SME’s gaining favour as targets. This is due to their perceived ease of compromise, due to nonexistent or less sophisticated, security systems. No business, SME or otherwise, wants to be a target and find itself subjected to cyber-attack, perhaps losing valuable information and revenue. It is safe to say not many SME’s have the personnel with the expertise to properly decide, develop, implement and manage the necessary security solutions. Even those that have strong technical teams, have to answer the question of how best to deploy them. The increasing range of security vulnerabilities makes that a question not easily answered. Should the focus be on the network? Should user education and password management get the most attention? Should resources be concentrated on catching those emails that deliver more misery than message? What about mobile and BYOD? The list will only continue to grow.

 

While I do not have a complete answer for Canadian SME’s, there just may be a tool that can be used to provide a roadmap and solid starting point for improving their security state The Government of Canada’s ‘Cyber Security Strategy’ has three strategic objectives: 1) securing government systems; 2) working with the private sector and governments to protect critical infrastructure; 3) helping Canadians to be secure on line. While the debate continues on how the government of the day is performing on meeting these objectives, the Public Safety Canada December 2013 publication ‘Get Cyber Safe Guide for Small and Medium Businesses’, developed on behalf of the Government of Canada, is aligned with objective number three. In an easy to understand format, its a logically presented explanation of the risks to SME’s, with suggestions of how they might be mitigated.

 

The authors state the guide “is designed to help Canadians who own or manage a small or medium business understand the cyber security risks they face, and provide them with practical advice on how to better protect their business and employees from cyber-crime.” It attempts to cover a broad range of security topics from basic management issues and policy, through web security, email, data, remote access, mobile device and even employee security. The appendices provide useful information, links, and tools including a security self-assessment for SME’s and a glossary of security terms that will help everyone speak the same language. Security is and will continue to be a concern – a moving target for all of us. In the case of SME’s at least, Canada’s Cyber Security Strategy has provided a practical tool with potential to help improve their cyber security situation. If you have used this guide, it would be great to hear about your experience. If you have not yet seen it, and do decide to use it, please send along your thoughts on its usefulness for your company. Spreading the word helps everyone.

From http://www.itworldcanada.com/ 07/17/2014

TOP↑

 

 

The Three V’s of Big Data – And the Security Risks That Come with It

 

We’ve been hearing the phrase “big data” being tossed around among companies, industries, and organizations for some time now – but what does it really mean? For Jerrard Gaertner, president of the Canadian Information Processing Society, big data presents a lot of potential for businesses, the public sector, and all kinds of industries – but any work with big data needs to be done with data security in mind. While he teaches courses on this topic at Ryerson University and the University of Toronto, he managed to distill a lot of the information into an hour-long mini lecture during Wednesday’s TASK meeting in Toronto. Gaertner gave a talk on what big data means, outlining not just its potential, but also the risks of adopting it without thinking of security first. “In many cases … you’ve got an organization that’s got absolutely wonderful security and policies and procedures and segregation of duties, and everybody has a [Certified Information Systems Security Professional certification]. But big data is over here, and we’ve got our crown jewels in there, and a couple of dozen people have access to absolutely everything,” he said, addressing a room of security professionals during his talk. “I would just caution you that big data tends to be ignored or tends to be forgotten because it’s so new.”

 

So what is big data? For Gaertner, he characterizes it as having at least three V’s:

-        Volume

This is huge amounts of data – not just gigabytes or terabytes, but potentially petabytes or exabytes.

-        Variety

Big data includes a variety of data, which aren’t just housed within Excel files or Word documents. This can include every file format out there, Gaertner said.

-        and Velocity.

 

“Most big data installations – you can’t necessarily control how quickly the data comes in,” he said. For example, he mentioned how many companies have marketing departments that do sentiment analysis, meaning they analyze tweets on Twitter, posts on Facebook, or other areas of social media to figure out how a new product is performing in the marketplace and how people feel about it. However, given this is social media and Twitter users alone can create as many as 5,000 tweets a second, those seeking to harness big data can’t control how much data is coming in, nor how quickly, Gaertner said. Given how so many businesses and industries want to tap into big data and the insights it can bring, it’s not surprising people are eager to just upload their data and start using open source software from frameworks like Apache Hadoop.

 

Still, Gaertner told the audience of security professionals this is where security and risk management come in. He named a number of factors that need to go into a strong, effective implementation of big data, such as creating appropriate research facilities, using relevant data sources, ensuring the hardware used has the capacity to process the data, using the right software and analytics tools, training staff in proper procedures – the list goes on. However, a large chunk of that list requires security professionals to lend a hand, and people can’t just be left alone to play with big data without safeguards and controls, he said. “Does the [chief security officer] or privacy officer know you’ve dumped all the information you own into a bucket and you’re playing with it?” Gaertner said, adding one of the biggest risks with big data is putting all of an organization’s data in one place, or all of its eggs in one basket.

 

He added security professionals also need to ask about the “provenance” of the data, or where it came from. After all, there are business risks, ethical risks, and privacy risks to using data from just anywhere and not adequately protecting it. And of course, one of the most important pieces of security in any organization is to ensure employees are well-trained and educated in understanding the risks, especially when it comes to big data. That’s even more important than relying upon the tools and layers of defense set up to protect an organization’s data. “You’re all security professionals,” Gaertner said to the room. “You know – never rely on the technology. It’s people, people, people.”

From http://www.itbusiness.ca/ 07/31/2014

TOP↑

 

People, Not IT, Come First in Data Security, Toronto Group Told

 

Big data presents a lot of potential for organizations of all sizes. But the head of the Ontario division of the Canadian Information Processing Society (CIPS) says any work with big data needs to be done with data security in mind. That was the message from Jerrard Gaertner to security professionals at last week’s monthly meeting of the Toronto Area Security Klatch (TASK). Co-founder of Managed Analytics Services Inc. who also he teaches courses on this topic at Ryerson University and the University of Toronto, Gaertner managed to distill a lot of the information into an hour-long mini lecture on what big data means, outlining not just its potential, but also the risks of adopting it without thinking of security first. “In many cases … you’ve got an organization that’s got absolutely wonderful security and policies and procedures and segregation of duties, and everybody has a [Certified Information Systems Security Professional certification]. But big data is over here, and we’ve got our crown jewels in there, and a couple of dozen people have access to absolutely everything,” he said, addressing a room of security professionals during his talk. “I would just caution you that big data tends to be ignored or tends to be forgotten because it’s so new.”

 

Gaertner characterizes big data as having at least three V’s:

- Volume This is huge amounts of data – not just gigabytes or terabytes, but potentially petabytes or exabytes.

- Variety Big data includes a variety of data, which aren’t just housed within Excel files or Word documents. This can include every file format out there, Gaertner said.

- and Velocity.

 

“Most big data installations – you can’t necessarily control how quickly the data comes in,” he said. For example, he mentioned how many companies have marketing departments that do sentiment analysis, meaning they analyze tweets on Twitter, posts on Facebook, or other areas of social media to figure out how a new product is performing in the marketplace and how people feel about it. However, given this is social media and Twitter users alone can create as many as 5,000 tweets a second, those seeking to harness big data can’t control how much data is coming in, nor how quickly, Gaertner said. Given how so many businesses and industries want to tap into big data and the insights it can bring, it’s not surprising people are eager to just upload their data and start using open source software from frameworks like Apache Hadoop. Still, Gaertner told the audience of security professionals this is where security and risk management come in. He named a number of factors that need to go into a strong, effective implementation of big data, such as creating appropriate research facilities, using relevant data sources, ensuring the hardware used has the capacity to process the data, using the right software and analytics tools, training staff in proper procedures – the list goes on.

 

However, a large chunk of that list requires security professionals to lend a hand, and people can’t just be left alone to play with big data without safeguards and controls, he said. “Does the [chief security officer] or privacy officer know you’ve dumped all the information you own into a bucket and you’re playing with it?” Gaertner said, adding one of the biggest risks with big data is putting all of an organization’s data in one place, or all of its eggs in one basket. He added security professionals also need to ask about the “provenance” of the data, or where it came from. After all, there are business risks, ethical risks, and privacy risks to using data from just anywhere and not adequately protecting it. And of course, one of the most important pieces of security in any organization is to ensure employees are well-trained and educated in understanding the risks, especially when it comes to big data. That’s even more important than relying upon the tools and layers of defense set up to protect an organization’s data. “You’re all security professionals,” Gaertner said to the room. “You know – never rely on the technology. It’s people, people, people.”

From http://www.itbusiness.ca/ 08/05/2014

TOP↑

 

Two Projects to Improve IT Security Without Using Software

 

Implement these two projects in your workplace the ensure strong IT security standards

Imagine if an invisible thief could break into your home and start stealing your possessions. That’s one of the threats posed by inadequate IT security. The pain and loss of poor IT security practices cost a great deal.

 

Let’s illustrate the scale of the IT security challenge:

- The average cost to a company was $3.5 million in US dollars (2014 Cost of Data Breach, Ponemon Institute)

- Criminals stole $45 million from Rakbank and Bank of Muscat in 2013 by breaching ATM card security in 2013 (American Banker)

- In 2014, Sony paid a $15 million settlement payment in the wake of the 2011 hack of Playstation (Engadget)

 

Clearly, IT security failure are expensive. For many in the technology community, the default reaction is to invest in security software and hardware. Better security technology is absolutely vital. Technology is part of the IT security puzzle. Training staff on IT security best practices is arguably even more important to securing your organizations’ information assets. The following projects are excellent ways to reinforce IT security. Best of all, they require little to no money to implement. To experienced security professionals, these may seem like basic ideas. However, I challenge you to ask yourself: is my organization successfully implementing these ideas?

 

IT Security Project 1: Organize a security briefing For your department

Knowing is half the battle. To improve IT security, employees need to understand the fundamentals of security. Here are some starting points for an introductory security briefing: Password Basics: Recommend changing corporate passwords every 90 days or more often.

Caution Against Unfamiliar Software: Remind your staff that installing new software can increase IT security risk. For some staff working on highly sensitive activities, consider preventing the installation of new software.

 

IT Security Project 2: Implement a system access review

How many different applications, systems and IT resources does your company have? Staff at small organizations typically have more than half a dozen logins to manage. Follow these steps to improve your risk management relating to system access:

1) Create A System Access List.

The first step is to ask each employee to list the applications, systems and other resources that require a login. Also ask them to list the reason they use a given resource (e.g. Finance System. Use: Prepare quarterly financial statements for management).

2) Identify Access Rights For Elimination.

Over time, job responsibilities shift and evolve. Use this step to ensure that your IT security keeps pace. Using the system access list created in step one, evaluate whether there are system rights that can be eliminated. For example, if a sales representative resigns from the organization, it is important to eliminate their system access rights as a proactive way to prevent information loss.

3) Schedule An Annual Review.

 

To maintain IT security, I recommend an annual review of system access rights and privileges. Large firms may already have this requirement in their policies. Ask yourself about the last time you implemented a review. If you skip this step, your IT security will gradually deteriorate. My question to you is: What is one critical behaviour that improves your organization’s IT security?

From http://www.itworldcanada.com/ 08/14/2014

TOP↑

 

U.S.: Assessing Trust in Cross-Agency Networks

 

“Trust but verify” was President Reagan’s mantra during the Cold War. Today, trust is a key element to creating effective cross-agency networks to get things done. But what, exactly, is trust, and how do you know what to look for? Addressing public management challenges increasingly requires collaborative networks across a range of agencies and nongovernmental organizations. The Obama administration has designated a series of projects as cross agency priority goals and put networks in place to manage them. A lot of literature and practical experience show that a key element of success in any collaborative effort is the ability to create and sustain trust among stakeholders. New research by a pair of European academics, Peter Oomsels and Geert Bouckaert, provides an interesting and nuanced assessment framework that can help “boundary spanners”—such as the cross-agency goal leaders at the federal level—to dissect what works in different situations and contexts. The authors say interorganizational trust is “a very important factor for successful cooperation in networked contexts . . . Trust facilitates, solidifies and increases the performance of interorganizational cooperation in complex decision-making networks.” But what does it mean to trust?

 

What is Trust?

There is a wide range of definitions of trust in academic literature, depending on the discipline of the author (e.g., sociology, public administration, management, economics, or psychology). These definitions include “faith in people’s motivations and capacities” and “willingness to assume an open, vulnerable position” and “a set of expectations shared by everyone involved in an exchange.” Oomsels and Bouckaert catalog 36 definitions, noting “some of the definitions . . . refer to trust as an expectation, others conceptualize it as an attitude, and still others formulate trust as behavior.” They then offer their own definition: “The intentional and behavioral suspension of vulnerability by a trustor on the basis of positive expectations of a trustee.” Probably the most pragmatic is behavior-based trust, in which “trust is only involved when the trusting expectation makes a difference to a decision,” the authors say. “Behavioral trust can therefore be seen as observable risk-taking behavior in a relational exchange process.”

 

The Value of Trust vs. Distrust

Interestingly, the authors conclude that reducing trust does not necessarily result in distrust. They see these two phenomena as resulting from different value bases. For them, the continuum of trust (hope, faith, confidence, etc.) is different from the continuum of distrust (fear, skepticism, cynicism, wariness, etc.). “Both trust and distrust can be desirable assets in public administration as long as they provide social value,” they say. “But neither is desirable or undesirable in and of itself.” The authors note: “Trust is becoming ever more important in public administration because increasingly complex public problems transgress the boundaries of rationality of single organizations, therefore requiring cooperation and governance.” They go on to observe the benefits of trust-intensive environments are “increased innovation, learning, organizational performance and effective cooperation . . . the major functionality of trust lies in its potential for cost-effective goal-oriented collaboration.”

 

But the authors caution: “Interorganizational trust is not always functional, and distrust is not always dysfunctional.” Too much trust can lead to inefficiencies or corruption, with opportunities for abuse. This seems to have been the case with the General Services Administration conference spending scandal several years ago, as well as the recent Veterans Affairs Department hospital scheduling scandal. The leaders involved trusted their staffs too much. While some degree of distrust is appropriate, there are costs. “Distrust is associated with atomized action due to the intentional and behavioral avoidance of vulnerability, in which actors either withdraw from interactions or rely on an array of strategies to constrain contingency, risk and vulnerability,” the authors write. “Distrust-inspired strategies are functional in a world of untrustworthy partners.” Interestingly, in many cases of governmental collaboration, both high trust and high distrust is the most prevalent relationship between participating agencies. In these cases, the trustors are confident about some aspects or levels of their relationship with a trustee, but are suspicious about other aspects. This is especially the case when two sets of actors have both common and competing objectives. Consider the coordination between the State and Defense departments in Afghanistan, for example. In this case, the actors are apt to calculate the costs and benefits of cooperation and exchange.

 

Assessing Trust in a Collaboration

Often, executives who find themselves in the role of boundary spanner find they have to calculate the costs and benefits of collaborating with other partners. The authors offer a framework for making these subjective evaluations of trust and distrust. They say it needs to be done at three different levels in any relationship:

The macro level of socializing institutional arrangements

The meso-level of concrete interaction characteristics

The micro-level of specific individual characteristics

Macro-level: institution-based trust. Oomsels and Bouckaert observe that “institutional arrangements can act as both supports and impediments to trust . . . Institution-based trust plays an important role in large and fragmented organizations because it forms a bridge between actors unfamiliar with one another by establishing a ‘world in common’ through formal and informal norms of behavior.”

 

Some observers call this organizational culture, but it can be more than that. The authors say institutional trust can also be process-based, characteristic-based, or institution-based. Processes, for example, might include contracts, standards of performance, audits and controls. Characteristics of the actors (such as being in a common profession like financial management) mean that “roles can allow boundary spanners to adopt trust even in the absence of personalized knowledge,” the authors say. Also, institutions can establish trust directly or indirectly by how they socialize boundary spanners, or create rules based on shared understandings of appropriate behavior. Meso-level: relation- and calculus-based trust. Macro-level institutions support trust by creating bridges between actors who don’t know each other, but meso-level trust builds on familiarity between actors who have regular and ongoing interactions. Here, the authors explain, trust is generated on the basis of “relation-specific familiarity, information, characteristics and dynamics.”

 

Oomsels and Bouckaert say relation-based trust and distrust are more emotional. Under the calculus-based trust approach, trustors rationally weigh the costs and benefits of certain courses of action in interactive settings—often with incomplete information about trustees—with the aim of maximizing their own benefits. Such information can be gleaned from performance reports or audits. In this case, the authors say, “an actor is trusted when it is perceived that that actor has an interest in continuing a certain relationship.” Micro-based: individual predispositions. There is a ample literature and training around the role and characteristics of boundary spanners as individuals. Recent IBM Center reports, for example, include a guide for senior executives as boundary spanners as well as a guide for creating collaborative networks. Oomsels and Bouckaert say “boundary spanners’ subjective evaluations are also influenced by their own individual trusting or distrusting predispositions.”

 

An Assessment Framework

Given these three dimensions, it is clear that agency leaders who find themselves in the position of assessing the health of a collaborative or cross-agency network need a framework to gauge the degree of trust and distrust among key stakeholders. Oomsels and Bouckaert have developed an assessment framework (an appendix to the article published in the Public Performance and Management Review). It helps boundary spanners identify the underlying basis of “the capacity of administrative systems for administrational trust and distrust.” Using the assessment framework to gauge the degree of trust or distrust in any interorganizational setting should help these leaders see how strategies supporting trust differ from those aimed at reducing distrust.

From http://www.govexec.com/ 07/18/2014

TOP↑

 

'History May Be Repeating Itself' in Cyberspace

 

Ten years after issuing a damning report on the intelligence failures leading up to the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks, the 9/11 Commission has warned of parallel U.S. vulnerabilities in cybersecurity. "One lesson of the 9/11 story is that, as a nation, Americans did not awaken to the gravity of the terrorist threat until it was too late. History may be repeating itself in the cyber realm," said the July 22 report. The commission, headed by former New Jersey Gov. Thomas Kean, a Republican, and former Indiana Rep. Lee Hamilton, a Democrat, reconvened to reflect on how U.S. security interests have shifted over the last decade. Cyber threats have since multiplied with advances in IT, and a comprehensive assessment of the nation’s cyber-readiness was beyond the scope of the report. The document instead touched on the growing nexus between terrorism and cybersecurity, the American public's supposed lack of awareness of cyber threats, and the need for "comprehensive" legislation from Congress – a point on which the Obama administration has demurred.

 

A senior White House official told FCW recently that addressing issues like data breaches and information sharing in separate legislation is more effective than Congress trying to pass a comprehensive bill. The report called on Congress to pass legislation that encourages private firms and federal officials to share cyber-threat information while protecting those firms from liability for doing so. The Senate Intelligence Committee on July 8 approved a bill that would do just that. Executive-branch agencies such as the Department of Homeland Security and the FBI would be wise to "complement, rather than replicate" the National Security Agency's technical capabilities in cyberspace, the report advised. The 9/11 Commission's assessment also held up alleged Chinese economic espionage as an opportunity to boost slack public awareness or appreciation of cyber threats. If the Obama administration and Congress harp on job losses and other economic ills caused by intellectual property theft, the report said, Americans "will support the measures needed to counter the cyber threat."

From http://fcw.com/ 07/22/2014

TOP↑

 

 

Modern Electric Grid Fighting Cyber Vulnerabilities

 

Utility companies are spending millions annually in cyber security costs, and the trend will continue with investments in smart meters and other technology meant to bring the electric grid up to date. The recent push to modernize the electric grid has increased communication between utilities and consumers, enhanced reliability and created more opportunities for green energy producers. But it also has raised the risk of cyber attacks. New technology, while largely beneficial for utility companies and their consumers, has created millions of new access points that make the grid vulnerable. Utility companies are spending millions annually in cyber security costs, and the trend will continue with investments in smart meters and other technology meant to bring the electric grid up to date. Despite the enhanced risk, the effort to modernize the electric grid is largely a good thing, said Annabelle Lee, senior technical executive at the nonprofit Electric Power Research Institute, in Palo Alto, Calif.

 

New technology has opened the grid to a two-way flow of communication, as smart meters have promoted better communication among utility companies as well as between utilities and consumers. Such real-time information about usage will help to make the grid more efficient, she said. Technology has allowed utilities to build more reliable power systems while lowering delivery costs, said Michael Assante, a board member for the Council on CyberSecurity in Washington, D.C. He is also the lead for training on industrial control systems and supervisory control and data acquisition security for the SANS Institute, a Bethesda, Md., computer security research and training center. But, Mr. Assante said, “Technology is always a double-edged sword,” and the growth in reliance on technology comes with growing risk. Large-scale blackouts and brownouts, communication failures and data theft are potential damages of any cyber event.

 

The issue drew a lot of attention late last month when U.S. security company Symantec reported that a group of hackers, known as “Energetic Bear” and “Dragonfly” had gained access to electric systems in the U.S. and Europe. Those hackers had Russian ties, according to Bloomberg. The modern grid also includes more access points that allow renewable energy generators to provide energy. These are big changes from the past, when the grid was open to only a few participants. Now, it is open to thousands. Previously, the technology used to control the grid was proprietary, often created specifically for electric utilities. But the technological overhaul that electric utilities are currently undertaking — often required by state governments — requires them to rely on commercially available hardware and software. With more access and more common hardware and software, there are more opportunities for hackers to access the system, Ms. Lee said.

 

Unlike most cyber security incidents, which are motivated by monetary interests, the manipulation of the power sector often has geopolitical motivations, Mr. Assante said. The electric grid is an infrastructure asset, and its compromise could give an organization power, for lack of a better word. Since the electric grid is a national security interest, Mr. Assante said the federal government and utility companies share responsibilities to protect it. In February, President Barack Obama signed an executive order to assess the grid’s risk. In 2010, the National Institute of Standards and Technology released guidelines for smart grid cyber security, outlining precautions companies should take as they embrace a more modern system. Last November, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission approved a new series of critical infrastructure protection reliability standards, addressing the stability of electricity transmission. The new standards will take effect starting in 2016.

 

They require bulk electric system operators, which handle more than 100 kilovolts of electricity, to classify all assets as high, medium or low risk and to create security plans for each. The current standards require those operators to only identify critical assets. Most cyber events, even those unrelated to the energy sector, are often accidents with no malicious intent, Ms. Lee said. But the damages are often just as severe. A technician’s mistake in 2011, for instance, left 7 million people without power in the Southwest. Intentional attacks have yet to inflict that kind of harm. In complex technological systems, a minor malfunction — or manipulation — can create widespread problems, Mr. Assante said. A survey of 61 electric utilities conducted by Bloomberg indicated companies are investing an average of $3 million annually on cyber security.

 

Those investments need to be made in a coordinated way with any investment that companies make in new technology, as each component often carries with it certain security challenges, Mr. Assante said. And security risk — a measure of threat and vulnerability — changes often, so utility companies should constantly evaluate security needs, Ms. Lee said. The best security investment, Mr. Assante said, is in personnel who can provide that type of evaluation. He said businesses should be more willing to share information about security breaches so other companies can avoid similar problems. Currently, information about cyber attacks is often guarded to prevent copycat incidents. Mr. Assante said companies should treat those attacks the same way airlines and plane manufacturers handle crashes, where the Federal Aviation Administration gathers and releases information in a very public manner to avoid repeat instances. “Being able to learn how incidents are occurring — what was effective, what failed — that’s an important part of any security process,” he said.

From http://www.govtech.com/ 07/22/2014

TOP↑

 

After 6 Years and $300M, Social Security IT Project Still Doesn’t Work

 

Just how troubled is the Social Security Administration information-technology project now under congressional scrutiny? The agency spent $300 million and six years developing the new case-processing system and users are still unable to submit information by hitting the "Enter" key. Republican lawmakers say they are investigating SSA’s management of the Disability Case Processing System. The new program was supposed to replace 54 outdated computer systems in state offices, creating a single system to process and track claims, benefits, rejections and appeals, according to The Associated Press, which first reported the story. But a recent report by McKinsey & Company, a consulting firm SSA hired to assess the project, said the project has been between two and three years away from completion for the past five years. The system is currently being tested and the agency can’t say when it will be complete, AP reported. In a letter to Carolyn Colvin, the agency's acting commissioner who has been nominated to a full six-year term by President Barack Obama, Republicans on the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee, requested documents and information about the program. Republican Reps. Darrell Issa of California, James Lankford of Oklahoma and Jim Jordan of Ohio said the project suffered an ambiguous scope, was poorly executed and lacked management. “While the committee supports modernizing antiquated technology, the DCPS project is costly and years behind schedule,” the lawmakers said in the letter.

From http://www.nextgov.com 07/24/2014

TOP↑

 

 

Internet Fragmentation; The Newest Threat to the Internet

 

The open and unified Internet we enjoy today started as a US government project in the late 1960’s. The US government sponsored the development of the Defense Advanced Research Project Agency Network (DARPA Net), a resilient communication resource. Following the invention of TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) in the mid-1970’s, this network evolved into what is referred to today as the Internet. With time, this thing we call Internet has transformed into a public space; simply implying that it is not publicly owned or controlled-but rather it works because its governance is open, inclusive, collaborative and transparent. It’s nature of openness and diversity has culminated to innovation without permission (net neutrality), thus encouraging the free flow of ideas and the exchange of information across borders; spurring economic growth in the process contributing to socio-economic development the world over.

 

Emerging Issue

In recent times however, talks on Internet fragmentation otherwise referred to as “splinter net” have continued to pop up leaving the whole Internet debate at crossroads. The debate is being sparred by governments with Brazil, Germany, and Iran being at the helm of considering carving out their own sectors of the Internet. In Brazil for instance, there’s talk about forcing global giants such as Google and Facebook to locate their data centres locally to process local communication. The sheer irony is – Brazil hosted the NETmundial 2014 meeting, whose core thematic area was “preserving a unified and unfragmented ecology of the Internet”. On the other hand, the Iranian government’s efforts to build a National Information Network is perhaps among the biggest efforts by a country to “wall off” the Internet. In the far east, China’s massive Internet and democratic illusion doesn’t pass unnoticed. Such moves by countries to “balkanize” the Internet largely contravene the agenda of the first IGF held in Athens (2006), which was centred around access, openness, security and diversity.

 

What’s at stake?

If Edward Snowden’s revelations on the state of US online surveillance is anything to go by, then surely there’s more cause for warranted alarm that the trend of fragmenting the web is indeed an apparent reality already in effect albeit along border lines. Internet pundits have argued that the move to create a splinter net will trigger about the creation of parallel networks as governments the world over will strive to isolate their critically vital communications. One such pundit is the CEO of Kaspersky Labs Eugene Kaspersky, who points out that “carving up the web could lead to the emergence of a patchwork of online nation states with different rules, regulations and hindered communication”.

 

Similarly, the phenomenon could prove a disaster for global IT giants and pose a threat of full blown splinter net. So what implication does this have on the open Internet? To understand the implications of such a move, one doesn’t need to look further than China to deduce the anticipated outcomes if this meme is allowed to perpetuate. It is no rocket science that this would probably foster the creation of local search engines, e-mail systems, social networks just to name but a few – a perceived intimidating likelihood for the public listed companies! The whole notion of global online citizens could then lose all it’s meaning in the end, reversing all the gains made for the last 25 years of existence of an open public Internet.

 

Conclusion

Multi-stakeholders need to relentlessly fight to preserve the unified and unfragmented ecosystem of the Internet. Despite the fact that governments still retain power at national levels and legislate laws that greatly affect the citizenry’s use of the Internet, it’s evolution as a public space should remain so – working internationally and non nation based.

From http://www.diplointernetgovernance.org/ 08/06/2014

TOP↑

 

 

Agencies Fail Email Cyber Tests

 

Federal agencies are not adopting industry best practices for securing their email systems. Even with the move to the cloud, the Online Trust Alliance, a non-profit organization that focuses on enhancing trust and user empowerment of the Web, found only the House of Representatives and the Senate received passing grades when it comes to email cybersecurity. OTA looked at the adoption of three critical email authentication standards across the top 50 federal websites, the top 100 FDIC insured banks, the top 500 Internet retailers, the top 50 social media sites and the top 50 news or media sites. "By implementing email authentication, organizations can help protect their brands and consumers from receiving spoofed and forged email," OTA said in the report. "There has been growth in the deployment of email authentication in all industry sectors, yet major and systemic issues remain.

 

The failure to apply authentication standards comprehensively risks placing consumers and employees in harm's way. This is often the result of companies authenticating only selected sub-domains and failing to authenticate their top level domain which is the domain most often abused. The inconsistent use of authentication is like reinforcing and locking the front door to your house, while leaving your side door or garage doors wide open." Among the Fed 50, OTA found only 4 percent adopted email authentication best practices, such as Domain Keys Identified Mail and not publishing their Domain- based Message Authentication, Reporting and Conformance records. OTA recommended adopting email authentication across all channels and domains. It said implementing inbound email authentication to protect employees and corporate data from spear phishing is important too.

From http://www.federalnewsradio.com/ 08/08/2014

TOP↑

 

 

Opinion - Protecting Kids in the Cloud

 

A new measure puts Virginia among the dozens of states, along with the federal government, stepping into a complex fight over new technologies, big business, public education, security and privacy rights. At fewer than 300 words, the proposal seemed simple enough: Protect student privacy and restrict companies' ability to use students' data. The plan - sponsored in the House by Del. David Yancey and in the Senate by Sen. John Cosgrove, both with bipartisan support - failed in committees last winter. But the proposal is set to be resurrected in the next session - and, likely, in the session after that, and the one after that. The measure puts Virginia among the dozens of states, along with the federal government, stepping into a complex fight over new technologies, big business, public education, security and privacy rights. The issue highlights the tension between efforts to integrate innovative technology - cloud-based platforms provided by third-party vendors - and public school officials' obligation to protect students' sensitive information.

 

Last week, the matter landed before the Joint Commission on Science and Technology, drawing reps from Google, schools and trade and advocacy groups. A digital privacy law expert from Fordham University's Center on Law and Information Policy, testifying through Skype, described the limitations of federal legislation covering a rapidly growing market for free digital tools that make sharing data more efficient, but leave students' data vulnerable for advertising and other purposes. A recent study conducted by the center found 95 percent of districts use cloud services for "functions including data mining related to student performance, support for classroom activities, student guidance, data hosting, as well as special services such as cafeteria payments and transportation planning." Three-quarters of schools, the report notes, didn't notify parents that they used cloud services.

 

That lack of communication, combined with loopholes in federal law and ambiguous, outdated or nonexistent state statutes, is triggering a public backlash, in both the marketplace and in legislatures. This spring, inBloom, a massive, online student data repository backed by Microsoft founder Bill Gates, shut down amid criticism that it collected too much sensitive information. Around the same time, Google stopped collecting data from students using the company's Apps for Education, a cloud-based collection of applications, including email and document sharing. Ben Schrom, a Google product manager, told the commission. "We have no short-term or long-term monetization goals with this educational product," Schrom said. Instead, the goal is to create "lifetime Google users," people who grow up using Google's products and, after graduating, sign up for the commercial services, which use consumers' data to tailor more effective advertising, he said.

 

But the company opposes state legislation, arguing that 50 different standards would burden it and other businesses. After two hours of discussion, senators and delegates on the commission were no closer to an answer. Ambiguous language, undefined terms and the prospect of setting off a cascade of unintended consequences led the chairman, Del. Thomas Rust, to call for another meeting. He wanted to hear from the secretary of education, the state school board's association, other school districts, maybe even the Attorney General's Office. Even if the commission members feel confident enough to make a recommendation, the underlying complications suggest it will be years before the legislature approves meaningful restrictions that balance lawmakers' desire to promote the marketplace and their responsibility to protect the public. And if they do, that law almost certainly will be measured in pages rather than words.

From http://www.govtech.com/ 08/11/2014

TOP↑

 

 

What IT Takes to Achieve Effective Cyber Defense

 

The federal government is not designed to be nimble, but it can adapt quickly under extreme crises. The nature of the cybersecurity landscape, however, requires agencies to adapt to changing threats continuously, not just during an extreme crisis. And given the rapid adoption and advancement of mobile technologies, that cycle can be on the order of weeks. Yet historically, cybersecurity budgets follow the standard federal budget process and are planned years in advance. The critical challenge is that adversaries can adapt much faster than defenders can adapt their defenses. And, as I observed during my tenure as a civil servant, other nontechnical challenges compound the problems cyber defenders face. Culturally, compliance in the federal government is the standard benchmark for job performance. The challenge is that threats have evolved to the point where good hygiene and implementing current mandates are not enough to stop advanced adversaries.

 

The first step to changing this paradigm is to continue to stress the importance of compliance while realizing that a cyber breach is unavoidable. The key is to focus on what federal agencies can do to rapidly identify a breach, contain it and limit the damage an adversary can do. A synergistic approach of implementing good hygiene and investing in capabilities that promote effects-based defense capabilities is critical to successfully defending government networks. There are efforts underway to help address many of those challenges, but agencies should also be allowed to more easily invest in game-changing cybersecurity capabilities that not only advance their technical defensive capabilities but also address nontechnical challenges and provide more operational effectiveness. In many organizations, operationally effective cyber defense revolves around the ability to shrink the time to complete the loop of Attack Prevention > Detection > Diagnosis > Containment > Response. In agencies that don't have requirements that support effective cyber defense operations across the entire IT landscape, completing that loop takes weeks or even months.

 

For example, one nontechnical challenge that I have observed happens when separate companies have contracts for network administration and endpoint security. I have seen situations in which someone on the endpoint security team identified something suspicious and requested details from the networking team to help diagnose the event. The response from the networking contractor was that it could not provide support because it was not allowed to take direction from another contractor. That type of nontechnical challenge and delay can dramatically increase the cost and impacts associated with cyber breaches. According to the latest Mandiant M-Trends report, in 2013 the median time from breach to detection was 229 days. For cyber defenders to be more effective, they need capabilities that enable them to be more proactive in defending against threats. Agencies must get out of the business of being reactive and solely relying on mandated signature-based capabilities simply because compliance is the benchmark.

 

However, because advanced capabilities are not mandated, it requires an incredible amount of effort and time to acquire them -- typically in small installments of end-of-year funds. Rapidly adopting cutting-edge technologies could give cyber defenders an advantage over adversaries and help overcome some of the nontechnical challenges agencies face. That would save money in the long run and have a dramatic impact on the foothold adversaries can gain in the years it would take to address the problem with current government policies and compliance mandates.

From http://fcw.com/ 08/15/2014

TOP↑

 

 

Cybercrime Losses Top $400 Billion Worldwide, Study Claims

 

Computer-related crimes may cause as much as US$400 billion in losses annually, according to a new study that acknowledges the difficulty in estimating damages from such acts, most of which go unreported. The study is the second to come from Intel's McAfee security unit in partnership with the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS), a Washington, D.C.-based think tank. It drew on publicly available data collected by government organizations and universities worldwide, including institutions in Germany, the Netherlands, China, Australia and Malaysia, as well as interviews with experts. The low-end estimate of cyberattack-related losses is $375 billion, while the upper limit is $575 billion, it said. "Even the smallest of these figures is more than the national income of most countries and governments," the report said.

 

In 2009, a McAfee study estimated global cybercrime costs at $1 trillion, a figure that was criticized and one that the company later said was flawed. In partnership with CSIS, McAfee released a study in May 2013 that said global cybercrime likely didn't exceed $600 billion, which is the estimated cost of the global drug trade. The latest report acknowledges that most cybercrime incidents are unreported, few companies disclose attacks and that collecting consistent data is difficult since countries haven't agreed on a standard definition of what constitutes cybercrime. "A few nations have made serious efforts to calculate their losses from cybercrime, but most have not," it said. The study's authors found aggregate data for 51 countries in all regions of the world that account for some 80 percent of the world's income. Using that data to estimate a global cost but adjusted by region, the study "assumes that the cost of cybercrime is a constant share of national income, adjusted for level of development," according to the report.

 

The study looked at direct and indirect costs of cyberattacks, such as the loss of intellectual property, business information, the cost of securing networks, reputational damage and the costs of recovering. The growth of the Internet and its use for business means "the cost of cybercrime will continue to increase as more business functions move online," the report said. U.S. companies suffered the highest losses. In general, "there are strong correlations between national income levels and losses from cybercrime," it said. "Explaining these variations lies beyond the scope of this report, but one possibility is that cybercriminals decide where to commit their crimes based on an assessment of the value of the target and the ease of entry," the report said.

From http://news.idg.no/ 06/10/2014

TOP↑

 

 

Information-centric Security: Protecting Data from the Inside Out

 

Symantec’s recent admission that antivirus software is “dead” should sound the alarm to all companies and government agencies that the traditional approach of hardening the network and data centre is growing insufficient. Particularly as organisations increasingly move their data to cloud-based services and enable employees to access that information remotely using their personal computers, laptops, smartphones and tablets. Despite the growing number of high-profile data breaches and the anxiety they cause among organisations, too much information security spending still focuses on the prevention of attacks, while not enough has gone to improving (or simply creating) information monitoring and response capabilities. The priority must shift from protecting information from the outside in, to securing it from the inside out – an approach called information-centric security. Think about how radically the business environment has evolved with the advent of cloud computing and the bring-your-own-device (BYOD) trend. It wasn’t long ago that the majority of employees worked at the office and accessed information on servers and computers locked down by IT and behind firewalls, anti-spam and other traditional security solutions that hardened the network perimeter.

 

Hacker to thief

Years ago, the primary motivation for cyber hackers was bragging rights. They would break through an organisation’s security defenses and openly boast about it to their fellow hackers.

Today, cyber thieves typically share the same motivation of the businesses they’re attacking: to make money. Their tactics are more targeted and more difficult to detect for even the largest companies with sophisticated security systems and trained personnel in place. According to a February 2014 report from threat intelligence consultancy firm Risk Based Security (RBS), data breaches in 2013 exposed over 822 million records, nearly doubling 2011, the previous highest year on record. As workers became more mobile and able to work remotely, first with laptops and then on their smartphones and tablets, IT departments were forced to contend with more devices accessing information stores from outside the network.

 

Information was still stored primarily on company servers and was accessed by logging into a virtual private network (VPN), typically a slow and frustrating experience. However, employees could also load data onto their personal devices and USB thumb drives, increasing the risk of theft or loss. The advent of cloud computing services enabled remote workers to bypass the network and VPN entirely. Information now increasingly lives on the public servers of cloud services providers. A company can realise significant cost savings on infrastructure and IT systems management, and make collaboration among employees in remote offices and traveling all over the globe easier. However, those benefits can carry a steep price. Network security measures can no longer prevent today’s advanced, targeted attacks. IT does not control the majority of user devices (BYOD) or the cloud services employers use every day, which significantly increases the risk of a data breach. A new security model is needed. 

 

Instead of securing data from the outside in, organisations must adopt an information-centric approach. This requires monitoring where files are kept, how they are used and where they are being sent to in order to prevent a breach. There is still value to hardening the network and using endpoint security software to try to keep the bad guys out, but those steps are now part of a larger strategy that must address the fact so much information is outside the company’s servers and being accessed by so many different devices. You must know exactly where sensitive data lives at rest, employing technologies like document fingerprinting, pattern matching, keyword dictionary comparisons and other techniques that can track the genealogy and chain of custody of digital files.

 

Businesses should also be aware of how their sensitive data is being used in motion, and that requires pervasive monitoring to identify meaningful deviations from normal behavior that signal malicious intent. This can include examining file location, the time of day, what devices are being used, IP addresses and URL reputation. This combination of content-aware monitoring plus context-aware monitoring equals information-centric security: knowing digital assets are protected against unauthorised use, disclosure, modification, recording or destruction. Traditional antivirus software may not be entirely dead, but the practice of solely relying on it to protect data stores is. It simply cannot keep the bad guys out, and when those attackers do break through the network security system, they can sit quietly for months or even years stealing data before they’re discovered and the damage is done.

 

The fact organisations are moving more information to cloud or SaaS-based services, and permitting employees to access that information with their own personal devices, makes an attacker’s job easier and increases the risk of accidental loss or deletion by a well-meaning employee. Instead of fighting to keep the attackers out and prohibiting the use of cloud computing applications, or forcing employees to use IT-issued laptops and smartphones, CIOs should consider adopting an information-centric approach that enables real-time monitoring of data at rest or in motion, to better protect against a breach.

From http://www.information-age.com/ 08/01/2014

TOP↑

 

 

Big Data Against Cybercrime – The “Big” Powers and Limitations

 

The constant battle to secure data such as intellectual property or financial information can be won using big data analysis. With the development of technology, there are newer areas with security risks. For example, it is important to analyze the security of private data on the cloud, and the ability to distinguish valuable information from useless data. With this analysis, it would be easier to raise an alarm in real time if something exceptional happens, indicating a security breach. There are patterns in the large volumes of data that cannot be extracted by humans. Big data analysis can extract the required data, abstract it, and find good patterns and anomalies. Although big data analysis can be costly, it can save a lot of money as cyber crime costs billions of dollars to businesses and governments each year.

 

Interpol estimates say that the cost of cyber crimes in the global economy is running to several billions of dollars each year. The 2012 Cyber Crime Report by Norton calculated the global costs of cybercrime, which came out to almost $110 billion. When these costs are considered, big data analysis seems like a viable option. Studies suggest that companies that capture and use big data for decision making purposes have a higher ROI than their competitors. The McKinsey Global Institute says that big data has the potential to generate large productivity growth for public and healthcare sectors. It can also increase the margins for retailers, thus creating better employment opportunities in the data analysis industry.

 

Big Data to Manage Threats

Big data can identify cyber criminals. Malware generally attacks using the element of surprise. With big data analytics, a connection can be established between the generation of malware and the change in traffic. With this connection, similar patterns can be noted and a malware attack can be stopped before it occurs. For supply chain and logistics, big data can profile the suppliers by scanning the contracts, agreements, invoices, connectivity logs, shipping notes, and expense and payment records. By keeping a track of this data, high risk suppliers can be easily identified, thus reducing the risk of a loss. In terms of internal threats, companies can use big data to identify some patterns of staff behavior. This data can include web activity, email content, and access logs. By identifying patterns, any deceitful behavior can be recognized and curbed. The major advantage of big data would be to predict and prevent IT mishaps. However, it can also help in reviewing an incident once it has occurred. It can assess the impact, root causes, and possible indicators that could warn the organization of future events.

 

Microsoft’s Big Data Center

To address the problem of cyber crime, Microsoft has created a Cybercrime Center that combines technical and legal expertise. The center has all the latest resources and tools to make crime fighting easier. It was unveiled in November 2013, and was set up to aid the Microsoft Digital Crime Unit in their online battle against cyber crooks. Big data analysis can help experts win the war against cyber crime. When cyber criminals try to access highly confidential data, it requires high level systems and partnerships to catch them. If the experts could take massive amounts of data and got meaningful information out of it, it can revolutionize the world of IT security.

 

Roadblocks Ahead

Big data analysis is not yet mastered, and it needs more talent to completely realize the potential that it holds. Although big data is crucial for fighting cyber crime, it also poses many security risks. There is a lot of data that is generated by workstations, servers, PCs, laptops, and smartphones. When such a huge amount of data is not handled efficiently, there can be huge risks as cyber crooks can attempt to steal a part of this data. Companies that rely on big data analytics need to understand the security concerns, as privacy becomes even more important for the servers that are processing big data.

 

How Big Data Can Affect Businesses

The need to find insights into corporate data isn’t something new. However, what’s new is the rate at which this data is expanding. With the ever increasing data, there are new threats and risks that come from various sources. When it comes to big data security, many things need to be considered, like the source of data, how much data is collected, how it is being used, and who has the access to all this data. There should be clear guidelines and standards defining all the stakeholders and the methods and processes for storage and use of big data.

 

Legal issues

Since technology changes rapidly and the legal process is slow, new technical solutions are often unregulated because of the old legislation. This lag can affect the security and privacy of big data. Big data companies need to make sure that their processes are always compliant with the regulations and laws, while making sure that they follow the latest technologies. If the raw data is sensitive in nature, it might not be legal to use it. Companies have to make sure they are not using private raw data for their processes.

From http://vpncreative.net/ 08/03/2014

TOP↑

 

Cybercrime Is Growth Industry Estimated to Be As Much As $575 Billion

 

A recent report estimates that the ”cost of cybercrime includes the effect of hundreds of millions of people having their personal information stolen—incidents in the last year include more than 40 million people in the US, 54 million in Turkey, 20 million in Korea, 16 million in Germany, and more than 20 million in China.” The Center for Strategic and International Studies and McAfee issued their June 2014 report entitled “Net Losses: Estimating the Global Cost of Cybercrime” with these comments about the impact on the world: The cost of cybercrime will continue to increase as more business functions move online and as more companies and consumers around the world connect to the Internet. Losses from the theft of intellectual property will also increase as acquiring countries improve their ability to make use of it to manufacture competing goods. Cybercrime is a tax on innovation and slows the pace of global innovation by reducing the rate of return to innovators and investors.

 

Governments need to begin serious, systematic effort to collect and publish data on cybercrime to help countries and companies make better choices about risk and policy. The report also has a chapter on acceptable losses which may come as a shock to many, but should not given these observations: One way to think about the costs of cybercrime is that societies bear the cost of crime and loss as part of doing business and a tradeoff for convenience and efficiency. Companies and individuals have decided that the net gain of using automobiles and giant merchant ships outweigh the potential cost. The problem with these analogies is that many companies do not know the extent of their losses from cybercrime, leading them to make the wrong decisions about what is an acceptable loss.

From http://www.lexology.com/ 08/03/2014

TOP↑

Six Indicted in Stubhub Cybercrime Case

 

Six people have been indicted in connection to the cybercrime ring which allegedly defrauded StubHub out of $1 million. The charges, which were announced by Manhattan District Attorney Cyrus Vance on Wednesday, include money laundering, grand larceny, criminal possession of stolen property and identity theft. The cybercrime ring used a network of accomplices spanning the U.S., U.K., Canada and Russia to transfer proceeds, according to a statement released by Vance’s office. More than 1,600 StubHub users and credit card holders fell victim to the scheme, it said. “Today’s arrests and indictment connect a global network of hackers, identity thieves and money-launderers who victimized countless individuals in New York and elsewhere,” Vance said in the statement.

 

StubHub, an eBay subsidiary, discovered that more than 1,000 accounts were compromised by an ‘Account-Take-Over’ fraud in March 2013. Preexisting card information associated with the accounts was used to purchase tickets without the cardholders’ permission. When StubHub reported the fraud and tightened security, criminals bypassed the new security measures using new credit card information stolen from additional victims, according to Vance’s office. The Manhattan D.A’s office, the City of London Police, Royal Canadian Mounted Police, the United States Secret Service and the NYPD all participated in the investigation. “This is an important investigation, targeting cyber criminals who are believed to have defrauded StubHub out of $1 million, by hacking its United States’ customers’ accounts to fraudulently purchase and sell tickets, and then laundered their criminal profits through legitimate UK bank accounts,” City of London Police Commissioner Adrian Leppard said in the statement.

From http://www.foxnews.com/ 08/03/2014

TOP↑

 

Digital Defense Publishes Legal Industry Information Security Benchmarking Report

 

Digital Defense, Inc., (DDI), a leading provider of managed information security risk assessments, announced the publication of the 2014 Study of the Legal Industry’s Information Security Assessment Practices. Published for the consecutive second year, the report will also be available at the International Legal Technology Association’s (ILTA) 37th Annual Educational Conference on Aug. 17–21. The study was developed in collaboration with ILTA’s LegalSEC Steering Committee with the intention of providing legal industry professionals with unbiased, relevant information regarding security assessment practices of legal organizations in North America, and aims to answer persistent and difficult questions many organizations have regarding security programs. Key findings include: Threats ranked most concerning by respondents include phishing/vishing, employee negligence and virus, worm and malware threats. 71 percent of respondents do not have staff dedicated exclusively to information security. Over 62 percent of respondents do not have a vendor management evaluation process in place.

 

“We believe this report offers a valuable perspective that will assist legal organizations in making positive and informed security decisions in the future that serve to improve their overall corporate security posture,” said Peggy Wechsler, program director for ILTA. Larry Hurtado, Digital Defense president & CEO, commented, “Recent headlines underscore the importance of identifying the potential risks associated with security breaches. Law firms around the globe are anxious to determine the overall effectiveness of their information security programs and to understand if their practices are aligned with industry peers. We are pleased to contribute our expertise to provide firms with relevant and substantial information that is often expensive and difficult to obtain.” Download the report, 2014 Study of the Legal Industry’s Information Security Assessment Practices, or for those attending the upcoming ILTA Education Conference, copies will be available at booth #532 and DDI executives will be on-hand to answer questions about the study.

From http://finance.yahoo.com/ 08/13/2014

TOP↑

 

Online Safety: Is the Internet Really a Dangerous, Lawless Jungle for Children?

 

“The internet,” a recent headline advised, “is a lawless jungle too dangerous for children to use, former government adviser warns”. What dangers was the adviser referring to, and exactly what remedies he or she had in mind? The quote, it turns out, was from the former Department of Education adviser Anthony Smythe. He is now the managing director of UK charity BeatBullying, and what he actually said is that the internet is a “lawless jungle that will soon be too dangerous for children to use”. He also lamented that current cyberbullying law is “not fit for purpose”. And what is the basis for this bleak and somewhat anarchic depiction of the online world? A “series of high-profile cases of teenagers taking their own lives”. Based on these cases, the newspaper decided to call for “tougher legislation to make the internet a safer environment for young people”. Heading the international non-profit Family Online Safety Institute (FOSI), which works to make the online world safer for kids and their families, I welcome efforts to tackle difficult and complex issues such as cyberbullying, sexting and online addictions and to help kids and their parents find existing resources and where to get help. But I caution against crafting laws based on some highly publicised cases and fear-inducing statements about lawlessness and jungles. Instead, we need to take a more careful look at the data and then proceed with caution.

 

Prof Sonia Livingstone from the London School of Economics told me: “Our recent research suggests that bullying overall is fairly stable but that the proportion of bullying that involves internet or mobile devices is increasing. Nonetheless, only a small minority of children report receiving nasty or upsetting messages online, so the internet is far from a lawless jungle. “On the contrary, it is subject both to national law and to social conventions which are, our research also shows, strongly shaping of most children and young people’s online behaviour. Those that ignore the rules and conventions are, often, children who suffer some form of disadvantage – in other words, often the ‘bullies’ are, in other areas of their lives, also ‘victims’, making tough law enforcement solutions quite inappropriate for children”. Dr Justin Patchin, co-director of the Cyberbullying Research Center also disagreed with the editorial. “The internet is no more a ‘lawless jungle’ than the schoolyard, the shopping mall, or the living room. There is no evidence that I am aware of that the risk of physical (or even emotional or psychological) harm is higher among children who regularly use the Internet compared to those who don’t.

 

“In the US, it is clear from numerous data sources that young people are more likely to be victimised at school than online. And that is really saying something because the school is one of the safest places for kids to be. Every study that I have looked at that has explored both bullying at school and bullying online shows that the former occurs with greater frequency than the latter”. So by all means, let’s have newspapers and NGOs create campaigns to raise awareness and to lobby for changes in the law. But let’s have those efforts rooted in solid research and reasoned thinking and not throw around unsubstantiated statements and fear-based messaging. We need to empower parents to confidently navigate the online world with their kids - not to scare them into thinking only new laws can keep them and their children safe online. And if we do craft new laws and regulations, let’s be mindful of the law of unintended consequences. Would criminalising cruel, childish behaviour really solve the problem we’re all working to overcome?

 

At FOSI we believe in the importance of education and empowering young people to become good digital citizens. This means teaching and modelling responsible online use and encouraging kids to be an upstander, not a bystander, in the face of mean actions by others. In the very worst cases online bullying can be dealt with by the courts, but for everything else, let’s help kids to become resilient, by helping themselves and then helping others. As adults, we need to work together to create enlightened public policy and evidence-based educational efforts. That will address the root problems of bullying in all its online and offline forms, working closely with social media sites and app developers to create a culture of responsibility online.

From http://www.theguardian.com/ 08/19/2014

TOP↑

 

 

Physical Security Information Management (PSIM) Market in the APAC Region 2014-2018

 

PSIM is a software platform that integrates multiple security systems. PSIM software collects data from multiple security systems, which it collates and analyzes. The software can be used to integrate security and non-security systems, and can be customized as per user requirements. PSIM is also termed a situation management tool as it enables end-users to make quick decisions and take follow-up action with respect to a certain situation or event. The analysts forecast the PSIM market in the APAC region will grow at a CAGR of 42.15 percent over the period 2013-2018. This report covers the present scenario and the growth prospects of the PSIM market in the APAC region for the period 2014-2018. To calculate the market size, the report takes into account revenue generated through sales of the following products: Software (PSIM software) and Services (consultation, integration, software upgrades, software patches, and others)

 

The report also considers the revenue received by the PSIM market in the APAC region from the following end-user segments: Critical Infrastructure (ports and airports, utilities (water, electricity, steam, and others)), Energy, Oil, and Gas Industry, military, and mining); Public Services (police and law enforcement bodies, homeland security, Transportation industry, Healthcare industry, road and rail networks, and Education sector); Commercial (BFSI industry, Retail industry, Manufacturing and Distribution industry, and corporate enterprises and bodies) The report, the PSIM Market in the APAC Region 2014-2018, has been prepared based on an in-depth market analysis with inputs from industry experts. The report covers the PSIM market in the APAC region landscape and its growth prospects in the coming years. The report also includes a discussion of the key vendors operating in this market.

From http://finance.yahoo.com/ 07/14/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

 

 

CHINA: To Start Security Vetting IT Products

 

The Chinese government is to start cyber security vetting of major IT products and services for use by national security and public interests, the State Internet Information Office announced on Thursday.The vetting is aimed at preventing suppliers from taking advantage of their products to illegally control, disrupt or shut down their clients' systems, or to gather, store, process or use their clients' information, according to a statement from the office.Companies that fail the vetting will be stopped from supplying their products and services in China, the statement said.Ensuring that IT technologies and cyberspace are "safe and under control" is vital to China's national security, economic and social development as well as people's legitimate rights and interests, said Jiang Jun, the office's spokesman."For a long time, governments and enterprises of a few countries have gathered sensitive information on a large scale, taking the advantage of their monopoly in the market and technological edge," he said. "They not only seriously undermine interests of their clients but also threaten cyber security of other countries."

 

China's government departments, public institutions, enterprises, universities and backbone networks of its telecom firms have suffered extensive invasion and wiretapping, according to Jiang.Documents leaked by former Central Intelligence Agency contractor Edward Snowden last June rang alarm bells over the cyber security of many countries, the spokesman said, adding that the affair reminded people how crucial cyber security is to national security."It shows that without cyber security, there's no national security," he said.Having the world's biggest number of Internet users, China is duty bound to tighten cyber security measures and make sure security vetting of major IT products is effective, Jiang said.China is not the first country to adopt such security vetting. In 2012, the U.S. House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence conducted security investigation on Chinese IT firms.The U.S. administration also asks federal agencies to choose cloud computing services from service providers that have passed its security vetting.

From http://www.news.cn/ 05/22/2014

TOP↑

 

Chinese General Labels U.S. No.1 Cyber Thief

 

A Chinese general on Tuesday called the United States the world's leading cyber thief, saying the U.S. cyber spying force should be charged by other countries."In terms of both military and political intelligence and trade secrets, the United States is the world's No.1 cyber thief and its spying force should be indicted," Sun Jianguo, deputy chief of General Staff of the Chinese People's Liberation Army, said on the sidelines of an international security seminar.The U.S. Justice Department last week announced an indictment against five Chinese military officers on allegations of commercial cyber theft. "It is ridiculous for the U.S. side to say that cyber espionage on political and military intelligence is common practice while the theft of commercial secrets is illegal," Sun said."As far as a country's security is concerned, isn't the political and military intelligence more important than commercial secrets?" Sun said.Sun said the U.S. move is like "a thief crying 'stop thief'," which seriously violates the norms guiding international relations and undermines China-U.S. relations. 

From http://www.news.cn/ 05/28/2014

TOP↑

 

Alibaba Attacks Fake Chinese Goods Ahead of IPO

 

Because Chinese manufacturers have a poor overseas reputation for creating shoddy goods and the Chinese government has been criticized for not doing enough to halt fake products, Chinese e-commerce giant Alibaba is now trying to cull counterfeit goods from its own websites.Alibaba announced on its English blog that the group's international B2B website Alibaba.com and B2C website AliExpress.com will launch a new three-strikes rule in July 2014 to fight against the production and sale of counterfeit goods. Alibaba plans to launch its initial public offering a month later in August in the United States.According to Alibaba, the three-strikes system is designed to make justice more swift for blatant, repeat infringements on Alibaba.com and AliExpress. The policy is aimed at sellers of merchandise that is clearly counterfeit and merchants who deliberately create product listings to thwart automated and human detection, for example by posting look-alike, but phony, modified trademarks.Basing on the three-strikes system, a merchant will get a warning letter when detected infringement for the first time.

 

For the second strike, merchant's storefront and product listings will be removed from search results for seven days. For the third strike, merchant's storefront will be closed and company will be banned from the site.In addition, Alibaba said that when collecting feedback about the three-strikes rule from users, some users hope they can launch a one-strike rule, a policy that calls for any merchant who is caught selling fakes to be tossed off the site immediately. However, the group explained that they do not believe a one-strike rule is reasonable within a massive e-commerce environment. They provide an open marketplace for merchants and consumers and their mission is to make it easy to do business anywhere. A one-strike rule may indiscriminately kill off merchants who may be careless or ignorant when it comes to these standards.Alibaba said the three-strikes system demonstrates their commitment in battling counterfeits. They will continue to reach out for feedback and to improve their intellectual property protection system.

From http://www.chinatechnews.com/ 06/20/2014

TOP↑

 

Report Underlines China's Cyber Security Challenges

 

Cyber security is the most important issue that China has to address in developing its new media, according to a report released Wednesday by the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences.After the whistleblowing of former U.S. National Security Agency (NSA) contractor Edward Snowden, the think tank believes that cyber security is relevant to a country's political and cultural safety, more than just information security.The United States is the world's sole power to adopt an offensive strategy in the cyber world, while China and Russia can only resort to a defensive strategy, meaning the defense of their cyber space will become a strategic priority, according to the report.The think tank advised Chinese authorities to raise their capacities in self-defense and formulate an effective defensive strategy.

From http://www.news.cn/ 06/26/2014

TOP↑

 

Online Terror Info Traced to Overseas Websites

 

Chinese authorities have received 230 effective reports about online terrorist propaganda, with 70 percent of the material they have located being hosted by websites operating overseas.Since the State Internet Information Office (SIIO) launched a campaign to rid the Internet of audio and video materials that promote terrorism and violence on June 20, the authorities have received 1,538 tip-offs, 230 of which were confirmed effective, the office said in a statement on Monday.Suspects used the information to propagate religious extremism and Jihad, display bloody sites of terrorist attacks, and sell guns.Some websites disseminated "guidelines" for violent terrorist attacks in Russian, Arabic and Uygur. Chinese terrorists were organized through the websites to get training overseas and returned to China to conduct violent attacks, according to the SIIO.Some sites, with their servers operating overseas, featured information about the so-called "East Turkestan," criticizing China's ethnic policies as well as laws and regulations. Some even taught how to make explosives.The SIIO has set up an emergency response mechanism and ordered the websites in question to delete terrorist-related content. Some Internet companies have been given warnings and been urged to improve management and strengthen monitoring against terror information."Terrorist video and audio products have become a major instigator of the high incidence of terrorist activities at present," it said in an earlier statement.The SIIO encouraged the public to provide it with tip-offs regarding online terrorist information and promised rewards of up to 100,000 yuan (US$16,260) for those who offer important clues.

From http://www.news.cn/ 07/01/2014

TOP↑

 

China Convicts Two Online Rumor-Mongers

 

A court in southwest China's Yunnan Province handed down jail sentences on Wednesday to two people found guilty of fabricating and spreading online rumors for economic gain.The court of Wuhua District in the provincial capital city of Kunming sentenced Dong Rubin to six years and six months in prison for illegal business operations, according to the court verdict.Dong's conspirator, Hou Peng, received a three-year jail term with a three-year reprieve over the same charge, according to the verdict.Dong and Hou were fined 350,000 yuan (about 56,000 U.S. dollars) and 50,000 yuan respectively, it said.The court found that the defendants fabricated online posts at the request of clients from March 2011 to May 2013. Dong organized and participated in four crimes involving 345,000 yuan and Hou took part in three cases involving 255,000 yuan.Dong, who uses the online name "Bianmin," was also convicted of "creating disturbances" as he posted fake information and comments that distorted facts concerning the Mekong River attack, in which 13 sailors were murdered in October 2011 by a Myanmar drug ring, in order to gain popularity.

 

The widely-circulated contents tarnished the image of the government and seriously disturbed the social order, said the verdict.The court ruled that the defendants' allegations over the police's unlawful operations in handling the case lack factual and legal basis.Dong said he would lodge an appeal.Dong used to be a middle school teacher. He left the school after he was punished by police for smuggling and gambling. He had been employed by a newspaper and later a website.He came to fame in 2007 by posting sensational articles on popular websites and was listed by a newspaper as one of the ten most famous netizens in Yunnan in 2008.His arrest followed the punishment of several online rumor mongers, including Qin Zhihui, who was found to have created and spread false information about a 2011 bullet train accident and China's most famous Good Samaritan, Lei Feng.

From http://www.news.cn/ 07/23/2014

TOP↑

 

China Vows Heavier Penalties for Internet Rumormongers

 

China will redouble its efforts to rid cyberspace of rumors and slanderous content and dish out heavier punishments for Internet rumormongers, a government statement said on Tuesday.The joint statement issued by the Ministry of Public Security, Ministry of Industry and Information Technology and the State Internet Information Office said the move aims to "protect Chinese Internet users' rights in their life, work and studies," while urging netizens to help in "cleansing cyberspace."It said a nationwide campaign to crack down on Internet rumors is already underway. A number of websites have been closed, it said, adding that close to 40 Internet rumormongers had been investigated and punished.The statement did not specify what kind of heavier punishments rumormongers could face.In September, the country began to implement a 10-clause judicial interpretation.

 

People who post defamatory comments online would face up to three years in prison if their statements are widely reposted.In April, Qin Zhihui, known as "Qinhuohuo" in cyberspace, was sentenced by a Beijing court to two years of imprisonment for defamation and another 12 months for affray, for defaming Chinese celebrities and the government.Prosecutors had said Qin's posts on Sina Weibo, China's Twitter-like service, included one claiming that Beijing had granted 30 million euros in compensation to a foreigner who died in a train crash in east China's Zhejiang Province in 2011.The rumor was reposted 11,000 times and commented on 3,300 times, with Qin's fabrication inciting anger over apparent disparities in how foreigners and Chinese people were compensated after the accident.

From http://www.news.cn/ 07/23/2014

TOP↑

 

Chinese Man Detained over WeChat Rumors

 

Chinese police have detained a man suspected of spreading rumors on WeChat, following authorities' new regulation on instant messaging services.The man managed a WeChat public account that had published unconfirmed reports of public assaults and baby trafficking, police in northwest China's Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region said on Tuesday.The man, surnamed Wang, is an employee of an Internet company in the city of Guyuan.He was the sole manager of the account the police accuse of spreading rumors, investigation has found.Wang will be held in police detention for five days.The arrest was made after Chinese authorities last week issued a new regulation targeting the country's 5.8 million public accounts on apps like WeChat.Only media organizations and news websites may now use public accounts to release and retweet political reports.Under the order from the State Internet Information Office, new registrants are required to provide their real names, while users who have previously registered accounts will have limited access to the service until they verify their identity.More than 800 million people use instant messengers in China, making more than 20 billion posts every day.The new rule is part of wider attempts to police cyberspace. Similar regulations were passed in 2012 for microblogging service Sina Weibo, which now has more than 500 million registered users.

From http://www.news.cn/ 08/12/2014

TOP↑

 

JAPAN: Rules Must Quickly Be Formulated for Safe Utilization of Personal Data

 

How should so-called big data—a blanket term for the huge quantities of digital data accumulated by businesses and other entities—be used? Rules must urgently be worked out regarding the utilization of such data while also paying due attention to the protection of people’s privacy. A government study panel has drafted an outline for the revision of the Personal Information Protection Law to enable active utilization of big data. When personal information—including names, birth dates and addresses—is provided to a third party, the providers are required under the law to obtain the approval of the individuals to which the data pertains. Anonymous big data, such as online purchasing histories and smartphone location tracking, does not constitute personal information. However, due to progress in technology, it has become possible to identify individuals if two or more pieces of data are combined.

 

Some people may be concerned about whether information pertaining to their behavior and preferences is circulated without their knowledge. Last year, East Japan Railway Co. faced criticism for selling passenger records from its Suica electronic cards without obtaining the permission of users. It is reasonable for the government to have started work on laying down rules regarding the provision of big data. As for data processed to prevent individuals from being identified, the draft outline allows it to be provided to a third party without obtaining the approval of the individuals to which the data pertains. Details such as whether address information is provided on a municipal or prefectural level would be worked out under rules established by each industry providing the data, before the data is used by firms.

 

A third-party organization would be established to inspect and supervise businesses to monitor whether they are honoring such commitments as scrubbing the data of identifying information.

If individuals are identified from various data and personal information is abused, on-site investigations would be conducted and the names of the companies involved made public. Big data can be applied widely, including solving traffic congestion based on location information obtained via the Global Positioning System. Likewise, retailers could create more efficient systems for selling products by utilizing sales data. The Internal Affairs and Communications Ministry estimates an annual economic impact of more than ¥7 trillion from such applications.

 

The government aims to enact the revision bill for the Personal Information Protection Law at an ordinary Diet session next year. The system must be fine-tuned to ensure that data can be used safely. It is also important to set up a mechanism for adjusting the rules decided independently by each industry. Since the law was enforced in 2005, such negative repercussions have arisen as sources of information avoiding news media organizations out of fear of the law and administrative offices using the law as an excuse for intentionally concealing information. It is problematic that the outline for the first revision of the law does not reflect the people’s right to know. If people further avoid talking to the media as a result of the supervision of a third-party organ, it will restrict news coverage and reporting activities even more. In working out a revision bill, it must be clarified that the provision of personal information by administrative offices and private firms to media organizations is not subject to the restrictions.

From http://the-japan-news.com 06/20/2014

TOP↑

 

SOUTH KOREA: Watchdog to Slap 85 Mln Won Fine on KT for Leaking Personal Data

 

South Korea's telecom watchdog said Thursday it will impose a fine of 85 million won (US$83,554) on the country's top fixed-line operator, KT Corp., over its recent data leak incident, a decision that will strengthen an ongoing class action lawsuit by the victims of the leak. The Korea Communications Commission (KCC) decided on the disciplinary measure after hackers stole some 11.7 million pieces of personal information from 9.81 million KT subscribers through the company's website between August 2013 and February this year.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 06/26/2014

TOP↑

 

3 in 10 S. Korean Teens Victimized by Cyber Bullying: Study

 

Nearly three out of 10 South Korean teenagers have been bullied in cyberspace, but few have sought help, a study showed Thursday. According to the study by the National Youth Policy Institute, 27.7 percent of middle and high school students surveyed said they had been "cyber bullied." Types of bullying ranged from leaking of private information, which was most common at 12.1 percent, to bullying while playing online games, which followed with 10.2 percent.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 07/17/2014

TOP↑

 

Gov't to Toughen Punishment for Data Leaks

 

The government plans to toughen punishment for data breaches as part of efforts to better protect people's sensitive information, officials said Thursday. The plan will require companies and other institutions that lose control of customers' private information to provide compensation of up to three times the value of any financial losses suffered, according to the Prime Minister's Office.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 07/31/2014

TOP↑

 

NORTH KOREA: Doubling Number of Cyber Warriors Over 2 Years

 

North Korea has nearly doubled the number of elite hackers over the past two years in an effort to step up cyberattacks, military sources said Sunday. "North Korea appears to have some 5,900 personnel for cyberwarfare, up from around 3,000 two years ago," a military source said.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 07/06/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

 

 

MALAYSIA: Police Working with Local Authorities to Better Identify Crime Hotspots

 

The Royal Malaysian Police is exchanging data with local authorities for the first time to identify and better police crime-prone areas across the country, Nawawi Bin Junoh (pictured), Deputy Superintendent of Police, Inspector General Police’s Secretariat (Research & Development) told FutureGov. “The Ministry of Urban Wellbeing, Housing and Local Government is sharing land use data with us,” the Deputy Superintendent said. With this, the police can find “where are the crime-prone areas, what are they doing down there and what do we have on the land there, like old or abandoned buildings”. The police’s work has already allowed it to understand the landuse of areas crime prone areas, leading to a reallocation of resources and a 45% reduction in index crime, such as murder, assault and property theft. These initiatives are part of the police’s Safe City Programme, which Junoh has led for the last four years. The police’s Safe City Monitoring System (SCMS) shows the status of crime in Malaysia across 13 categories and helps indicate how the safe city project is progressing, he said. The system currently covers 413 police stations across all Malaysian cities. The system has been integrated with the Police Reporting System (PRS), which the police have been using since 2004. PRS manages information on police complaints and crime victims, and supplies the Safe City Monitoring System with raw crime data.

 

The SCMS then processes this data and uses geolocation software to pinpoint the crime status on a map, Junoh explained. “It restructures the raw data so that it can be easily understood and analysed by police personnel,” he added. Junoh is now in the process of expanding SCMS to other departments within the police, such as narcotics and traffic. Once it is integrated with their systems, the SCMS can analyse more data and help the police be more efficient in their job. “Once everything is in place, the SCMS will cut down time taken [by police] and can show you exactly where police [resources] need to be enhanced to improve crime prevention,” he said. To ensure all these systems deliver on their promise, and the underlying IT infrastructure runs reliably, his team needs to work with the IT department to make sure that the technology is taken care of. “Currently we have a very slow network and so cannot fulfil the needs of the SCMS. We have to work hand-in-hand with the IT department to make sure that this project is reliable to the organisation,” he said. Junoh ensures that employees from the IT department are embedded in the project team, along with staff from other departments involved in the project. The organisation must also train employees to take over and run IT projects once the technology has been handed over by contractors. “Human capital” is an important part of ensuring reliability of IT infrastructure, he said. “Vendors have a short period with us. After the contract expires, they have to transfer the technology to us. So we must have a group of people who are able to continue handling the project.”

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 07/24/2014

TOP↑

 

SINGAPORE: Over 1500 E-Government Accounts Face Security Breach Risk

 

The Singapore Government has warned that accounts used by residents to authenticate e-government transactions, including income tax records and pension savings accounts, may have been accessed without the users’ permission. 1560 user accounts are known to be at risk so far. A number of users of the service known as SingPass received password reset notification letters without having requested for a password reset, the service operator CrimsonLogic told Singapore’s Infocomm Development Authority (IDA). IDA has lodged a police report and is now investigating into the matter. “The Government strongly urges all SingPass users to take the necessary precautions to enhance their cyber security,” said Managing Director of IDA, Jacqueline Poh. An anomaly was detected between the number of mobile numbers used for immediate reset of one-time passwords and the number of SingPass accounts they were tied to. Poh urged users to use “strong passwords” that contain a “combination of numerical figures, capital letters, and are at least eight characters long”, along with installing anti-virus software and regularly updating all software. “The Singapore Government takes cyber security very seriously. The protection of personal data and the delivery of secure e-services are critical. We will continue to strengthen all government e-services as part of on-going efforts to enhance security,” an IDA statement said.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 06/05/2014

TOP↑

 

Singapore Amends Copyright Law to Address Online Piracy

 

Singapore's parliament passed an amendment to the Copyright Act on Tuesday to allow copyright owners to obtain blocking orders against infringing websites. Under the amendment, copyright owners can apply directly to the court for such blocking orders without having to first establish liability on the part of the network service provider for copyright infringement. Previously, copyright owners need to send a take-down notice to the network service provider requesting them to disable the access or remove the copyright infringing material. Senior Minister of State for Law Indranee Rajah said the amendment will give copyright owners greater ability to protect their rights in the online space. She said that online piracy is a global issue. "The prevalence of online privacy in Singapore turns customers away from legitimate content and adversely affects Singapore's creative sector," she said. "It can also undermine our reputation as a society that respects the protection of intellectual property.”

From http://news.xinhuanet.com/ 07/08/2014

TOP↑

 

Singapore Police Says Crimes Shifting Online

 

The number of cheating cases involving e-commerce in Singapore surged to 504 cases in the first half of this year, compared with 96 cases in the first half of 2013, the police said Wednesday. The police said that 15,219 criminal cases were reported between January and June in Singapore, up 1.4 percent from the 15, 006 cases in the same period last year. The number of cases hit 10-year lows for housebreaking, theft and related crimes. Of the e-commerce scams, the number of multiple payment online purchase scams rose from 13 cases to 302 cases, with at least 237, 000 Singapore dollars (189,600 U.S. dollars) cheated, while Paypal email scam cases rose from 4 cases to 35 cases, with at least 39, 000 Singapore dollars (31,200 U.S. dollars) cheated. Apart from e-commerce scams, the number of Internet love scams rose from 22 cases to 82 cases, with at least 3.1 million Singapore dollars (2.48 million U.S. dollars) cheated.

 

The police also highlighted cyber extortion, serious hurt and rape as key crime concerns. There were 132 cases of cyber extortion, compared with 38 cases in the first half of last year. The number of rape cases rose from 61 to 91, while the number of serious hurt cases rose from 247 to 260. The police said that unlicensed moneylending and harassment cases dropped by 31.6 percent year on year to 3,235 cases in the first half of this year. "The tough laws ... coupled with the concerted effort by the police and strong community support, have enabled us to continue to make good progress in tackling the loansharking problem in Singapore," said Florence Chua, deputy director of the Criminal Investigation Department, assistant commissioner of police. Singapore has had one of the lowest crime rates among the major cities worldwide.

From http://news.xinhuanet.com/ 08/13/2014

TOP↑

 

Singapore Web Users ‘Targeted More Heavily’ by Cybercriminals: Trend Micro

 

SINGAPORE: There was an increase in the number of Internet users in Singapore clicking on malicious Web links, or URLs, between April and June this year, and this suggests that users in Singapore are “being targeted more heavily than before”, according to IT security firm Trend Micro. In its recently released TrendLabs Q2 2014 Security Roundup, the company said in Singapore, there was an 837 per cent spike in the number of malicious URLs hosted in Singapore “because of the heavy presence of malicious Web ads”. Trend Micro Singapore Country Manager David Siah said the presence of these malicious Web ads was not unique to Singapore, although it should be noted that most of the gain in traffic in the second quarter “came from one specific malicious domain used for Web ads”. The report also found that there was an increase of 128 per cent in the number of users in Singapore clicking on malicious URLs. “This shows that Singaporeans are still pretty vulnerable to online scams which may compromise important and sensitive information,” the company said. Mr Siah added that the increase in click rates on malicious URLs could stem from lack of user awareness and poor online habits. “User behavior has more or less stayed the same, and the overall data suggests that users in Singapore are being targeted more heavily than before. Our data is consistent with the findings of the Singapore Police Force (SPF) – online threats are on the rise.” The SPF had issued its Mid-Year Crime Brief report on Aug 13, and stated that cheating involving e-commerce spiked 425 per cent in the first six months of the year, while cyber extortion rose 247 per cent.

 

DIP IN ONLINE BANKING MALWARE

Trend Micro also stated that there was a 3 per cent decrease in online banking malware detections over the previous quarter. Mr Siah said, however, that the dip was “actually not a lot”. “Globally, there was a drop in online banking malware detections this quarter, and one possible cause of this was the Gameover Zeus (GOZ) disruption in early June. The data in Singapore is consistent with that trend,” he said. The Infocomm Development Authority of Singapore had reported in June that 2,000 users were affected by the GOZ and CryptoLocker malware. That said, the executive said some of Singapore’s neighbours like Malaysia are included in the top 10 most affected countries. This is why local users should continue to be vigilant about these types of threats, he added.

From http://www.channelnewsasia.com/ 08/19/2014

TOP↑

VIETNAM: Police Smash Online World Cup Betting Ring

 

The Ha Noi Police on Sunday smashed an illegal online betting ring which allegedly took about VND6.68 billion (US$315,290) in bets on World Cup football matches. The Dong Da District police raided a house on Phao Dai Lang Street on July 6 and arrested Ta Ngoc Hung, 36, the leader of the gang, and three other men while they were taking bets via the Internet. The police seized two laptop computers, two desktop computers, six mobiles and VND30 million or US$1,416 in cash. The case is being investigated further. Also on July 6, the police smashed a VND5-trillion or US$235-million online gambling ring in the central province of Thanh Hoa.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 07/14/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

 

 

BANGLADESH: War Crimes-suspect Jabbar - Prosecution Role Annoys ICT

 

International Crimes Tribunal-1 was extremely annoyed Monday as the prosecution appeared without a report on compliance over the arrest warrant issued against war crimes-suspect former Jatiya Party MP of Pirojpur engineer Abdul Jabbar. “What happened about the warrant order? I don’t see any such report with the application you submitted,” said ICT chairman Justice M Enayetur Rahim, pointing finger at prosecutor Zahid Imam. In reply, the designated prosecutor simply kept mum. The three–member tribunal, however, asked for explanations from the Pirojpur Police Super and O/Cs of Mathbaria and Tejgaon Police Stations about the execution of its warrant order, re-fixing June 12 for report on compliance. Earlier, responding to a prosecution application, the tribunal on May 12, taking cognisance of the offences of the 1971 war crimes against former Jatiya Party MP of Pirojpur engineer Abdul Jabbar, issued warrant for his arrest.

 

According to the prosecution, war crimes–suspect Jabbar has been on the run since 2009. The prosecution pressed five counts of war crimes charges against Jabbar, believed living in the USA now. On April 29, after working for over 11 months, the investigation officer (IO) of the case ASP M Helal Uddin submitted the investigation report to the prosecution along with a list of 44 witnesses to prove the charges as proposed against Jabbar. IO Helal Uddin found Jabbar’s involvement in five types of crimes, including killing, genocide, arson, looting and forcefully converting many Hindus to Muslim in then Mathbaria thana of Pirojpur during the war. Jabbar was made chairman of local thana Peace Committee (collaborator) and he organised Razakar outfit in Mathbaria, according to investigation report. Octogenarian engineer Jabbar of Khetachhira under Mathbaria police station in Pirojpur was the vice-chairman of Jatiya Party. Jabbar joined the then Muslim League through his father-in-law, Arshed Ali, who was an influential Muslim League leader. Later, he joined the Jatiya Party of Gen (retd) HM Ershad and was twice elected Member of Parliament with Jatiya Party tickets in 1986 and 1988.

From http://unbconnect.com/ 06/02/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

 

 

Azerbaijan-OSCE Joint Working Group on Cyber Security to Be Established

 

Azerbaijan’s Minister of Communications and High Technologies Ali Abbasov met with OSCE Project Co-ordinator in Baku Alexis Chahtahtinsky and senior project manager Andras Hugyik. The ministry told APA-Economics that Minister Abbasov talked about the state programs related to the development of the ICT sector in Azerbaijan, as well as high technologies, space industry, telecommunications, mailing, frequency management, cyber security, reforms on other spheres and long-term plans.  The sides exchanged views on the current state and prospects of the cooperation between the Ministry and OSCE. Stressing that OSCE has enough experience on cyber security, Chahtahtinsky expressed their interests in cooperating with Azerbaijan in this sphere.  They also discussed the establishment of a joint working group on cyber security.

From http://news.az/06/05/2014

TOP↑

Azerbaijani E-Security Center to Intensify Activity

 

The e-security center under the Azerbaijani Ministry of Communications and High Technologies will intensify its activity in connection with the frequent cyber attacks amid the aggravation of the situation on the frontline, the center said on Aug. 4. The media resources, websites of public and private organizations are subjected to the cyber-attacks. The issue of sustainable protection from external intrusions is relevant. The e-security center alerts about the readiness to render all possible assistance to the owners of resources subjected to hacker attacks. For assistance, contact via "hotline" 1654 or e-mail reports@cert.az. Armenian armed forces launched a diversion on the night of July 31-August 1, when reconnaissance and sabotage groups tried to cross the contact line of the Azerbaijani and Armenian troops through the territories of Aghdam and Terter regions. Armenia's reconnaissance and sabotage group attacked the positions of Azerbaijani armed forces in the direction of Azerbaijan's Aghdam and Agdere regions on the night of August 1-2. Azerbaijan managed to locate the group and the sabotage attempt was prevented. During the last four days, Azerbaijani positions have been constantly under attack, and 13 servicemen have been killed, several more were wounded. The Armenian side suffered more losses while trying to hide this fact from the public. The conflict between the two South Caucasus countries began in 1988 when Armenia made territorial claims against Azerbaijan. As a result of the ensuing war, in 1992 Armenian armed forces occupied 20 percent of Azerbaijan, including the Nagorno-Karabakh region and seven surrounding districts. The two countries signed a ceasefire agreement in 1994. The co-chairs of the OSCE Minsk Group, Russia, France and the U.S. are currently holding peace negotiations. Armenia has not yet implemented the U.N. Security Council's four resolutions on the liberation of the Nagorno-Karabakh and the surrounding regions.

From http://en.trend.az/ 08/04/2014

TOP↑

 

Azerbaijani Defense Ministry Urges Media Outlets to Be Careful Spreading Information

 

Information about the deployment of military units, their strength, movement of the military equipment, information about the command is a military secret and dissemination of such information is prohibited, spokesperson of Azerbaijan's Defense Ministry Vagif Dargahli told Trend on Aug.5. Sometimes, several media outlets of Azerbaijan and social networks spread information about the deployment of military units of the country's armed forces, movement of military equipment and regretfully, the Armenian side follows and uses this information, the spokesperson added. Azerbaijan's Defense Ministry has repeatedly urged media outlets and users of social networks to be careful while using and spreading such information, according to Dargahli. The spokesperson pointed out that the abovementioned remarks do not concern all media outlets and journalists, as most of them show their positions as citizens and defend the interests of Azerbaijan and its armed forces. He said that the information which can mislead the population shouldn't be spread through social networks and media, adding that such information should be verified only through one official source - press service of Azerbaijan's Defense Ministry. "The Defense Ministry constantly posts information on its official website. Moreover, media representatives can get any information by calling the ministry's press service," Dargahli said. The conflict between the two South Caucasus countries began in 1988 when Armenia made territorial claims against Azerbaijan. As a result of the ensuing war, in 1992 Armenian armed forces occupied 20 percent of Azerbaijan, including the Nagorno-Karabakh region and seven surrounding districts.  The two countries signed a ceasefire agreement in 1994. The co-chairs of the OSCE Minsk Group, Russia, France and the U.S. are currently holding peace negotiations.  Armenia has not yet implemented the U.N. Security Council's four resolutions on the liberation of the Nagorno-Karabakh and the surrounding regions.

From http://en.trend.az/ 08/05/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

 

 

AUSTRALIA: Private Business Slow to Adapt to ‘Digital Disruption’

 

Many of Australia’s private businesses are still not using cloud technology and face the prospect of missing out on a so-called ‘accounting revolution’, according to a new report on digital disruption. In its report – ‘Harnessing the bang, stories from the digital frontline’ – Deloitte Private analyses the impact of digital disruption to show it is "accelerating and affecting businesses large and small across Australia". According to Deloitte Private’s National Managing Partner David Hill, the next 12 months will be a watershed for private businesses adapting to digital disruption, with recent research showing 66% of businesses are still not using cloud technology. “Many may not realise how much this technology has improved in the past few years and the positive impact it can have on how they run their business.” Hill says businesses will be missing out by failing to respond to the changes caused by digital disruption, and he adds, Deloitte Prvate has “heeded its own warnings” about digital disruption of the professional services sector by redefining the way it delivers accounting and tax services through its recently launched cloud-based Connect solution.

 

“With Deloitte Private Connect we have positively embraced the disruption to the accounting and tax profession on account of cloud technologies and created an offering that transforms the way business owners experience accounting services.” Hill says Connect combines shared ledger accounting, automated bookkeeping and benchmarking, an online portal and dashboard as well as many other digital technologies, “to redefine the way our private clients work with us, in real time, on any device. Every business owner dreams of spending less time in the business and more time on the business. Less time on day-to-day transactions, paying staff and suppliers and scrambling to balance the books. More time on the bigger picture and the things that helped them succeed in the first place. Until now, that's been easier said than done. Deloitte Private Connect is changing all that.”

 

Two apps are core to the Connect solution:

• Transact automates bookkeeping. Invoices are digitally scanned and authorised for online payment while business owners digitally sign tax returns, approve BAS statements and year end accounts, raise queries and store documents securely online

• Analyser enables business owners to access live financial reports and business analytics, including profitability, cash flow, growth and trend analysis. Key performance indicators can be customised, live ‘what-if’ analysis performed and alerts set up to keep on top of the metrics that matter.

From http://www.itwire.com 07/03/2014

TOP↑

 

Government Releases Piracy Discussion Paper

 

Nearly a week after it was leaked, the Government has formally released its discussion paper on ‘Online Copyright Infringement’. The document the Government has released is unchanged from the draft leaked by news site Crikey last week, which was widely circulated. It was also widely criticised for siding with copyright holders and barely discussing the key issue of the availability and cost of content. Many, iTWire included, have argued that one of the key drivers of piracy is the refusal of content owners to make copyrighted material more accessible, through restrictive practices like geoblocking and bundling good content with bad. Industry body Communications Alliance (CA) has waited until the formal release to comment on the paper’s proposals. It says it “welcomes the release,” a formality it quickly dispenses with when getting down to the details, “urging caution” in many areas.

 

CA’s members include many of the ISPs who would be greatly affected by the Government’s proposals that they be responsible for policing their users’ behaviour and preventing them from pirating copyrighted material. CA’s CEO John Stanton said that the organisation’s member ISPs “do not condone online copyright infringement and encourage the lawful use of the Internet.” But he said that any scheme designed to address online copyright infringement should be “sustainable” and should stimulate innovation by growing the digital content market, so Australians can continue to access and enjoy new a content, devices and technologies. “The ISP members of Communications Alliance remain willing to work toward a solution that balances the interests of all stakeholders, including consumers,” he said. “But we do not share the view in the discussion paper that the High Court’s decision in Roadshow Films Pty Ltd v iiNet Ltd (April 2012) undermines Australia’s international obligations, nor that there is any obligation in Australia’s free trade agreements that means the Copyright Act must be amended to extend authorisation liability.

 

“If the Government does ultimately decide to amend the Copyright Act, this should only take place after an agreement on an industry scheme is reached, as such a scheme may go a long way to addressing their concerns.” Stanton said careful consideration was needed regarding the proposal to extend the authorisation liability within the Copyright Act. “This proposal has the potential to capture many other entities, including schools, universities, libraries and cloud-based services in ways that may hamper their legitimate activities and disadvantage consumers.” He noted that the discussion paper suggested ISPs should be required to impose sanctions on their customers accused by ”third parties” (i.e. content owners) of infringing copyright. “ISPs have been consistent in their view that any actions in response to allegations of copyright infringement must have robust safeguards in place, including independent oversight to protect the interests of consumers. We note and support the Government’s expectation that an industry scheme should not provide for the interruption of a subscriber’s Internet access – although the possibility of Internet accounts being terminated is contemplated under the existing Safe Harbour provisions of the Copyright Act.”

 

CA’s response to the paper says that the industry has identified the following key matters that should be addressed in any scheme:

# a holistic end-to-end approach, supported by Government, rights holders, ISPs and consumers.

# stronger efforts by rights holders and Government to ensure that consumers can access lawful, affordable content when they want it, accompanied by public education on how and where to access such content.

# a ‘level playing field’ involving all ISPs and rights holders.

# recognition that technology is moving very quickly and any solution may be quickly redundant as online content markets continue to evolve.

# independent (judicial or regulatory) oversight.

# consultation with, and protections for, our customers and consumer groups including in areas such as privacy and access to an appeal mechanism.

# legal protections for ISPs.

# resolution of funding for any scheme, consistent with enforcement of other intellectual property rights, and consistent with how ISPs assist other parties (particularly law enforcement agencies) to address other digital content issues,

# innovation in, and growth of, the digital content market.

From http://www.itwire.com 07/30/2014

TOP↑

 

Australian IT Managers 'Unaware of Privacy Laws'

 

A new study shows that extent to which Australian IT decision makers have not acted on recent changes to Australian privacy laws. Many organisations in Australia are uncertain of how they should be managing their data without risk, four months after the changes to the Australian Privacy Principles were introduced. Despite claiming to be aware of the changes, over 70% of Australian IT decision makers seek third party guidance on management of their data. The findings are contained in a white paper commissioned by NTT Communications ICT Solutions (NTT ICT) and Hitachi Data Systems (HDS) and researched by IDC Australia. This uncertainty about the new laws has resulted in irregularities in the disposal of personal data by third party services, which leaves many Australian organisations vulnerable to non-compliance with the revised principles, the report says. They have little insight into the management of their data during its lifecycle and the terms of their consequent liability.

 

The findings are based on research of 150 organisations in Australia, regarding their concerns surrounding data privacy and what the changes to Australian Privacy Principles mean to them. The white paper, titled ‘The Increasing Value of Data in Australia: Privacy, Security and Compliance’, also reveals that attitudes towards privacy and data management have been significantly influenced by recent developments in mobile, social and cloud technologies. “The changes to the Australian Privacy Principles on 12 March 2014 will have significant implications for how businesses manage their data,” said NTT ICT’s Julian Badell. “NTT ICT and HDS wanted to investigate the changing attitudes, practices and impact of these changes on organisations”. HDS’s Andrew McGee said: “As the need to manage and store large amounts of data increases, many businesses are not equipped to tackle the changing regulatory landscape associated with data management. “In this new and continually evolving regulatory environment, compliance strategies need to be addressed to protect the business from risks around where data is housed and how it can be efficiently managed and retained, even when core enterprise applications are phased out”.

 

Key findings from the white paper include:

Uncertainty remains about principles regarding disposal of data

Awareness of changes to the Australian Privacy Law is relatively high, however awareness of the individual principles is much lower – according to the survey 20% of Australian Organisations remain unaware or uncertain of the implications relating to changes to the Australian Privacy Principles. Sally Parker, research director for IDC Australia said “The research uncovered broad awareness of the principles within IT around protection of personal information before it is disclosed overseas, disclosure of breaches to all relevant parties and civil penalties in the case of a serious privacy breach. But notably absent is awareness of principles regarding the proper disposal of personal data once it is no longer required for the purpose for which consent was provided.”

 

Organisations are putting themselves at risk regarding data collection

IDC noted a 20% increase in the perceived risk associated with data since the introduction of the revised Australian Privacy Principles. Despite this, individual retailers are still putting themselves at risk – only 50% of retailers surveyed have a formal governance process managing ‘give to get’ data. Uncertainty of the changes to Australian Privacy Principles is linked to dependence on third party services. The research shows that 72% of Australian organisations look to third parties for guidance on risk, security and compliance – yet 20% of those surveyed lack confidence in their knowledge of how third parties deal with the disposal of data. Of those organisations entrusting a third party with their personal data, few mandate requirements around the physical location of data, total number of copies, deletion process, or impose restrictions regarding access to the data.

 

Data is the new currency for Australian organisations

The market for big data is set to reach $16.1 billion in 2014, growing six times faster than the overall IT market. Government agencies alone installed an additional 93,000 terabytes of storage during 2008-2012. The advent of new technologies is dictating how Australian organisations handle their data. Australian Organisations are able to source more valuable consumer information than ever before, due to new social, cloud and mobile technologies. These mediums have fostered a borderless IT environment that dictates a fresh approach to data management and risk policies – 93.7% of organisations surveyed shared that Public Cloud had changed how they approach risk and security.

 

Privacy can now be used as a competitive differentiator

Organisations that are perceived to be putting their customers first when it comes to privacy can gain leverage over their competitors. The Electronic Frontier Foundation and Online Trust Alliance annually recognise the top companies for consumer privacy and data protection. As a result of the survey, IDC predicts that within the next three years, smaller more agile organisations will capitalise on the opportunity to leverage insights gained from data analysis without the baggage of the larger established competitors.

From http://www.itwire.com 08/18/2014

TOP↑

NEW ZEALAND: ‘Should Take More Risks on Cloud’

 

New Zealand government’s approach to cloud computing is too risk averse, a review of the public sector’s use of cloud computing has shown. “Government advice to its agencies on cloud computing is unduly risk-focused”, the New Zealand Productivity Commission’s recent report said. Agencies’ adoption of cloud needs to be approved by the Department of Internal Affairs on a case-by-case basis and complete a risk-assessment proces, leading to high barriers against procuring innovative new projects. An overly-expensive risk compliance process can create high hurdles for new projects. Such hurdles rule out cloud projects by small agencies, and small, experimental projects by large agencies. There is little room for learning-by-doing in such an environment. Learning-by-doing is essential to capability building and lowers the risk for future, larger projects,” the report said.

 

The government should instead provide well-communicated, balanced advice and constructive support to its agencies, it added. “Balanced guidance on the opportunities and risks associated with cloud computing should be made available online. Similarly, DIA’s [Department of Internal Affairs’] knowledge of trustworthy cloud providers and the ‘lessons learned’ from previous and current cloud computing projects should be made more visible and accessible.” The central government cloud policy has gone through significant changes in the last five years, but guidance for agencies has not changed. As a result, “policy was interpreted by many to prohibit the storage of data offshore, thus precluding the use of offshore infrastructure,” the report said. This “prohibition” has been criticised because “the government was paying too much for cloud services”, and it is “sending a poor signal to private firms about how suitable cloud computing is for the ICT needs of private firms,” the report added.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 06/12/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/ICT_.gif

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

 

 

AFRICA: ICT Penetration in Democratic Republic of Congo Now at 23%

 

The penetration of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) in war-torn Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) has risen significantly, to 23%. This was revealed by the minister of posts, telecoms and ICTs, Kin-Kiey Mulumba. Mulumba further added that the DRC was now connected to the world through the WACS submarine cable landing point in Muanda, adding that the 650 km-axis Kinshasa-Muanda was fully operational. “Kinshasa is linked to Brazzaville by an undersea cable, we have a 2200 km of fibre optic network laid between Inga and Kolwezi, another major network is being built between Kinshasa and Lubumbashi, 3G is operating and testing of 4G were allowed,” Mulumba said, as the government begins an ICT stocktaking experts believe will help the country benchmark its few technology achievements in the region. “Mobile banking is a reality and is now contributing to the payment of salaries of civil servants,” he said. Despite these gains however, many believe the mineral-rich nation still has a long way to go to be counted among the continent’s ICT greats. The DRC’s internet penetration rate stood around 1.2% in June 2012, while there were a total of 915 400 internet users and 903 020 Facebook users for the same period, according to the Internet World Stats.

From http://pctechmag.com/ 08/13/2014

TOP↑

 

World Bank to Give Kenya KES 17.3 Bln for ICT Projects

 

The World Bank says it will provide KES 17.3 billion to fund ICT projects in 47 counties as part of the Kenya transparency and communications infrastructure project (KTCIP). A roadmap for the project managed by the ICT Authority has already been drawn up, Business Daily reported. Once funding has been released to the government, it will go towards improving service delivery, strengthening internal processes in the counties and providing open data from each region through technology. According to World Bank country director Diarietou Gaye, part of the funding was approved in March with the specific amount meant to help counties lay master plans for use in ICT their processes. The bank's communication officer Peter Warutere said KES 2.6 billion approved for ICT in March will specifically help Nairobi County to update its revenue management systems; it will also help fund roadmaps for specific counties towards ICT transformation. He said the authority will have to employ additional project managers, obtain more resources for open data and get additional staff for finance and procurement functions. ICT Authority CEO Victor Kyalo said the authority is awaiting for the first batch of the funding to kick-start the county projects. The fund will be channelled through the national government to counties. The entire project is part of a regional initiative that supports Kenya, Burundi and Madagascar. The KTCIP project is funded by the bank's International Development Association (IDA) and is mainly expected to help expand national open data in counties.

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 07/03/2014

TOP↑

 

ICT Contribution to Kenya’s GDP Now at 12.1%

 

The contribution of the Information Communication Technology (ICT) sector to the Kenyan economy increased to 12.1 per cent in 2013 from 8.9 per cent in 2006, with growth attributed to factors such as international development agencies financing. “ICT has assumed an increasingly strategic role in the Kenyan economy in recent years. Between 2000 and 2012, the country’s wider transport and communications sector, of which ICT is a part, grew at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 7.7 per cent, outperforming all other sectors of the national economy,” read a statement from the International Data Corporation (IDC). According to IDC, the World Bank Group takes the lead in funding of ICT activities in the country, with global assistance from the World Bank Group between 2003 and 2010 totalling well over US$4.1 billion.

 

Kenya has certainly benefited from funding and other support activities in the telecommunications sector, both from the World Bank Group and from other international development institutions. The examples of major initiatives that have benefited from funds supplied by international development agencies are numerous and include the Eastern Africa Submarine Cable System (EASSy) project, the privatization efforts of Telkom Kenya, and the opening up of all local telecommunications market segments to competition through the structuring of support and advisory services by the International Finance Corporation (IFC),” the company said. IDC also revealed telecommunications has traditionally accounted for the bulk of revenues in Kenya’s ICT sector. Prior to the liberalisation of the market in 1999, there were only 15,000 mobile subscribers in the country, compared to the current figure of around 31.3 million.

 

A recent World Bank report on the Kenyan economy noted the rapid uptake and transformative impact of the surging ICT sector in the country, identifying the country as being on the verge of a sustained period of rapid growth. While Kenya has indeed made solid progress in terms of its ICT uptake levels, IDC believes much room remains for further improvement. The focus of international development and funding agencies in Kenya over the coming years is likely to expand into areas that go beyond supporting the buildup of communications infrastructure and networks, and move into the realms of developing strategy for the ICT sector to transform service delivery and accountability. IDC believes various ICT sector projects supported by international development and funding agencies in Kenya offer significant commercial opportunities to technology vendors. And as we have already seen with the country’s surging telecommunications sector, these initiatives will provide a significant boost to national ICT maturity and potentially lead Kenya to the ICT tipping point.

From http://www.humanipo.com/ 07/22/2014

TOP↑

 

Nigeria's ICT Sector Eyes 20 Percent GDP Contribution Through GITEX

 

AS Nigeria prepares to showcase its Information and Communications Technology (ICT) war chest at the October 2014 GITEX technology exhibition in Dubai, UAE, the National Information Technology Development Agency (NITDA) is optimistic that the country's participation at the forum could enable the ICT sector increase its GDP contribution from the current nine per cent to over 20 per cent after the forum. NITDA, while engaging journalists at the weekend in Enugu, said that over 4000 different investors will be coming to showcase their potential with huge focus on Africa, where Nigeria is expected to lead the continent's push for more investment attractions, stressing that doing something in the country is as good as doing so in about six or seven other African countries at a go. Nigeria is official country partner for the exhibition.

 

According to the Director of Corporate Strategies and Research at NITDA, Dr. Vincent Olajunji and the GITEX duo of Commercial Director, Exhibitions and Events Management, Dubai World Trade Centre and Business Development Manager, Visitors Management, Bilal Al-Rais and Eyad Khamis respectively, the technology show will expose Nigeria to other global ICT opportunities. Olatunji, while canvassing for greater participation from Nigerians, noted that so many great things have started happening in Nigeria that are technologically driven, stressing that the country is blessed with young innovators, "by so doing, we can just be downloading, it is high time we start uploading so that the world will feel our presence. Our over reliance on oil has caused so many things in the country. ICT is a huge alternative source of revenue, which has to do with knowledge that cannot be taken away from us. "

 

Besides, he said such opportunity would enable Nigeria to showcase its local content development both in software and hardware to the global economy. Olatunji, who informed that a multistakeholder approach is being used to propagate the GITEX gospel across the country, noted that Nigeria will be speaking on among others cloud computing technologies; big data development; government initiatives; eStudies/Digital strategies among others. He informed that NITDA hoped that the exhibition could increase ICT sector's contribution to the country's GDP. "About five to seven years ago, ICT contributed about four per cent to GDP. Three years ago, through the efforts of the Ministry of Communications Technology, it increased to six per cent. Today, ICT contributes nine per cent to GDP. After GITEX, we are looking at over 20 per cent ICT contribution to GDP through increased FDIs attraction", he stated.

 

According to Al-Rais, so many things need to be done to elevate Nigeria's market and promote the brand Nigeria. "Peoples' perception of Nigeria should be broken down to investments opportunities not the challenges including insecurity. So many ICT investors across the globe last year and before looked for investments destinations in sub-Saharan Africa with concentration on Nigeria. So Nigeria must utilize this opportunity to demonstrate its reliability and showcase its offerings", he stated. He informed that 40 other government organization are coming to represent their countries at Dubai, which will also enable them to seek investments opportunities, "so Nigeria as country partner to this year's GITEX exhibition placed it advantageous than others. So, such opportunity must be taken."

From http://allafrica.com/ 07/30/2014

TOP↑

 

EUROPE: UK 4G Users Top 6m, Says Ofcom

 

Regulator's latest market report says average household now owns four Internet-enabled devices. The number of 4G connections in the U.K. topped 6 million at the end of March, claimed regulator Ofcom, accounting for approximately 8% of active mobile subscriptions. That compares to just 318,000 at the end of March 2013, when EE was the country's only 4G provider. This is according to Ofcom's latest market report, published on Thursday, which revealed that the average U.K. household owns four devices that connect to the Internet, while 88% of households own at least one. Laptops remain the most popular devices, being present in 63% of households, followed closely by smartphones at 61%, said Ofcom. Household tablet ownership almost doubled in the 12 months ended March 2014 to 44%. In terms of how the Internet is accessed, more and more households use both fixed and mobile to get online. According to Ofcom, 73% of U.K. adults have a fixed connection, while 59% use mobile, whether via a dongle, smartphone or tablet. In addition, the number of fixed broadband connections that could be classed as 'superfast' – i.e. those that had an advertised headline speed of at least 30 Mbps – increased by 58% to 6.1 million. "The main driver of this increase was consumers migrating to faster packages to support an increasing number of devices in the home and also the fast-growing number of services which use broadband," said Ofcom, in its report. The bad news though is that for all the increased usage, telco revenue fell in 2013 to 38.6 billion from 39.3 billion in 2012, said Ofcom. Retail revenues edged down to 28 billion from 28.2 billion, while wholesale revenues fell to 7.9 billion from 8.3 billion.

From http://www.totaltele.com/ 08/07/2014

TOP↑

 

NORTH AMERICA: Canadian IT Hiring Expectations Steady for the Rest of the Year

 

IT hiring for the rest of the year will likely be as steady as it was at the beginning of 2014, a new survey of Canadian CIOs suggests. According to Robert Half Technology, 14 per cent of CIOs here who responded to a survey expect to expand their teams in the last half of the year. That represents a two-point increase from the previous survey done by the firm, the company said in a release this morning. On the other hand another 67 per cent of those surveyed expect to hire only for open IT roles, compared to 74 per cent in the first six months of the year — a seven-point decrease. But note that 17 per cent of technology executives plan to put their hiring on hold through the rest of the year (up from 9 per cent at the beginning of the year). Only one per cent of respondents expect to reduce their IT staffing levels in the second half of the year.

 

Half of Canadian technology executives said that network administration tops the list of skills sets in greatest demand, followed by wireless network management and desktop support. “The second half of 2014 will continue to be a busy time for hiring within many IT departments, with a focus on adding skilled technology professionals for either newly created or existing open positions,” said Deborah Bottineau, senior regional manager of Robert Half Technology and The Creative Group, in a statement. “Though confidence is strong regarding the need for technology staff, finding the required specialized talent is expected to be the most challenging when filling positions in the areas of networking, security and applications development.” The hiring projections for the first half and second half of 2014 are based on interviews with more than 270 CIOs in major Canadian markets who were asked to provide a six-month hiring outlook.

 

Asked about the ease of recruiting technology talent, 27 per cent of Canadian CIOs said it is somewhat or very challenging to find skilled IT professionals. This is a 15-point drop compared to the first half of the year. Technology executives surveyed report that it is most difficult to find skilled talent in the functional areas of networking (10 per cent),security (nine per cent) and applications development (six per cent). The survey also suggests that CIOs continue to be optimistic about their companies’ growth and plans for IT investments. Eighty-two per cent reported being somewhat or very confident about their companies’ growth prospects for the last six months of 2014. This compares to 88 per cent for the first half of the year. Sixty-three per cent of CIOs said they are confident that their firms will invest in IT projects in the next six months. This compares to 64 per cent in the first half of 2014. Most of those upcoming investments will be in hardware upgrades (18 per cent) and software upgrades (16 per cent).

From http://www.itbusiness.ca/ 06/25/2014

TOP↑

 

 

Look Ahead for the Next Generation of Wi-Fi

 

Just when network managers thought they were ready to bring in the next generation of Wi-Fi access points to their networks comes word that the IEEE has another leap in technology in mind. That’s right: With 802.11ac deployments in enterprises about to take off,  at least doubling the current 802.11n theoretical speeds of 450 Mbps, the  Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers is looking at an upcoming standard called 802.11ax. According to a report in Computerworld U.S., Huawei, which is leading the 802.11ax working group at the IEEE, has done lab tests showing speeds of 10.53 Gbps over an entire Wi-Fi network. Although 802.11ax likely won’t hit the market for several years, there are two questions: How will CIOs take advantage of all that bandwidth? and Will it really see the light of day?

 

One thing 802.11ac does is allow organizations to truly do away with wired networks — assuming there are enough devices in the enterprise to support the protocol — and adopt video as a commonly-used communications mode. On the other hand, one vendor once told me that network managers won’t completely embrace Wi-Fi because a technology that uses unlicenced spectrum is inherently unstable. But let’s get back to 802.11ax. According to the news report while existing Wi-Fi standards focused on the data capacity of an overall wireless network connected to multiple users, 802.11ax will concentrate on actual data speeds to each individual station, or device. So not merely video but HD video in the enterprise could be commonplace. Is that a network manager’s dream or nightmare?

From http://www.itworldcanada.com/ 07/16/2014

TOP↑

 

 

Sexism and IT - Another Chapter

 

The low number of women in information technology careers has been the subject of commentary for decades.  There are various reasons why, some in the industry say: Women just don’t go into tech, or those that do aren’t aggressive enough. Blatant sexism is rarely acknowledged. Another contribution came today on CBC Radio’s Toronto show Metro Morning, where book editor and Web designer Lyndsay Kirkham recalled a conversation she overheard Monday between several people at a table beside here who she believes work for one of the country’s biggest tech vendors. “They were talking about how they weren’t going to be hiring any new women – specifically any young women – that they were only going to be hiring mature women, because young women get pregnant again and again and again.” There was some “head-nodding and quiet yeses, she recalled. “They then went on to talk about how women needed to take extra time in the summer because they needed to de-stress from the work, home stress, and how mature women were a better bet [for hiring] because they had already done their child-rearing.”

 

You can listen to the interview with host Matt Galloway here. Kirkham tweeted the conversation live, and, she said, was overwhelmed with responses, including from some who wrote they’d seen or heard the same. “I was shocked,” she told Galloway, “because I couldn’t believe they were so comfortable in their sexism that they were willing to have this conversation in public … It just underlined for me that while we’ve got female CEOs — Virginia  (Rometty of IBM) Sheryl (Sandberg, COO of Facebook and co-author of Lean In) and Marissa (Mayer of Yahoo),  this ethos is so pervasive.” I couldn’t get hold of Kirkham in time for deadline to find out where this conversation took place and how she knew the people worked for a tech company — perhaps it was in the company cafeteria, or the people at the other table were wearing name tags. It doesn’t matter. Every organization has to be prepared to deal with women who want maternity leave, and train staff that it’s a part of employment. More important, it’s vital organizations have policies to encourage women to both have families and have careers because they are just as important a resource to the enterprise as men — in fact, that’s why they were hired: Because their talent was recognized. Is this your organization’s attitude? Let me know in the comments section below.

From http://www.itworldcanada.com/ 07/23/2014

TOP↑

 

 

Canadian CIOs Focus on Core Technologies for Digital Success

 

Along with their counterparts around the world, Canadian CIOs are transitioning to a new era of enterprise IT. In this era of digitization CIOs must build digital leadership and bimodal capability, while renovating the core of IT and capability for the digital future. Gartner Executive Program’s annual survey of more than 2,300 IT leaders worldwide revealed that while the top technology areas of focus for Canadian survey respondents largely match those of CIOs globally, there are variations in priorities. The top five technology focus topics for Canadian organizations essentially map the global topics – comprising BI/analytics, ERP, mobile, infrastructure and data centre and cloud. However, reviewing the balance of the list of technology priorities a more interesting set of variations become apparent between Canadian and global responses.

 

Although security holds a similar mid-level ranking in both sets of data, Canadian responses show a higher priority on legacy modernization and industry-specific applications. Given the stronger influence of public sector in the environment, and the legislated privacy protection at both federal and provincial levels, the emphasis on security is understandable. As a result, this security-focused environment elevates the interest and resources dedicated to examining cloud offerings to look for those limited opportunities or advantages. The influence of federal government on the IT environment is also being felt, resulting from a recommendation of the auditor general three years ago to focus on legacy modernization. The positioning of digitization/digital marketing near the end of the Canadian list of priorities, combined with the higher ranking of legacy modernization and industry-specific applications, indicates the focus on maintaining stability in the IT environment.

 

This emphasis would also help to explain the appearance of business process management/improvement in the Canadian top 12 list as organizations evaluate their business delivery processes in pursuit of legacy modernization. When considered along with the increased emphasis on growth and innovation, it appears Canadian organizations view a stable and sustainable environment as key criteria for growth and moving into a digital environment. The survey also shows that Canada has a different approach to public cloud usage compared to global use. Although fewer Canadian organizations have pursued public cloud offerings, one hundred per cent of those organizations use cloud SaaS compared with only 72 per cent of the global responses. Furthermore, in Canada, agility and innovation hold a much stronger and higher priority to justify public cloud decisions compared to the global data. This would indicate that the advantages and benefits of public cloud are well recognized within Canadian companies, but the ability to leverage those advantages is being constrained by other factors, primarily information security legislation.

 

As Canadian organizations adjust policies and risk practices to accommodate the USA Patriot Act, it will become easier for them to move into the public cloud environment. The Canadian government developing a cloud-first policy in the near future would facilitate this direction. The Canadian survey responses on sourcing closely match the general global responses. The majority of organizations report a mixed model of internal and external sourcing, with a strong proportion indicating mainly insourced and a smaller number of organizations mainly outsourced. Similarly, Canadian strategies for sourcing are in keeping with global direction, with close to 60 per cent of respondents indicating they will be increasing sourcing activities. The tight IT labor market in Canada is a main contributor to the move toward increased sourcing, as organizations find it difficult to access scarce or specialized IT resources. Whether IT needs to maintain legacy systems or introduce new technologies, recruiting and retaining the skills and experience to provide internal capability are becoming greater challenges that sourcing can help overcome.

 

The bottom line is that a strong Canadian economy has provided Canadian organizations with a competitive advantage globally, placing Canada in a strong position to be a worldwide leader in the digital industrial economy. Several factors, however, could limit this influence and undermine Canada’s advantage, unless they are addressed directly. These resistance factors include a very traditional approach to IT management that is slower to adopt new digital roles and responsibilities, cautious risk policies and practices that limit consideration of new service options, and dependence on internal capabilities in a challenging labor market. To respond to the global potential, Canadian CIOs can support and assist their organizations in overcoming the resistance factors by embracing new opportunities and becoming strong advocates for pursuing a digital agenda. This will include expanding sourcing and service options to manage and maintain a core foundation technology environment as well as utilizing cloud and digital options to deliver a fast-response, differentiated, scalable and agile set of IT services.

From http://www.itbusiness.ca/ 08/08/2014

TOP↑

 

U.S.: IT Disruptions 3 Times More Likely at Agencies with Complex Networks

 

Cloud services, virtualization and personal computing devices are among the trends in government information technology that complicate networks and could be contributing to frequent disruptions, according to a new report. Agencies with more complex networks are three times more likely to experience disruptions than those with simplified networks, according to a survey of federal network managers by MeriTalk. Respondents -- 94 percent of whom say network downtime in the last year has hindered their agency’s ability to carry out its mission -- estimate they could save 18 percent of their IT budgets by reducing network complexity by half. At that rate, governmentwide IT savings would be $14.8 billion a year, MeriTalk said. More than half (54 percent) of federal IT managers said their network complexity increased in the past year, and 68 percent believe their networks will become more complex during the next three years, the survey found.

 

Factors that contribute to greater network complexity include an increasing number of network users, the move to cloud computing and server virtualization and increased use of mobile devices, including those provided by employees under bring your own device, or BYOD, policies. Respondents said moving to open, nonproprietary standards is the best way to simplify networks, MeriTalk said. Simplified networks are more reliable, faster, safer, easier to fix and provide more IT agility to support agency missions, respondents said, according to MeriTalk. “The network is the road on which all government information travels,” MeriTalk founder Stephen O’Keeffe said. “Taking the road less traveled by – one with reduced complexity, interoperability, and diversification – will make all the difference, and is critical to agency performance and efficiency.” “The Federal Simplicity Report: Navigating Network Complexity” was underwritten by Brocade, a company that provides network services to government and others. Researchers surveyed 200 federal network managers in May 2014, with a margin of error of +/-6.86 percent at 95 percent confidence. 

From http://www.nextgov.com/ 07/16/2014

TOP↑

 

A $300 Million IT Flop

 

After six years of development at a cost of nearly $300 million, the Social Security Administration has decided to press "reset" on its project to improve a claim processing system after a recent report found it to be not up to the task. A report by McKinsey and Co., commissioned by the SSA in early 2014 on the status of the Disability Case Processing System, found that the program "delivered limited functionality, and faced schedule delays as well as increasing stakeholder concerns." The project was conceived to replace 54 separate components used in the SSA's disability determination system. The Disability Case Processing System would replace those disparate elements with a common case-processing system that uses automated tools to reduce processing time for initial disability claims, decrease processing-related task time and increase system availability.

 

But it remains a work in progress, McKinsey concluded. "While current release plan and beta testing model are conceptually sound, execution has fallen short, resulting in deployment of immature software to production that does not deliver incremental value to [disability determination systems]," the report said. The McKinsey report said the SSA's response to the problems with the new system "has been to continue going broad without maintaining high quality and full functionality, which has exacerbated change management challenges." The report also found more than 380 outstanding problems with the latest beta, and the system was unable to process all the new claims or accurately track them throughout the system. Throughout the past six years, the project has been stuck in the beta phase. According to McKinsey, "for past 5 years, Release 1.0 is consistently projected to be 24-32 months away."

 

Lockheed Martin, prime contractor on the project, said it has reviewed the report and is "committed to delivering on this program and for our customer." Greg Gershman, co-founder of Ad Hoc LLC., a technology consulting company focused on helping improve government's approach to IT projects, said that starting over might not be a bad idea. "With an IT system like this, it would be smart to bring in technology experts, people who have experience with transactional, data-driven applications, to assess what they currently have, can it be salvaged or does it need to be started over from scratch," Gershman said. Echoing McKinsey, Gershman said that without a strong leadership element, IT projects of this magnitude are almost doomed to fail from the start. "If there's not strong leadership, problems arise with coordinating work between contractors, and there's no one person looking at the system as a single entity -- everyone is making sure their piece is done, and fulfilling their responsibility up to a certain point," he said.

 

In response to the report, SSA appointed Terri Gruber, an assistant deputy commissioner, as program executive with full authority. SSA also is establishing an integrated program team and will refresh requirements, strengthen vendor management, update its cost benefit analysis and adopt a more agile approach to program development, a spokesperson said in an email to FCW. Gershman, who also worked on the post-Healthcare.gov tech surge, said there are some commonalities between the two failed projects. And he took particular aim at the use of large firms that don't do web development as their first priority. "You have companies like Lockheed Martin -- they're not web development companies, they don't do work in the private sector, they're not building start-ups," Gershman said. "There's very little in the market that forces them to adopt new technologies." "Government needs to change how it approaches projects like this, not using system integrators or defense contractors who have repeatedly come up with failures," he said

 

And, as was the case with HealthCare.gov, Congress is getting involved. Lawmakers wrote a letter to Carolyn Colvin, acting commissioner at SSA, requesting all documents and communications related to DCPS since March 1, 2014. According to that letter, written by Reps. Darrell Issa, R-Calif., Jim Jordan, R-Ohio, and James Lankford, R-Okla., "the report found that the DCPS project is adrift, the scope of the project is ambiguous, the project has been poorly executed, and the project's development lacks leadership." The letter also said that whistleblowers informed the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee, which Issa chairs, of the existence of the report and told the committee that senior officials at SSA failed to follow standard protocols and procedures in disseminating the report throughout the agency, with the intention of keeping the findings secret until after the Senate confirmed Colvin as commissioner. The SSA said it anticipated implementing the revamped DCPS in all of the disability determination systems and federal case processing sites in fiscal 2015. "We are committed to implementing the assessment recommendations and are confident we will deliver this vital initiative successfully," SSA told FCW.

From http://fcw.com/ 07/24/2014

TOP↑

 

How Modern Technology Is Changing Public-Sector GIS

 

The days of waiting weeks or months for new map data are being left behind and GIS data's becoming more accessible. The ubiquity of online data means that more and more public-sector workers are expecting to be able to access it on mobile devices. GIS data is no exception, as evidenced by the proliferation of online geoportals and tools with location data. The technology's changing how government employees work in the field. "I work in the stormwater industry, and we've seen a lot of changes going from working in the office to going in the field," said Elizabeth Young, the stormwater GIS manager of Fort Worth, Texas. In Young's department, online maps and applications have made reporting easier for government employees in at least one case. Utility employees in Fort Worth’s department used to enter their time, business costs and locations by filling out paper cards, but now the process is done online. "We've taken that all digital; taken it out to the field,” she said. “It's gone from being done by the supervisors to actually being done by our crews in the field, so we've taken that task off our crew leads.”

 

In addition, the days of waiting weeks or months for new map data are being left behind in many cases and data's becoming more accessible. “In the last two years, it used to be good enough that you could deliver an updated map at least every quarter,” said J. Garland Pardue, sales director of TomTom. “Now, what we see the user community doing is asking, ‘Can you do that on a monthly, weekly or even on a daily basis?’” Pardue has seen public-sector GIS users asking vendors for more frequent map updates, sometimes in near real time. And now data’s available on more endpoints than before, according to Ken Burris, CEO of Witt O'Brien's consulting. "It's evolved to the point where the public sector uses a lot more of the metadata that's available over the Internet,” he said. “Previously you used to have to buy stuff and put it on your server, and it was out of date fairly quickly, but today, in the cloud, there's so much data that's accessible.” Agencies and their employees are used to consuming more data online, which is creating more demands and rising expectations from GIS data providers. "The demands of the emergency response personnel, in their user applications, are constantly evolving in a very fast way," Pardue said.

From http://www.govtech.com/ 08/18/2014

TOP↑

 

ICT Must Drive Revolution

 

Information and communication technology (ICT) has to be the tool that powers the data revolution that will be used for the sustainable development of regional economies. This was the view articulated by Prime Minister of Grenada Dr Keith Mitchell, at the opening ceremony of the Second High Level Advocacy Forum on Statistics held in St George’s, Grenada on Monday. The data revolution, aimed at improving the quality of statistics available to citizens, was one of the recommendations of a High level Panel of Eminent Persons on the Post-2015 Agenda that was established by the United Nations Secretary-General. A report, completed by the panel, also emphasized the need to take advantage of new technology, crowd sourcing and improved connectivity to empower people with information. Donning his cap as the lead Head of Government with responsibility for science and technology in the CARICOM quasi cabinet, Mitchell referred to the potency of ICT in propelling the region forward quickly and more effectively. “ICT must be the engine to achieve what is desired,” he told participants who included top government officials from across the community, and representatives from regional and international organisations.

 

He added that the use of ICT in statistics had to be considered in the context of the region’s single ICT space that is to be established to enhance the environment for investment and production. ICT, he said, had the “great potential” to transform national and regional statistics systems, confront data challenges, cut costs, and reduce the time spend on collecting and producing solid data. “I would like to encourage us to continue thinking of creative and innovative ways to revolutionize our statistical processes through the use of ICT in our national and regional strategic plans,” the Prime Minister said. Young bright students, he added, must see an exciting career path in statistics and information and be attracted to pursue careers in this area. Dr Philomen Harrison, project director, regional statistics, also honed in on the importance of the data revolution at the forum.

 

“Data are all around us, notably big data is now with us, data that are generally collected by huge corporations or by credit card companies, through online shopping and in the use of social networks and which are all likely to impact official statistics,” she pointed out. She called attention to the need to give voice to the data revolution in the CARICOM context, and pointed out that within the CARICOM Secretariat, there was an Office, Regional Statistics, that was completely dedicated to compiling and disseminating data for and from the CARICOM Member States and Associate Members. “Without such data, countries and the Region cannot plan policy and forecast our future whether in economic, social or financial sectors. Statistics is a basic cross-cutting factor and involves all levels of policy,” she pointed out.

From http://www.nationnews.com/ 05/27/2014

TOP↑

 

Opportunities for ICT Providers in Intelligent Cities Evolution

 

Smart city projects launched across the globe are driving the creation of new sources and types of data as well as enabling technologies and ways of consuming data. These factors are boosting the prospects of ICT providers that offer big data analytics software, open data platforms, cloud computing, and broadband connectivity services. Recent analysis from Frost & Sullivan, The Role of ICT in Building Smart Cities - Infrastructure, focuses on the ICT investment outlook in the smart energy, transportation, and water segments. Smart energy and transportation are currently top research priorities, and thus will prove to be the main growth areas for ICT providers. "Smart transportation is receiving the most attention in cities across the globe and hence opening up the maximum opportunities for ICT providers," noted Frost & Sullivan Information & Communication Technologies Research Analyst Ewa Tajer. "ICT providers should particularly tap the large European cities, where numerous tenders for intelligent transportation systems (ITS) are being issued and novel functionalities are expected to be introduced to reduce traffic congestion, noise and pollution."

 

The smart energy segment - presently in an early development stage as energy companies look to build a business case for smart grids - is also heightening the demand for ICT. In fact, the smart energy market value is likely to exceed the smart transportation market value by 15 to 20 percent in 2020. Unlike the smart transportation and energy segments, there are limited opportunities for ICT providers in the smart water segment due to a lack of proper standards, poor regulatory support, and inadequate project financing extended by authorities in most countries. Hopefully, this will change over time as new funding schemes prompt water companies to invest in smart water technologies that significantly will reduce operational costs. Another set-back for ICT providers is the fragmented implementation of smart city projects as a result of poor cross-sector coordination and cooperation between different stakeholders. Other restraints are unwillingness of some stakeholders to test new technologies, the limited involvement of local authorities and the lack of a holistic vision when deploying smart technologies.

 

"ICT providers, acting as trusted advisors, should work with city stakeholders to help create a robust smart city vision and implementation plan that will ensure a key role for them in regions looking to build a more sustainable future," concluded Tajer. The Role of ICT in Building Smart Cities - Infrastructure is part of the Vertical Markets in ICT (http://www.ict.frost.com) Growth Partnership Service program. Frost & Sullivan's related studies include: Adoption of Smart City to Drive Intelligent Transport System (ITS) Innovation, Polish Intelligent Cities - Main Directions of Development, An Overview of European Smart City Developments, and Cloud in European Vertical Markets. All studies included in subscriptions provide detailed market opportunities and industry trends evaluated following extensive interviews with market participants.

From https://ca.finance.yahoo.com/ 06/05/2014

TOP↑

 

Dimension Data Releases First Annual Sustainability Report

 

Dimension Data, the USD 6 billion ICT solutions and services provider today announced the publication of its 2013 Sustainability Report. The Report - a first for the Group - discusses how businesses will be impacted by future change such as population growth and climate change, and how ICT can make a positive contribution in creating a sustainable future. In 2008, when Dimension Data launched its global environmental sustainability programme to integrate improvements to its own environmental performance with its business strategy, the company recognised that, while they’re not a manufacturer of goods, their operations have a part to play in addressing the causes of climate change (the emission of GHGs). Brett Dawson, Dimension Data’s Group CEO says "The cornerstone of Dimension Data’s environmental sustainability strategy is to reduce travel, energy, and waste for our clients, our own business, and our employees by providing ICT solutions that lower costs, minimise environmental damage, and benefit society. We take this responsibility very seriously.

 

"The past ten years have seen unparalleled changes in how the world communicates, conducts business, and how we go about our daily lives. Technology has been the driving force behind much of this change, and I’m convinced that the near future will bring about new developments that we can’t even dream of today. However, as we innovate, we also need to be responsible," explains Dawson. In the Report’s future section, Dimension Data says it has identified air travel and data centres as the two most significant sources of carbon emissions within its organisation, and points out that it has set its own targets based on the reduction of travel and energy as both of these have a direct relationship with cost and carbon. The 2013 Sustainability Report lists other examples of how Dimension Data has helped some of its clients to reduce energy, water consumption, costs and electronic waste through its ICT solutions. A major South African financial services provider reduced its energy and water consumption by consolidating storage and computing needs of four separate divisions into one highly intelligent data centre, delivering greater stability, scalability, and flexibility.

 

Through our cloud computing services, we helped a major toy manufacturer reduce its costs by 30%, while simultaneously reducing energy usage and electronic waste. Studies show that large US businesses can create aggregate savings by 2020 of USD 12.3 billion and 87.5 million tons of carbon by moving IT infrastructure to the cloud. Dimension Data’s global eWaste programme helped many clients reduce the amount of electronic waste sent to landfill over the past two years. In addition, Dimension Data reduced its own carbon emissions from business operations by 16% in FY13 compared to FY12. "With over seven billion people now inhabiting our planet, mankind’s footprint has never been larger, and we need to learn to tread lightly. Managing our impact on society and the environment is everyone’s responsibility, not only that of government or individual leaders. I believe that businesses also have a clear responsibility beyond their financial gains," concludes Dawson.

From https://nz.finance.yahoo.com/ 06/06/2014

TOP↑

Frost & Sullivan Recognizes Asia's Top ICT Companies at 2014 Asia Pacific ICT Awards

 

The shining stars in Asia's ICT industry received due recognition at the 11th annual Frost & Sullivan Asia Pacific ICT Awards held at the Alkaff Mansion earlier this evening. In its 11th consecutive year, the Frost & Sullivan Asia Pacific ICT Awards program seeks to recognize companies and individuals that have demonstrated best practices in their industry, commending the diligence, commitment, and innovative business strategies required to advance in the global marketplace. At the Frost & Sullivan Asia Pacific ICT Awards, a total of 37 awards across 4 categories were presented. Esteemed award recipients include BT, Managed Service Provider of the Year; Huawei, Telecom Equipment Vendor of the Year and Masayoshi Son, Softbank Chief Executive Officer as Service Provider CEO of the Year. "Against the background of the ever changing ICT industry, these leading companies have demonstrated a commitment to best practices, be it through customer appreciation, product and service innovation.

 

These factors, together with sound business strategies and a robust business model have made them worthy industry leaders in Asia Pacific as they shape the ICT landscape of this region," said Manoj Menon, Senior Partner and Managing Director at Frost & Sullivan Asia Pacific. Frost & Sullivan identifies outstanding industry achievements in the past year by companies in regional and global markets, through in-depth interviews, market analysis, performance measurements, and benchmarking of market participants to bring unique best practices to the forefront. Award recipients are evaluated based on their revenue growth, market share gains, leadership in new product introduction and innovation, breadth of products and solutions, major customer acquisition, and business and market strategy. The results are then presented to an independent panel of judges, comprising of influential personalities, decision-makers and thought leaders from the ICT sector across Asia Pacific.

 

To view the complete list of judges on the 2014 ICT Awards judging panel, please visit http://ict-awards.com/judges.shtml For more details on the 2014 Asia Pacific ICT Awards log-on to http://www.ict-awards.com/ or follow #apictawards on Twitter. You can also connect with Frost & Sullivan on social media, including Twitter, Facebook, SlideShare, and LinkedIn, for the latest news and updates. Media partners for the Frost & Sullivan Asia Pacific ICT Awards include CIO Asia, Top 10 of Asia, Telecoms Watch and Asia Pacific Broadcasting magazine. About Frost & Sullivan Frost & Sullivan, the Growth Partnership Company, works in collaboration with clients to leverage visionary innovation that addresses the global challenges and related growth opportunities that will make or break today's market participants. For more than 50 years, we have been developing growth strategies for the global 1000, emerging businesses, the public sector and the investment community.

From https://ca.finance.yahoo.com/ 06/25/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

 

 

CHINA: Inspur, United Electronics Form Strategic Partnership for Smart City Development

 

Inspur Group and United Electronics signed a strategic cooperation framework agreement in Jinan that will pool their big data skills for expansion of technology services in public security, energy, smart city, bio-medical, and the Internet of Things.According to the agreement signed by the two parties, Inspur and United Electronics will team to expand the market of smart city, big data, and application systems of key industries. Meanwhile, they plan to implement in-depth cooperation in hardware infrastructure, application software development, service, and marketing to promote comprehensive solutions from infrastructure platforms, industrial applications and cloud computing services.Inspur will focus on hardware products like minicomputers and universal servers, big data and high-efficiency solutions, and industrial cloud technical services. United Electronics will use its direct customer contact experience and application understanding to introduce comprehensive solutions to end-users.The two companies will mainly target the information system localization demands of major industrial users in China, covering industries like public security, energy, smart city, bio-medical, big data, and the Internet of Things.At the beginning of 2014, United Electronics joined hands with Inspur to become an important member of the latter's sales channel system. The new strategic cooperation marks an enhanced partnership of the two parties in various sectors, including product, technology, and industry.

From http://www.chinatechnews.com/ 08/04/2014

TOP↑

 

3D Print Tech Involved in Beijing Axis Surgery

 

A hospital in Beijing has finished the world's first axis surgery on a boy using a 3D-printed titanium alloy replacement.12-year-old Ming Hao was diagnosed with a bone tumor called Ewing sarcoma on his cervical vertebra, mainly on the axis.The tumour-eroded part of the axis had to be replaced, a procedure that is much more risky without 3-D printing technology.The printed replacement was inserted during a 5-hour operation.Ming Hao apparently is already able to stand, with some support, just days after the surgery.

From http://www.news.cn/ 08/19/2014

TOP↑

 

JAPAN: Govt Support of Scientific Research Should Lead to Fruitful Innovations

 

With the government’s new research-support program, we should nurture the seeds of science and technology that will, hopefully, lead to the development of society and the growth of the economy. The government has launched the Impulsing Paradigm Change through Disruptive Technologies (ImPACT) Program, which will support research that may involve considerable risk of failure but is expected to be very fruitful if successful. The program includes research and development programs on eco-friendly IT devices that can be used for a long time without a charge, a mechanical brain linked to a quantum computer network and advanced robotics for nursing care. Twelve researchers are to participate in the ImPACT Program, including those in their 30s and women. They belong to universities or private businesses and have been chosen out of about 180 applicants. They are expected to assume leadership in their respective research programs, recruiting talented staff and producing tangible results. Over the next five years, the government will extend a total of ¥55 billion in support to the 12 researchers.

 

Until now, this sort of large-scale government support was mainly given to research projects considered highly likely to bring about tangible results or to prominent researchers. It is significant that the government will support high-risk research as one of the central pillars of its science policy. This can be said to reflect the government’s high hopes for improving society through scientific and technological innovation. We hope such research will bear fruit and contribute to society as much as possible. In the global rankings of competitiveness in innovation, Japan remains in a slump, falling from 4th in 2007 to 22nd last year. Meanwhile, scientific research papers published in Japan account for a dwindling fraction of the number published in the world. We must say that Japan is losing much of its momentum as a scientific and technological powerhouse. In this sense, it is quite reasonable for the administration of Prime Minister Shinzo Abe to make efforts in innovation, as part of its growth strategy, so Japan can regain lost ground. This fiscal year, the government has established a cross-ministerial research-support project aimed at bringing about sure results, earmarking about ¥50 billion in the budget for the program.

 

The government is being realistic by differentiating research expected to achieve results within several years and that expected to take a longer time and to entail risks of ending in failure, and to support both kinds of research. It is important that the government implements these different types of research in a balanced way so they can both promote its science and technology policy. The prototype of the Internet, which is used globally today, was born out of a project to support scientific research by the U.S. Defense Department. It took more than 20 years for the Internet to become popular after such research began. Long-term support is needed for any ambitious goal. The Council for Science, Technology and Innovation will be the headquarters of science and technology policy that will lead to innovation, while the headquarters for Healthcare and Medical Strategy Promotion will be responsible for medical science policy. Cooperation and coordination within the government is vital so bureaucratic sectionalism will not hinder research development.

From http://the-japan-news.com 07/08/2014

TOP↑

 

S. Korea, EU to Jointly Develop 5G Mobile Network

 

South Korea and the European Union will work together to develop technologies for next-generation mobile information and communication network, while also jointly seeking to set global standards with the new technology, the Seoul government said Monday. Such an agreement was reflected in a joint declaration signed and announced at a Seoul hotel.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 06/16/2014

TOP↑

 

S. Korea's ICT Exports Surge to Record High in H1

 

South Korea's exports of information-communication technology (ICT) products climbed to a new high in the first six months of the year on growing shipments to China and southeast Asian countries, the government said Wednesday. In the six months ended June 30, outbound shipments of ICT products came to US$83.83 billion, up 3.2 percent from the same period last year, according to the Ministry of Trade, Industry and Energy.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 07/09/2014

TOP↑

ICT Ministry to Offer Communications Support at Pyeongchang Olympics

 

South Korea's ICT ministry said Monday it has formed a team to offer support at the 2018 Winter Olympics to be held in the country by utilizing its information and communications technology (ICT).The task force will draw up detailed plans to apply state-of-the-art technology at the sports event, including by offering video calls powered by the fifth-generation network and studios with Ultra HD (UHD) displays, said the Ministry of Science, ICT and Future Planning.

From http://english.yonhapnews.co.kr 07/14/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

 

 

PHILIPPINES: Government Ranks Top Ten Cities for Public Sector ICT

 

Ten Philippine city mayors have been given national awards for their use of ICT in public administration and government transparency. Cagayan de Oro City (population, 163,676) was ranked first of the 10, followed by San Fernando City, Pampanga, Makati City, Valenzuela, Mandaluyong, Cebu City, Balanga City, Bataan, Angeles City, Batangas City and Taguig. The 2014 E-Readiness Leadership Awards “recognise city mayors who are pioneering the adoption and strategic use of ICT to enhance their delivery of government services , improve revenue/tax collection efforts and promote transparency in government operations”, a central government statement said. E-readiness indicates the “level of preparedness of the [local government unit] to implement ICT projects and to participate in major ICT project initiatives such as e-government, smarter cities and other projects that aim to exploit the opportunities and potentials offered by the effective and strategic use of ICT”, the government explained. The major indicators used to assess the local governments’ e-readiness are ICT capability, technology environment and web presence maturity. Other indicators include the presence of an ICT development plan, internet connectivity and presence of an ICT or Management Information Systems unit in the local government. The assessment process saw 143 cities participate in a joint survey by the Philippines Government and United States Agency for International Development. In an interview with FutureGov in April, Oscar Moreno (pictured), award-winning Mayor of Cagayan de Oro City, said: “If we want to achieve more for our people, technology is the key.” The city plans to invest in technology to improve information sharing and enable easier planning, he added.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 06/25/2014

TOP↑

 

Singapore, South Korea & Japan Best for Online Service Delivery - UN E-Government Rankings 2014

 

Singapore, South Korea and Japan have the second, third and fourth best online service delivery in the world, after France, according to the 2014 United Nations E-Government Survey. These countries were ranked highly because of “their integration of e-services, expanded roll-out of mobile applications and provision of opportunities for e-participation,” the report explained. Australia and New Zealand also made it to the top 20, scoring 8th and 15th respectively. Singapore has an advanced government web presence, mobile accessibility, and is currently integrating its web services through the redesign of business processes, which cut across agencies. South Korea is notably strong in e-participation, having launched its Government 3.0 programme, which encourages citizens to discuss government policies and contribute suggestions. New Zealand was highlighted by the report for its commitment to user security and privacy as it seeks to put all new services online by 2017. These measures are “recognised as paramount in building public trust in public services,” the report said. It also praised “collaboration among departments, supported by strong leadership in the form of a Government Chief Information Officer.” France was the best-placed country because of its “ongoing action to improve the quality of public services, integrate governmental websites and encourage consultation with citizens on both public policy and service delivery methods.”

 

The survey analysed the online services that all 193 UN member countries provide in the fields of education, health, finance, labour, social welfare and e-environment - a new category for the survey this year. There was also a focus on e-procurement, and the availability of multiple services through one website. Researchers examined the availability of basic features including the ability to find government websites on search engines, regular website updates, access in more than one language, a site index and a help/FAQ feature. The survey also assessed the availability of advanced features including an online privacy statement, security settings and a tag cloud or hot topics section on the website

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 06/26/2014

TOP↑

Singapore Government’s First Chief Data Scientist Prabir Sen on His New Role and Goals

 

From traffic updates to tax returns, cities and countries have more data than ever before - but how can they manage it? FutureGov has exclusively interviewed Prabir Sen, Singapore government’s first Chief Data Scientist. He was appointed by the Infocomm Development Authority of Singapore (IDA) in January, and discussed why his role was created, what he wants to achieve and the challenges he faces. Singapore aspires to be the world’s centre of data science and analytics. This vision required a dedicated team to guide the development of skills on data sciences and advanced analytic across the government and industry. The role of the Chief Data Scientist and his supporting team, called the Data Sciences Group, were created to drive the private and public sectors’ adoption of data analytics, said Sen. Sen is excited about the potential for expanding Singapore’s work in this area: “I wonder if it is possible to invite the international sports and games industry, such as the Olympics Association, to collaborate with Singapore-based tech companies and talents on sports analytics right here in Singapore? Is it possible to attract aerospace and logistics companies here to do machine-to-machine data analytics? Is it possible to drive the multinational consumer good corporations to work with local small tech companies on advanced consumer insights?”

 

Using analytics to improve quality of decisions & lives

The government believes that data analytics has huge opportunities to impact government services and improve citizens’ lives in a wide range of areas, such as healthcare, transportation, education, retail and waste management. A large volume of data is being generated from sensors and mobile devices today. This includes communication between person-to-person, person-to-machine and machine-to-machine, added Sen. He and his team are tasked to evaluate and apply advanced analytics techniques and models that can help organisations get a “360-degree view on people, technology and policies to improve the quality of decisions and improve citizens’ lives and journey of experience at various touch points.”

 

Cross agency data analytics

The greatest opportunity for using analytics within government is what Sen calls “cross data analysis”, where one agency can use data of another agency to solve their problem. “For example, the Ministry of Manpower can analyse healthcare data from Ministry of Health to determine skill gaps and future talent development requirements, or, transportation use environment to determine impact of weather in commuters’ behaviour” he said. “Such cross data analyses also require greater attention to and better governance of data protection, privacy and anonymity,” he added. Some agencies are currently using this strategy and are achieving great results, he said, and the Singapore government is now encouraging them to explore more cross-agency data use. Innovation therefore requires agencies to be even more ready to experiment: “Data analytics is fanning the flames of entrepreneurship in the Singapore government, to adopt a philosophy called ‘start up’. Government is obviously not a start up but initiatives to effect change are best thought of as start-ups where we should be more ready to trial and be comfortable with small failures.” “Compare a project that takes months and costs a lot of money; with one that takes two persons and a couple of weeks of effort. If the former fail, it will be catastrophic, while a failure of a small trial is still acceptable. We can adopt a risk management methodology where the cost of failing becomes exceedingly tiny,” he said.

 

Developing analytics talent

One of Sen’s key performance indicators is to strengthen data talent locally. According to a recent IDA release, “McKinsey forecasts that there will be a shortage of 140,000 to 190,000 data sciences and analytics professionals by 2018 in just the US alone”. Sen shared that the need to increase the local data talent pool is a real challenge. Most organisations are struggling to recruit enough candidates with the right skills. “We are shorthanded in several areas: data scientists who have both computational experience and business acumen, data visualisers who are skilled in both analytics and graphic design, analytics consultants who hold domain knowledge besides their analytics experience, and data engineers who can source and integrate data from disparate systems.” Retaining this data talent is even more difficult, he continued. “Most of these data professionals are creative people. They require space and freedom and a stimulating environment to explore new approaches and insights that challenge them. So we need to facilitate and grow this local community, to drive engagement with them, pulling together users, data analytics companies, cloud providers to form an ecosystem to exchange ideas.” To this end, IDA has launched a Massive Open Online Course (MOOC) on data science and analytics this month, offering locals the chance to develop the vital skills to respond to the growing demand for data professionals. The class has attracted more than 350 registrations from both the private and public sector.

 

Chief Data Officer vs Chief Data Scientist

Sen also clarified how his role is different from a Chief Data Officer. “A Chief Data Officer typically has responsibility to govern and protect data, and find ways to use data across the agencies. My role, on the other hand, is to find ways to build transformative products using data sciences, analytics and insights; drive rapid development and adoption of analytical techniques, and develop the local data and tech talent.” The skills and experience that make a good Chief Data Scientist, Sen added, is not limited to quantitative and computation proficiency. The candidate must be good at understanding human behaviour, how people go about solving their problems and making decisions, and able to think laterally to engage in cross-cutting strategic dialogues. Most importantly, he must be able to learn, unlearn and relearn. Learning will be vital as Singapore seeks to become a global hub for analytics. Agencies are being challenged to work together on trialling new approaches, while the government is seeking to build greater scientific communities and talent in the city state. Ultimately, though, these efforts could lead to greater personalisation of citizen services - a new way in which the government engages and does business with its customers.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 08/14/2014

TOP↑

 

THAILAND: Telecom Spectrum Auction 'To Go Ahead'

 

The telecom committee of the National Broadcasting and Telecommunications Commission (NBTC) yesterday changed one criterion for the planned auction of 1,800-megahertz licences: The auction now might go ahead even if there are only one or two qualified bidders. The original plan was that the auction would be cancelled if there were only two bidders. The committee concluded yesterday that if there were only one or two qualified bidders, it would wait for another month, during which it would call for additional applicants. If after one month there is still no additional qualified bidder, the committee will go ahead with the auction, without raising the starting price of the licences from the current Bt11.6 billion. The panel will submit this auction plan for the NBTC board's consideration next week. The committee will call the bid for two telecom licences on the 1,800MHz spectrum in August. The other criteria remain unchanged, including the three-year schedule for paying for the licences. There will be an up-front instalment of 50 per cent in the first year and 25 per cent in each of the following two years. The bidding will start at Bt11.6 billion and go up by 5 per cent in each round.

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com/ 06/13/2014

TOP↑

 

VIETNAM: Rising in Tech Rankings

 

Viet Nam has been ranked 81st in the ICT Development Index for 2013, up five places from the previous year's index, according to the Ministry of Information and Communications (MIC). The country was ranked 4th in Southeast Asia and 12th among 27 countries in the Asia Pacific region, said the ministry at the E-Government Symposium 2014 held in the central city of Da Nang on Thursday. Meanwhile, the country's e-government index climbed three positions to 34, thanks to the government's effort to push the development of the ICT sector in Viet Nam. At present, all 22 ministries and 63 local governments in Viet Nam have official information portals. Ninety-five per cent of ministries and departments, 98 per cent of provincial governments, and 54 per cent of district governments used document management software and online management systems. By 2015, the country is targeted to have 10 per cent of public services at level 3 (online information provision, online procedure filling, submission and acceptance), with half of all tax reports, pilot e-passports in Ha Noi, and 90 per cent of customs procedures to be done online.

 

E-government is expected to help improve the services for people and enterprises and improve transparency and ensure equality in performance of State and Government. Viet Nam's Information Technology (IT) sector earned US$37 billion in revenues in 2013, up 48 per cent year on year, according to MIC. Of the figure, revenue from software accounted for $3 billion with hardware revenues accounting for the rest of the total. According to the Ministry of Information and Communications, Viet Nam remained among the top 30 countries in the world and in the top 10 in Asia-Pacific for offshore services. Last year, the Tholons Inc Consultancy continued to place HCM City and Ha Noi among the top 100 outsourcing destinations in the world. HCM City was ranked 16th while Ha Noi was ranked 23rd for software outsourcing, according to the New York-based advisory firm.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 07/19/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

 

 

BANGLADESH: Could Be Mighty Player in Global IT

 

US Ambassador in Dhaka Dan Mozena on Saturday said Bangladesh can become a mighty player in the global IT and in other sectors by dint of hard and creative work by each young entrepreneur in the country. “I believe fervently that Bangladesh can become a mighty player in the global IT world and in other sectors as your startups take root,” he said. The US diplomat made the remark while addressing a prize distribution ceremony of Global Innovation through Science and Technology (GIST) DEMO Day at a city hotel. Mozena said he wants to see a Bangladesh that is the software development capital of the world, driven by Bangladeshis’ extraordinary brain power. “I see Bangladesh growing into the hardware development side of the equation, too. And I see other creative startups flourishing and prospering.” The UD envoy also said the vision will become reality and young entrepreneurs are the ones who will build the renaissance of Bangladesh.  

 

He said America will remain partner in helping bud Bangladeshi entrepreneurs connect with each other and connect with innovators around the world. Mozena said he is going back to America in June and lead a delegation of young entrepreneurs. “I travelled this country and I’ve seen so much in this country. I’ve that perspective…it’s incredibly positive stories,” he said adding that he encourages Bangladeshis to tell their own stories. The US Embassy in cooperation with Startup Dhaka, welcomed over 365 members of the Bangladeshi entrepreneurship community to the US Department of State’s Global Innovation through Science and Technology (GIST) DEMO Day. The morning included lectures on key entrepreneurship topics. Seven top Bangladeshi startups pitched their science and technology business ideas to the audience and showcased their innovative ventures. In the two days leading up to the GIST DEMO Day, GIST and Startup Dhaka worked with 30 Bangladeshi entrepreneurs, providing intensive training aimed at honing participants’ skills to advance their startups. US mentors traveled to Dhaka to share their expertise and business stories with the young innovators.  

 

Jim Bagnola, President of the Leadership Group International, worked with the entrepreneurs on building relationships and startup teams. Jim Chung, Executive Director of Entrepreneurship and Technology Transfer at George Washington University, discussed cost structure, revenue streams, and negotiating with investors. Thor Ernstsson, Founder of Casual Corp, taught a session on raising capital for startups. Each of the 30 Bangladeshi startups also received one-on-one mentorship from U.S. and local mentors, such as Riyad Husain of Magnito Digital and Nazmul Chowdhury, Senior VP of City Bank. Launched in 2011, GIST is a partnership led by the US Department of State and CRDF Global. GIST focuses on empowering young science and technology innovators through capacity building, mentoring, and networking. Startup Dhaka founder and CEO Mustafizur Rahman and co-founder Fayaz Taher were also present.

From http://unbconnect.com/ 05/24/2014

TOP↑

 

Govt Picks 160 Youngsters in 1st Batch to Develop as IT Leaders

 

The government has finally selected the first batch of 160 youngsters, aiming to build them as future IT leaders, official sources said. The Fast Track Furture Leader (FTFL) programme under the Leveraging ICT for Growth, Employment and Governance (LICT) project of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) Division selected them from among 3,313 graduate youngsters who appeared in the competitive online examination held from May 6 to 12 last. IT industries and organisations will provide service to these selected youths in four tracks — IT Services (ITS), IT Enabled Service Track (ITES), IT Support Service Track (ITSS) and Management, said LICT acting project director Saker Abul Kalam Azad. He said the youngsters will be given one-month residential training on soft skills and two months foundational training as per requirement of IT industries and organisations. Information and Communication Technology (ICT) Secretary Md Nazrul Islam Khan at an orientation function on Saturday briefed the selected 160 youngsters and their parents about the training and prospect of the IT sector. Nazrul Islam Khan said the demand for skilled human resources in the ICT sector is growing fast with the implementation of various programmes and initiatives in line with the Digital Bangladesh vision. “We’re creating about one lakh freelancers, 2,000 entrepreneurs and 2,000 mobile application developers who will make their contribution to the ICT sector,” he said. According to the sources, the government is implementing the LICT project involving Tk 572 crore to flourish the IT sector. The World Bank is providing 70 million US dollars credit to implement the five-year project that began in 2013.

From http://unbconnect.com/ 05/25/2014

TOP↑

BD Awarded ‘World Summit on Information Society Prize’

 

Bangladesh has been awarded the prestigious ‘World Summit on Information Society 2014 Prize’ at the WSIS+10 high-level event of International Telecommunication Union (ITU).   State Minister for Information and Communication Technology Zunaid Ahmed Palak received the prize at the ITU headquarters in Geneva in a grand ceremony on Tuesday afternoon.   Ministers and heads of UN organisations and civil society members were also present, said a Foreign Ministry media release on Tuesday. This award is a tribute to the government’s outstanding achievements within a short span of five years in bringing fundamental changes in providing services to citizen’s doorsteps towards.

From http://newsfrombangladesh.net/ 06/10/2014

TOP↑

 

Bangladesh Makes Remarkable Progress in IT

 

According to former Malaysian Premier Mahathir Mohamad, the Right to Information Act will help increase the esteem of the people of Bangladesh. Dhaka: Praising the policy of the Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina for the digitization process of Bangladesh, former Malaysian Premier Mahathir Mohamad yesterday said the country has made remarkable progress in the field of information technology. The father of the modern Malaysia opined comprehensive plan comprised with new policy and technology would help Bangladesh towards the journey of development, according to a message received here. He made the remarks while Information Minister Hasanul Haq Inu met with him at his office in Putrajaya. The former Prime Minister of Malaysia said democracy would be sustainable if the national interest is prioritized in all aspects. Mahathir hoped Right to Information Act will help increase the esteem of the people of Bangladesh. The information minister at noon made a call on with Malaysian Communication and Multimedia Minister Ahmad Shabery Cheek at Cyberjaya, Selangor. Inu reached Kuala Lumpur on a three-day official visit on Sunday. Inu laid emphasis to identify the fields of mutual cooperation in developing media sector of both the countries. The Malaysian Minister stressed for updating the MoU that inked in 1980s for the cooperation in media sector. Highlighting the measures taken by Malaysia to foil cyber crime, Shabery assured to provide policy support to Bangladesh in the field of combating cyber crime. Additional Secretary of Information Ministry Harun-or-Rashid and Bangladeshi High Commissioner to Malaysia A K M Atikur Rahman were present during the meetings. The information minister is likely to return home on August 20.

From http://southasia.oneworld.net/ 08/19/2014

TOP↑

INDIA: 8 Top-paying IT Certifications in 2014

 

BANGALORE: Getting certified is a reliable way to advance your career in the IT industry. Whether you work for an enterprise, government, or any other organization that employs IT professionals, your best chance for career advancement is to validate your skills and knowledge through a valued certification. But certifications can get expensive, that's why knowing what is hot with employers is important when considering your professional development. Here is a list of 2014's hottest IT certifications that will benefit you the most, as reported by Rich Hein of CIO.

 

Open Group

The Open Group is a vendor and technology-neutral industry consortium, currently with over four hundred member organizations. Formed in 1996, The Open Group is most famous for its certification in the UNIX trademark, and its publication of the Single UNIX Specification technical standard, which extends the POSIX standards.With the market responding to anything that has to do with architecture these certification are in demand and employers are willing to pay a premium for them. In fact all three of these IT certifications made it into Foote Partner's highest paying IT certifications. Additionally, the Open Group’s TOGAF standard, which is an industry standard enterprise architecture framework, has increased by 25 percent in the last 6 months.

From http://jobs.siliconindia.com/ 08/19/2014

TOP↑

 

 

SRI LANKA: MillenniumIT Ranked Highest Among the Most Respected IT Companies in the Island

 

Sri Lanka’s MillenniumIT has been ranked the Most Respected IT Company in Sri Lanka for 2014 by the Lanka Monthly Digest’s annual rankings, the company says in the media release. MillenniumIT tops six other technology companies that were nominated in the survey and was also ranked highly in the survey for Innovation and Corporate Culture. Lanka Monthly Digest (LMD) is a business magazine, which has conducted the annual survey together with global research firm Nielsen. The survey was conducted over a period of two months, and the results were formulated based on the opinions of 800 senior executives from the state and private sectors.“It is an honor to be recognized by industry peers as Sri Lanka’s most respected technology company, especially having been ranked amongst some of the country’s corporate leaders across all industries. It is our ambition to make MillenniumIT one of the best performing and most respected technology companies in our industry globally.” Mack Gill, Chief Executive Officer, MillenniumIT said. MillenniumIT provides IT systems integration and capital markets software, both locally and globally. The company offer its servicers across North and South America, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Asia. In the last two years, Borsa Italiana in Milan, Johannesburg Stock Exchange and the Mongolian Stock Exchange went live with Millennium systems. Millennium also went live at the Egyptian Exchange and Bursa Malaysia (formerly the Kuala Lumpur Stock Exchange), while new projects were awarded at the London Metal Exchange, the Lima Stock Exchange, the Hong Kong Exchange, Singapore Exchange and the Argentinian Caja de Valores, amongst others the company said.

From http://www.lankabusinessonline.com/ 08/20/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

 

 

AZERBAIJAN: To Establish Production of Monitoring System Equipment

 

Azerbaijani Ministry of Communications and Information Technologies has put forward a proposal about mass production of equipment for diagnostics and control monitoring system Robust Noise Monitoring (RNM) in industrial parks, the Ministry's report said on June 3. Azerbaijani Minister of Communications and Information Technologies Ali Abbasov made the initiative during the meeting with the leadership of Institute of Information Technology of Azerbaijani National Academy of Sciences (ANAS). Abbasov said that the deployment of "robust noise" production stations is possible in preparation of reasonable projects by Ministry of Communications and Information Technologies, Azerbaijani State Oil Company (SOCAR) and ANAS. Institute of Information Technology elaborated the new-generation monitoring and control system using RNM technologies, which allows to increase the profitability of oil wells. The system creates possibilities for identifying dynamometer cards, allowing to save power by more than 50 percent.

From http://en.trend.az/ 06/04/2014

 

TOP↑

 

Azerbaijan's IT Sector Developing Rapidly – Minister

 

Rapid development Internet and information technologies in Azerbaijan allows the republic to reach the level of developed countries. 1news.az reports with reference to APA that the statement came from Minister of Communications and High Technologies Ali Abbasov.  He drew attention to the latest report of the UN   on development of "electronic government" in the world countries, in which Azerbaijan, advancing 28 points, settled at the 68th position.  Abbasov said that such high rates of countries in the world rankings are based on the creation of ASAN centers, development and expansion of electronic services.

From http://news.az/ 07/03/2014

TOP↑

 

Eastern Partnership Countries’ Experts to Be United Within One Network

 

A network of experts has been created to forecast and improve the professional skills of countries included in the EU Eastern Partnership (EaP) program.  This was decided at an international seminar titled 'The forecasting and improvement of professional skills' held in Turin (Italy) under the joint organization of the European Commission, EU Eastern Partnership and the European Training Foundation (ETF), Azerbaijani Ministry of Labor and Social Protection of Population told Trend on July 3.  The network of experts is being created to more intensively exchange the international experience between countries.  From Azerbaijan, the network includes employees of the Ministry of Labor and Social Protection, Azerbaijan National Academy of Sciences (ANAS), the State Statistics Committee, the Economy and Industry Ministry and the EaP national experts.  The employee of the State Employment Service of Azerbaijani Labor and Social Protection Ministry, Heydar Jafarli was elected the expert network's coordinator for Azerbaijan.  During the seminar the ETF made a report on counting methods and rules in the area of forecasting and improving professional skills.  An exchange of views on this subject was also held at the seminar.

From http://en.trend.az/ 07/03/2014

TOP↑

 

Azerbaijan Increases Electricity Generation in First Half of 2014

 

Azerenergy JSC of Azerbaijan has generated over 11.2 billion kilowatt hours of electricity in January-June, 2014, compared to nearly 10.9 billion kilowatt hours in the first half of 2013, a message from Azerenergy said on July 7. Azerenergy JSC is engaged in production and distribution of electricity in Azerbaijan. Azerenergy generated around 1.6 billion kilowatt hours of electricity in June, versus over 1.5 billion kilowatt hours in the same month of 2013. Azerenergy JSC is the main producer of electricity in Azerbaijan. The capacity of electricity energy generation system of Azerbaijan has increased by 30 percent over the past five years. At present, the figure is 7,105 megawatts, which allows to produce annually about 24 billion kilowatt hours of electricity, which in turn allows the country to export annually 2.1 billion kilowatt hours of electricity.

From http://en.trend.az/ 07/07/2014

TOP↑

 

USACC Organizes Briefing on Azerbaijan’s Technology Industry

 

The United States-Azerbaijan Chamber of Commerce (USACC) held a breakfast briefing “Azerbaijan`s Technology Industry-Building a Knowledge Society” at the Microsoft Innovation & Policy Center. The event, sponsored and hosted by Microsoft, started with the opening remarks of Dorothy Dwoskin, Senior Director for Global Trade Policy and Strategy at Microsoft, who welcomed the participants and passed the stage to Susan Sadigova, Executive Director of USACC, AzerTag reports. Greeting the participants, Sadigova briefed the audience about the recent developments and vast potential in Azerbaijan`s ICT field by focusing on “Azerbaijan 2020 – Vision of the Future” development concept, government incentives, investment opportunities, funding, satellite industry, High-Tech Park, TASIM, and other projects. Then she introduced and engaged the distinguished panel of speakers on a live video feed from Baku. The keynote speaker of the video conference briefing, Elmir Valizadeh, Deputy Minister of Communications and High Technologies of Azerbaijan briefed the audience about the new goals and objectives the ministry aims to achieve, among which are the development of micro-, nano-, bio-, space and nuclear technologies, the introduction of high technology and transition to a fully operational information society.

 

He then introduced Seymur Aghayev, CEO of High-Tech Park Azerbaijan who talked about the steps to be taken to ensure the transition into a knowledge-based economy. According to Mr. Aghayev, High-Tech Park is one of the three pillars of so-called “Golden Triangle” which will be built in Pirallahi island on 50 ha area and will house high-tech companies, R&D centers, clean production facilities and provide further incentives. Aghayev was followed by Azer Bayramov, Deputy Executive Director of Azerbaijan State Fund for Development of ICT, who touched upon the main objectives of the Fund, such as the development and financial support of entrepreneurship, and attraction of local and foreign investments to the field. He elaborated on the financial instruments of the Fund for financing projects and the types of loans and grants available for entrepreneurs operating in ICT sector. Sevda Abdullayeva, Director of the Center for High Technology Research and Development, spoke about the High Tech Center which was established by the Azerbaijani government in 2009 for research and development in ICT sector.

 

She stated that development of bio- and nano-technology are of highest priorities for the ministry and the government of the country as a whole. The next panelist, Ruslan Aliyev, Deputy Head of Sales and Marketing, Azercosmos, stressed the importance of launching the first Azerbaijani satellite, Azerspace-1 that covers Eastern Europe, Caucasus, Central Asia and North Africa, and provides broadcasting, internet access, data transmission, creation of VSAT multiservice networks and communications. He especially highlighted the close cooperation with American institutions in the duration of the entire project. The panel was ended with the presentation by Zaur Hasanov, Director of Trans-Eurasian Information Super Highway (TASIM) who spoke about the concept and foundation of TASIM project and its mission to improve regional and global connectivity, route diversification and improved disaster resiliency, bridging digital divide and contribution to MDGs. He reiterated the significance of this strategically important project for the immediate region as well as the participating countries, stating that American companies are welcome to explore the potential and take part in the project in various capacities.

From http://news.az/ 08/01/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

 

 

AUSTRALIA: Government Launches Tool to Benchmark Agencies’ Digital Maturity

 

The National Archives of Australia (NAA) has just launched an online questionnaire, Check-up Digital, to help agencies assess annually how well they are managing their digital information and records. “Helping agencies rate their digital information into the future, Check-up Digital prioritises how they can make improvements and tracks their progress over time,” a statement said. The tool will also help IT leaders gain support for digitisation from their executives, the NAA claims: “Understanding your agency’s maturity in the digital space will help you gain cross-agency support for digital information management – especially from your agency’s senior executives and business areas.” The Government’s Digital Transition Policy mandates all agencies to move to digital recordkeeping, and has already shown results. “By the end of 2014, 72% of agencies will have digital information and records management in place, and this is expected to increase to 95% by 2015,” said David Fricker, Director General of NAA. Digitisation allows the agencies to manage their records and information more efficiently, Fricker added: The “benefits [of digital record management] include reductions in business risk and paper storage costs improved business efficiency, and the ability to develop and implement good policy”. Check-up Digital opens for submissions from 1 July. Agencies have to make submissions by 30 September each year.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 06/30/2014

TOP↑

 

Young ICT Explorers Competition Gets Big Boost

 

Aussie kids are set to learn more about ICT careers and what they can offer, thanks to more co-operation between government program Digital Careers and multinational enterprise firm SAP which today announced further support of the annual Young ICT Explorers competition. A new $1.4 million in cash and in-kind contribution over four years, announced today, means Digital Careers and SAP will extend the YICTE competition into new states and age groups. The YICTE is a program started to address the ICT skills mismatch in Australia by encouraging innovation and a passion for technology in schools and among Australia’s youth. The program, which began in 2010, is designed to encourage Australian youth to create and innovate with ICT, while promoting greater understanding of the real-life applications of technology and the career paths it enables. YICTE has inspired over 950 students to innovate in ICT-related projects, and in 2014 the competition has been extended out of New South Wales and Queensland and opened up to schools in Victoria, the Australian Capital Territory and an additional event in Queensland, in Townsville.

 

Greg Miller, vice president and general manager of SAP Global Partner Operations for Australia and New Zealand, said, “In the four years this competition has run, we have seen increasingly innovative project submissions from students. It’s vital to encourage this innovation from an early age so that, in the future, the industry is not faced with the skills mismatches like we’re seeing today. “Businesses are struggling to find the right people for the job as there is a lack of applicants with the right science, technology, engineering and maths (STEM) skills. Yet at the same time, there has been recent discourse addressing the critical level of youth unemployment in our country. Digital Careers has been doing great work to help resolve this issue and we’re grateful for their integral support of YICTE,” Miller added. Digital Careers will help drive outreach activities for the competition, including communications to students, parents and teachers to raise awareness of the opportunity, as well as provide instrumental operational and logistical support. “The YICTE competition is a standout example of the cooperative efforts between the industry and educators to nurture student interest in the field of ICT, while creating a touch point between students and industry professionals at an early stage in the students’ learning,” said Karsten Schulz, National Program Director, Digital Careers at NICTA.

 

“We’re throwing our full support behind expanding the opportunity to schools across Australia and encourage teachers and parents to jump on board with registering students in this fun and rewarding experience. Young ICT Explorers plays a critical part in our national strategy.” Being in its fifth year, the program has already seen some big wins - Lucky Katahanas, who won '‘SAP Young ICT Explorer of the Year’ in 2011, went on to complete a full-year internship at SAP in Brisbane and is now pursuing a bachelor degree in Information Technology at the Queensland University of Technology. The SAP Young ICT Explorers Competition runs in partnership with siom eAustralian universities including University of Queensland, University of New South Wales, Swinburne University, James Cook University, and Australian National University. The projects will be judged by industry professionals, government officials and academics. Each project is assessed on criteria of creativity, uniqueness, quality, level of difficulty and project documentation.

From http://www.itwire.com 08/12/2014

 

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Powered by   UNPAN-AP Editorial Department